He Level Up By Cooking Food In RPG Game And Accidentally Becomes The Strongest Player

Y yo what's up bro today we have a special video 10hour long video for the chapters of just thank you to all the G who subscribed the video ever and now we at almost 60k BR enjoying the video this marvelous story starts with our protagonist Aram Aram is a guy that used to be a brilliant cook a cook that won many awards and whose name was known all over the world but all that came to an end after he got into a car accident Where he lost his sense of taste and smell which destroyed his

culinary abilities and brought him to the brink of desperation the doctor told him that his smell might come back quickly but it's already been a year and his taste still feels as Bland as ever one day our protagonist gets a package from the postman and in it is a VR game system that he thought he'd just try to make his life a little bit less miserable this game promises to engage all of his Senses and even though he doesn't really believe that it'll make him smell he still doesn't want to lose hope he finds it

ironic as a year ago he couldn't imagine himself playing video games like this as he thought he'd be too busy with his work his entire life but life is strange and unpredictable in that way so Aram decides to put the VR system on and start the experience the game opens with some warning and then with the name of the game which is real he then gets sent To the character design stage where he wakes up naked and without any physical features where he's supposed to to design his character before starting the game so he decides

to just press the button for random which automatically designs him a character he also puts the nickname rice as his game name and at that moment he sent to the starting area where a character lady yuria welcomes him the new traveler to the games world he notices that he can smell things so Our protagonist now in a state of bliss drops on his knees and starts eating grass with the tears streaming down his face saying that he can finally taste and how wonderful this nasty grass tastes the other characters present there look at him all

worried out as Aram is munching on that grass and they are wondering if he's okay then all of a sudden a huge dangerous chicken jumps at our protagonist and before she reaches him she gets smacked down by the Pink-haired character with the bat which then goes on to tell him that this is a hunting spot and he recommends him to be careful and even leaves in the items dropped from the chicken which are horned eggs not knowing what to do with them arum just make himself some fried eggs and as he tries it with his

basic item provided Spork the taste really comes back and it's magnificent he thinks that they taste much better than they ever tasted before It's like trying to eat food for the first time he even gets some game points by eating these eggs and he knows it's just a game but he really wants to to take his time and enjoy it to the fullest and as he was busy savoring his food the other people around him were busy catching chicken then a lady called Mary shows up with an egg and tells our protagonist that she saw

him enjoying his food so much that she decided to trade with him the trade would be for Him to make her fried eggs for a reward Aram then gets a notification asking him if he wants to accept the deal after settling on the price we see our protagonist cooking the eggs and then giving it to Mary he's looking at her with anticipation is even though this is just a game she is still his first customer he notices that he feels exactly as he would in real life he really cares about what his customers will say

about the food Mary tastes the Eggs and makes a facial expression that means either terrible or absolutely great which makes our protagonist really anxious but then she finally says that it's tastier than the food in real life and this makes Aram really belied and really hopeful as he thinks that there's a possibility for him realizing his dreams and as he could not achieve his dreams in real life maybe the next best thing is if he could make his dreams come true in the game world and now our Protagonist logs off the game only to open

his eyes to the depressing reality of his life Bros who here knows about this feeling of playing the awesome games entire day and then you finish you log out and before going to sleep you are hit hard with the depression of life been there done that anyways back to the story after all that was just a game and he has to make a living in the real world somehow so he then gets ready and goes for a part-time job interview our Protagonist looks all different now all clean shaven and tidy with a spark of life

and excitement about him I guess even though he's depressed and doesn't take care of himself he's got to show up as a presentable individual at an interview anyways the owner without even checking aram's resume asks him a few questions and then agrees to hire him for the job the reason why our protagonist is more optimistic about life and he's starting to become more Hopeful is because of that game and we already see him back in the game cooking the leftover chicken meat which he deems similar to the real life chicken he thinks that the game

wasn't advertised honestly as it's actually even more real than the real world and yet feels like an illusion Aram is fascinated with this world so much that he keeps trying out everything he comes across usually herbs that he picks off from the ground like this one is really bitter maybe he Shouldn't have tried it in the first place anyways this time he decides to make something a bit more complex like chicken skewers and as he makes them the smell attracts other players around that find his behavior odd so they start thinking that he's an NPC

Chef a lot of players show up wanting to buy his food and he decid to start selling his food to them and interestingly his food seems to give some in-game benefits too and as he continues making it for more and more People he starts feeling like his cooking experience and skills are starting to come back to him and then he gets a notification telling him that an achievement has been unlocked due to him hitting monsters 1,000 times and now arum gets some new skill points with the first one being a passive skill that allows him

to see weak points of his opponents and the other one being an offensive skill we can focus all of his strength at the tip of his weapon and in That way increasing his critical hit chance he then thinks that it would be a good idea to try these skills out as he can't just cook the meat that he picks up he should also catch some of it himself the thing is that he never hunted so he doesn't have the slightest idea of how to do it he sees some guys fighting the Monstrous chicken and asks

them if he can join they misunderstand him thinking that he wants to join their Clan and tell him that if he can hunt One of these chickens successfully by himself they let him join then then we see this chicken Russian staring at our protagonist and him confidently standing there and using his newly acquired skill to find the weakness in the chicken but instead arum just gets sent flying by the chicken making him realize that this is more difficult than he actually thought it would be this makes other guys burst into laughter telling him that he's

just a newbie another thing he Realized is the fact that he feels paid almost the same way he feels in real life but then he remembers all the painful experiences and hard work he put into becoming a chef and so he gets a burst of motivation so he picks up one of those chicken horns and goes for another try but right at that time the monster boss the great oneor chicken shows up and the two other guys he talk to start fighting with it with very little success as the chicken is Persistent and too strong

for their level being all inspired by his own cooking Journey memories our protagonist doesn't give up on his charge and finds a weak spot on this ginormous chicken stabbing it with that horn in the butt this just provokes the giant chicken more and she becomes even more ferocious with the attacks as the fight went on for some time one of the guys loses his Focus for a second and gets eliminated from the game and as the monster chicken Then started attacking the other guys whose HP was also very low our protagonist picks up chicken's horn

again and goes for another attempt at the B chicken but this time using his Focus tip skill and then he slams the chicken from behind literally going through it and this time it worked he actually manages to defeat the massive chicken with just that one strike after defeating it he gets another achievement unlocked and a reward that grants him a Damage increase for a certain time people around seeing this cheer for him and at that moment a lady with pink braided hair calling herself Melina approaches arum full of excitement and grabs him by his hands

she says that she's a huge fan as she saw reviews for his food and she wants him to become her business partner in a catering business we now see our protagonist together with Melina and one of the guys who survived the battle against the boss chicken Named seeking it seems that our protagonist rejected Molina's offer but she decided to stick with him in case she can help him and gain his trust enough so that he might change his mind on it Melina sees that our protagonist is really mindful about the food he's making as he

gobbles down some random plans that he picked up along the way and he's now making facial expressions similar to those being exercised from the devil she really admires the Sacrifices our protagonist takes to ensure that only the best ingredients get a chance to become part of his cooking she also asks him about his nickname being rice and he tells her that it's basically because he likes cooking and this is also when they learn that this is our protagonist's first name rice then takes some time experimenting with the ingredients is got and he finally makes a

delicious looking dish that also smells Irresistibly he made giant chicken steak with mushroom sauce and upon first taste Melina and sein have this dreamlike experience of being chased by cooked pieces of flying chicken meat and mushrooms on top of them at one point it gets really intense as this other world early experience that our protagonist's food made available makes them realize that they've never eaten better Chicken in their entire lives and after making their lives that much better with just One dish as a reward rice gets a new passive related to cooking and this officially

makes him a chef in this game world now as the night approaches Melina and see can thank our protagonist and say their bi also telling him that he can head towards the town as he'll be able to trade there they also asked to get their friend requests approved so that they can stay in touch after they left rice has a moment to himself looking in the sky and thinking how Ironic it is to start his cooking life all over again our protagonist then disconnects from the game and sees that it's already close to 4:00 a.m.

he didn't even realize how time flew in that game and later today he's got his first day at work so he thinks that he should get at least 5 hours of sleep and naturally decides to sleep right after he checks more info on this game on the net so yeah he can go to bed at exactly 4:00 a.m. it'll be fine right as he was Researching he finds out that it's forbidden to put the videos of this game online and the users who do it get Perma band so he then instead goes to his saved

videos and finds one when he fought that massive chicken but he gets a bit disappointed as he wanted to see a video of himself cooking but the system only leaves highlights meanwhile in the game we see a guy trying out arum's technique or poking the chicken in the butt but it doesn't work so he sent Flying with others laughing at him we also see Melina passionately selling the chicken skewers and other foods but from the customers reactions we see that she's not the best cook as a lot of her food is undercooked or overcooked but

she's not willing to give up yet and we see that she wants to catch up with our protagonist as she continues passionately calling people to buy her food she receives a skill megaphone that increases the volume of her voice so That she can become louder she's really proud and excited about it is not many people have skills in this game so she then starts yelling at the top of her lungs inviting people to buy her food making people irritated with her loud voice then even some birds are experiencing her voice as a torture and start

twitching in pain and back in the real world we see our protagonist doing really well with onions cutting them really skillfully so that it makes the Cook annoyed with him the cook doesn't seem to like our protagonist and then tells Aram to make a dish called biim be which our protagonist makes and this is I don't know if this dish exists in real life I don't even want to Google it so back to the story as the food gets served to the customers the customers start expressing their satisfaction with it asking if the chef may

have changed or something some of them say that that's the best Bing bab they've ever Tried both the manager and the servers are really taken aack with this and Aram is really happy hearing this as he now at least knows that he can rely on his technique even if he can't taste the food he then also recalls all of the happy customers in the game that were satisfied with his cooking which also boosts his morale that maybe his dream can still be fulfilled but the chef seems even more annoyed with his now as his first

day on his part-time work is Over he's ready to leave the place and go back home the boss gives him ra telling him that he did pretty well and even the service lady miray approaches him all excited and asks if she can call him oppa she also compliments him for staying CB and collected and doing a great job after our protagonist leaves the restaurant the manager asked the chef about arum and the chef not liking our protagonist mentions some redundant mistakes looking for anything negative About him and later that day the manager notices the difference

with customers when Aram was there helping them with food and other things and without him customers went really quiet since Aram left them meaning that it was something he made that made people passionately Express their liking for it we also learned from some customers that the server lady meray wears some really expensive bracelet and so they are confused why a mere waitress would wear A bracelet of such a luxury and now back at home we see our protagonist cooking for himself after a long long time he's trying to make the same Foods he made in

the game and he makes them but the taste is still as Bland as before and even though he got himself full it feels like he just at a bunch of chewing gum but he's not as depressed as before as he knows that there is that game and in that game he can finally taste food so he decides to go and play the game again He lies on the bed and puts on the VR headset and just in moment's time he already shows up in the games world he then thinks of what next he should dry

cooking here and as he was thinking about it a bunch of aggressive lizards approach him which makes Aram decide what food he'll make so he then engages in a fight with them with some onlookers that recognize him for his epic achievement of defeating that huge chicken boss wondering what he's doing As the lizards are not really that valuable but they're just competitive and are looking for anything that they can compare themselves too Aram actually has a really good reason for catching lizards instead of spiders which they would be hunting for which is for the simple

fact that he didn't want to eat the spiders and that's it really he's just thinking that if the fight drags on with the lizards being this aggressive their meat won't be that good so he then Thinks of mincing them after defeating the lizards they drop some purple magic stones that boost his defense and as he was eating those magic Stones he unlocks a new achievement now that says is that person a comrade and as he was pondering over what that means a huge weird looking spider shows up and tells him not to be too surprised

but our protagonist can't help but to be surprised as you don't see these giant spiders approach you and tell you not to Be surprised it's a very weird experience the spider then introduces itself as a queen of the first and asks our protagonist if he can help her with something it turns out that for this achievement to be unlocked he had to kill a 100 rake lizards and not kill any Forest baby spiders as the Queen Spider went on talking our protagonist thought that maybe if he just stays still it'll go away but the spider

staring at him asks him if he'll be just standing there Or will he answer her question one of those competitive onlookers gets really intrigued by this situation as he never heard of spiders like this appearing in front of a player it is kind of rare sight as all of the quests are hidden and they only appear once the player fulfills certain conditions so that curious onlooker approaches even closer checking the spider out and just when our protagonist noticed him and greeted him the onlooker gets eliminated by a Quick stab from the annoyed Queen Spider and

as the user gets eliminated he drops boots that the user made himself from the lizards and spiders that increase his agility Aram is fascinated by them and the happily decides to put them on despite some of the onlookers thinking that he wouldn't as he got a bit of reputation of being a good person but now ah our protagonist can't just leave those boots there he'll give it back when he sees that user again probably Right but all this gets interrupted with Spider Queen again asking him if he is an ally to what Aram finally answers

with yes the Queen Spider then tells our protagonist about the history of the spider's beef with the lizards telling him that he'll have to kill the lizard princess if he's truly an ally to the spiders then he gets a notification telling him that the hidden Quest the red spider queen is now active Aram then says bye-bye to the queen spider and Goes on to make himself something to eat as he becomes pretty hungry he'll use the lizards he C to make something he remembers from Vietnam and as he was cooking he gets another achievement telling

him that as long as he cooks food Beyond delicious ratin his passive ability of cooking better will increase and for each food he makes it gives him an increase in different abilities and skills and as he gives it a try he's even shocked by how good it tastes he Successfully managed to replicate the food he once tried in Vietnam it's beyond words and we can see how it makes him feel by his weird face seeing how fast his abilities are growing after eating his food he figures he needs to eat more but for that he'll

have to hunt more of those lizard creatures so he then gets ready and goes to the forest in order to complete his Queen Spider Quest he encounters many lizards and he has a great battle with them defeating Them one by one as he gets more used to it he becomes really good at hunting now meanwhile there's a blonde lady watching him through a portal and praising his achievements and our protagonist has a weird feeling that someone is observing him but can't quite figure out what it is as he continues looking through his ingredients as our

protagonist was finished with fighting against Drake lizards and defeating loads of them he's now sitting in for a rest making himself Some lizard meat and then we see one of those smaller spiders approaching him and dropping a bow of web as a gift of friendship towards Aram Aram just takes it and continues eating and a bunch of notifications start popping up with a bunch of different achievements and boosts that our protagonist unlocked and as Aram was busy with his own thing the guy from earlier the die to death Spider Queen walks in Upon Our protagonist

Aram recognizes him and wants to actually Give him back his boot but the guy whose name is ather tells him that once he put them on the ownership transferred automatically so he can't return them anymore basically like binds on equip ather is bummed out and is leaving but our protagonist stops him telling him that he's got some materials which he can compensate for taking his boots he shows him the materials and ather recognizes the web ball that he says he's one of the best quality webs that Can be found as our protagonist has no clue

about the difference between different items ather calls him a noob but still decides to take the ball and even help Aram make some stuff as his main skill is manufacturing and our protagonist won't be able to complete his next assignment without proper gear so then we see ater being really focused and working really hard on sewing some new gear and as Aon was observing him being this dedicated it inspired him to Do some cooking so they were both side by side doing their own stuff with the Zeal of madman ater making gear and our protagonist

making food after some time working on it they both finish and ater shows off new items that he made he made boots for both himself and our protagonist which are better than the previous one due to better materials that arum gave him the new boots increased a lot of the character's abilities and he also made the present For Aram he gave Aram a net that can stand an enemy for 10 seconds which Aram thinks will be great for his princess lizard hunt and after he gave him all the things he made ether leaves the game

saying that he needs to go to bed now and that he already added Aram to his friend list so that they can meet sometime again our protagonist feels a bit bad because he doesn't feel he did anything for him but hopes he can do it next time now we see Aram heading Towards the lizard princess layer where he'll have to fight it and her underlings in order to complete the quest and his Cent ability is pretty good for lizards as he eliminated a lot of them our protagonist seems to have some issues with the two

other lizards that guard the lizard princess that is just lying there and doing nothing our protagonist thinks the two of these lizard guards are worse than the great big chicken that he faced before it Seems that they can predict his attacks and they do send our protagonist flying several times causing him some damage to his HP he starts losing motivation as even with a great big chicken he had some help but then all of a sudden he just starts thinking of them like ingredients and gets a boost of motivation he then takes those magic stones

that some of the lizards he defeated dropped and eats them those stones boost some of his stats and he Feels a bit stronger now so he charges for another attack where his weak point ability seems stronger than before and he manages to hit both of them and then the princess lizard reacts to this with an ugly the cree Aram is not as hopeful in dealing with the princess when he had so much trouble with her soldiers so the princess then gets up finally engaging in a battle and it's much bigger than the other lizards with

fiery lines decorating her hard skin she then lets a Powerful Screech out which has an effect on the defeated lizards that they Harden and revive leaping at our protagonist for an attack apparently this is the second level lizards and they can reach this with the princess around and after a bit of fighting and our protagonist barely surviving her powerful attacks the princess moltens herself and goes into the second level while our protagonist's HP is at the very end he's a few strikes away from being defeated And as the priner charges Adam Aram remembers that he's

got that net that can immobilize an opponent for 10 seconds and throws that at her in the last moment catching the princess in it but but she still manages to slip through a blow of her own and sends our protagonist flying back decreasing aram's HP to just one strike away from being eliminated and with the HP that low he loses his hopes for a bit but then decides to send one last Hail Mary Attempt and attacks the lizard headon before the Nets effect expires and he loses his last chance at defeating the lizard princess and

it paid off as the final attempt succeeded and he defeated the lizard princess and then he started getting all kinds of achievements unlocked he even got the lizard's ability to be able to climb up any wall up to 20 M which seems awesome Bros I love these abilities in video games he basically becomes Spider-Man now we also Find out that he had an audience of some passerbys that saw him achieve this immensely difficult feat and as he was thinking what to do with the lizard princess's corpse the Spider Queen shows up telling our protagonist that

he did really well and that helped spiders live peacefully the people hiding behind trees watching arum got really shocked when they saw the Spider Queen thinking that he'll have to fight her next our protagonist however had a different Worry he realized that now there won't be that many lizards for people to catch and that that is unfortunate Queen Spider told him not to worry as they will come back as this is a never ending battle then the queen grants him the reward for clearing this Quest and all his stats go up by 10 and he

almost gets a skill called poisoned Pockets which enables him to shoot poison from his hands that can paralyze his opponents for several seconds and make them feel Sick I have this ability as well when people look at my face they feel sick so I'm familiar with these types of abilities now he also gets another achievement unlocked occupation called Pioneer and as he was thinking what that might be he was already surrounded with other players congratulating him for completing this big Quest Aram then decides to have a bit of a barbecue party and sell him his

food half a price as to commemorate his success and a bit Later we see Aram cooking hard for people and people really enjoying his food he kind of became famous with his food Melina then shows up telling him that she found him using the games find the friend function he's a bit surprised with how many useful functions this game has and Melina tells him that he'll be able to use them once he gets used to the system she then tells him that she's still interested in doing business with him is now she's got a new

skill that Can be of use for our protagonist she demonstrates her loud voice skill by shouting instructions to some people fighting for who's first in the line the voice is so loud that they can't help but to obey her and properly stand in line if it was a little bit louder all of the eardrums would have po po out and you don't want to mess with that so anyways as the food was running out Aram thanks Melina for her help and offers her last lizard steak and as she was About to take it a blonde

guy shows up all of a sudden and asks for the steak for himself Melissa seeing that this guy Won't Give Up from asking just sticks the steak in her mouth disregarding that it literally was just taken off the fire she's just that determined of not giving that last take to anybody so then our protagonist offers the blonde guy some chicken skewers that were left and this is where we learn that this blonde guy is not a random person but a rival Chef To arum and he just wants to see what the fuss is all about

he's not convinced that our protagonist's food is that good and that's why he came all the way here to try it out just to prove his suspicion right but just after tasting it he quickly learns that he was wrong is this is the best chicken skewer he ever tried it sends him to the heavens as he gets smacked by the deliciousness of the skewers he's resisting the urge to praise it as he doesn't really want To acknowledge our protagonist's cooking skills but he can't help so he screams out crazy taste now we learned that the

blonde Chef Guy is actually the rude Chef in real life in the restaurant where our protagonist Works part time and now he's contemplating over him meat and rice and trying out his delicious food ironically as he's thinking about him he keeps looking at Aram and not actually knowing that R's character is actually our protagonist the root cook Then thinks that Rice might be a famous chef in real life as he was able to make such a good dish with only basic ingredients he then remembers what happened after he tried the chicken skewer dish and how

he really enjoyed it he then keeps on insisting for our protagonist to show him his secret recipe but Aram just told him that there's nothing secret in the ingredients and it's just the way he made it that's important but the blonde Chef whose in-game name now we learn is Korean cuisine King finds it unconvincing and keeps bothering our protagonist about it Cuisine King also asks him how he got it to taste salty without salt and Aram tells him that he just needed to look around because the game already offers everything the food tasted salty because

he used the salt box he found in in the forest after that continues for some time and Kine King becomes Beyond annoying Melina snaps and Starts saying some harsh words to him about how he's bothering them too much and he's too stubborn and that he should just apologize and leave them be but cuine King just found this cute so he then asks her about adding her as a friend so that they can meet again is my bro a s h so they have some bickering back and forth for a little while and then Aram says

that he's done with the cleaning and that he needs to go as he's got work to do the day after they thank Each other and they leave leaving kuine King hanging there before he could add them to his friends and now back to reality the root Chef is trying to figure out where he really went wrong with them for them to leave him that abruptly and in the meantime a new customer shows up requesting beeping Bap and as the rud Chef was a bit distraught he orders our protagonist to make it himself lady server was

just annoyed by the rude chef thinking to herself what Gives him a right to be this rude we learned this customer is not here accidentally but is some big shot to whom this restaurant was recommended as a must e place for beeping Bap as he's on a tour trying to find the best Bing b he can the food is served and he tries it not expecting much but with the first taste of it he realizes that this is the best bebing B by far everything is so perfect all of the ingredients are perfectly Blended and

the texture is so Superb and that blows his mind as he just Liv through an ecstasy eaten our protagonist's food he then calls the server over to complement the food and ask if anything changed with the restaurant as it definitely doesn't taste as it did before the first time he was here the server quietly tells him that bibin Bap was actually made by the assistant Chef that recently joined him the customer is not sure why would the person be able to make food this good Work as a mere assistant Chef the customer now asks server

Meera if he could have a short time with the assistant cook as he wants to ask him some things meor agrees and calls our protagonist the customer starts praising aram's food saying that he made the most delicious biing B he ever tried in his life and then says that even though our protagonist might have good reasons to work here he thinks his levels of skills are more fit for a oper chef and gives Him his business card and then leaves telling him to call him if he needs any help Aram is pretty surprised as he

looks at that business card and sees that this guy is a restaurant owner himself of a restaurant called Jang yyang seeing that our protagonist isn't in the kitchen the root Chef then starts calling our protagonist telling him that he should never have left the kitchen without his permission Aram says that he didn't do it for himself but because the Customer requested it and Mira confirms this but the root Chef is persistent for the things to go his way and keep scolding him throwing all kinds of threats after a bit of time mea fed up with

unreasonable demands and criticism from the chef gets a bit more involved in the argument and in a somewhat familiar way tells the rude Chef that he crossed the line and that it's not aram's fault at all they keep on bickering like that for some time when Our protagonist bows his head down really low and apologizes for getting out of the kitchen without first asking him this feeds into the rude Chef's ego and he reluctantly accepts the apology now after some time we see Aram walking back thinking of what to buy for his next Meal which

makes him remember that it doesn't really matter as he can taste anything anyways when he gets home we see him being pretty depressed again remembering how he had to abandon his Dream and his work and how things haven't changed even with time this negative feeling makes him want to play the game Real again and so he does exactly that and when he enters the game the smells that are absent in real life just come to him and he can feel everything this game looks even better than the reality itself he then decides to try his

new skill out and starts climbing up the tree he releases his hands feeling more free and excited While climbing and goes all the way up to the top of the Palms tree and there he can see This Magnificent view of sunset with Greenery all around him looking and feeling better than anything he experienced before this world really gives him a drive for life and our protagonist wants to stay here forever the next day we see the store owner coming by and asking the main Chef to make him some bibing B but the chef didn't feel

like making it saying all Kinds of excuses after seeing that there's no convincing the rude Chef to make it for him he then decides to ask our protagonist if he could make him one to what Aram happily agrees after all he's their boss which is a fact the roote chef keeps missing it seems and after trying the arams beeping Bap and going through the Epiphany all all those who tried it so far as well He suggests the main Chef to promote our protagonist to the Seuss Chef as he's doing really Well and his food is

amazing the rot Chef gets really annoyed by this and protests saying that the boss made that decision based on only trying one dish then he goes to our protagonist to spill out his dissatisfaction with their boss's decision Adam and starts reprimanding him for every little thing he could find on about him but it's not until the rude Chef tells our protagonist that skills are not important for a chef to be a good Chef That Aram calmly talks back to him and tells him that he's wrong which really makes the the rude Chef infuriated and so

he then just levels up his insults and voice volume Mera is doing her best to stopped him from arguing but the rude Chef just lost his mind and he's just keeping at it after saying what he wanted to say Aram decides to quit the job so then he takes off his apron and walks out of the shop with mea telling him to come back and the rote Chef Telling him that they don't need him we see our protagonist now thinking to himself that even if he lost all his connections and his sense of smell he

won't give up his pride for cooking and as he was now getting depressed over his decision the guy that gave him the business card Mr Lim young shows up asking Aram if he's okay and as our protagonist recognized him Mr Lim young offers him to work at his restaurant as a real Chef we see the old Lim sitting Next to our protagonist and they're talking about the beef Aram had with the rude chef and in this case it's not literal beef like food beef but the fight they had he feels he had to defend his

pride as the chef was just too much for him but then that he's sorry for losing his job like that the old man limb recommends him to join his newly opened restaurant he tells him that he was chasing after his dream but only recently in his old age was he able to Open a restaurant he adds that the restaurant is pretty empty which is why he went on to recruit more younger people with ideas and skills skills to make his restaurant more vibrant and an attractive place where people will have a good time and seeing

the genuine intentions behind Mr limb our protagonist decides to reveal his disability and tells him that he doesn't have a sense of smell and that because of that it would be impossible for him To be working for limb Aram is already back to his depressed self as he thinks that nobody would give him a chance as a chef knowing this disability but to his surprise Mr limb Just Smiles considerately and says that that doesn't bother him and that he wants to conduct a proper official interview back at his restaurant our protagonist is moved by this

and is really grateful that the excitement quickly overtakes his depression and he starts feeling like There is a chance for him to have a new beginning in life a bit later they arrive at the limb's restaurant and Aram thinks it's amazing looking old school but at the same time luxurious and he also lives really close to it which is is very convenient when they get in the old man limb wants them to do an interview so he starts right away asking questions but our protagonist says that it's better if you just make something based on

what he can get evaluated Mr Lim agrees to it and tells him to make something of his choice once in the kitchen Aaron spends a bit of time thinking on how he'll go about making this food that his shot at this job depends on because he's limited with ingredients and also most most importantly his lack of smell doesn't make it any easier after some time Aram finally made the dish and the dish he made is called reddish biim noodles a traditional old school dish Mr Lim is Happy with his choice and now tries it and

is left speechless and right at that moment a guy casually walks in asking for food seeing Aram he introduces himself quickly as Park tulo and then seeing Mr limb so occupied with food decides to ask for meal himself our protagonist brings him a serving of it and Mr Park is a bit suspicious as he know this is an old school dish and only the older Generations people can make it well but of course as we came to expect It by now the guy trying it goes through a surreal experience as the food he just ate

is the best food he ever tried it's a gourmet Masterpiece that send you to heaven and back it's the experience that makes the old young for a moment it's just that special and seeing them feeling so satisfied and joyful our protagonist innocently asks if he passed the interview and got hired a little bit of time passed and our protagonist logged back into the game as we learned That he did actually get the job but now it's time to enjoy the game again asbc seekin approaching him and praising him for killing the lizard Queen seekin then

comments how it's funny how our protagonist started playing the game just to cook but actually became one of the stronger players a seeking asks Aram if he can be in his raid group and as they are walking to the integrated server Aram accepts see King's offer we then get to see the map of the current Area they're in and we see the location of the integrated server after reaching the outskirts of the integrated server and seeing beautiful Green Meadows and players grinding mobs in the distance we learned that the integrated server is the area where

the real game actually begins so basically they were in the new B zones up until now and see can gets so excited for not being a newb anymore since he managed to reach the integrated server we learn more things about this Place the most important one being that mobs here aren't passive as they are in the Newbie zones and will attack first as well as two of them depart for now and Arc seeking singing a song and seeking explains how this song is a skill he has because his class is a minstral so I kind

of knew what this word means Bros but I had to Google it and minol is basically a person who sang heroic songs for nobleman now after SE King leaves Aram decides to visit a Small town nearby he sees players trading everywhere blacksmiths making armors potion shops and more is he gets a weird and unsettling feeling about this Village because he sees no kids here and only adults plus there's not that many people in the village as well which makes him Wonder what might the reason for it be but then he notices a restaurant and he

forgets all about this and decides to enter it and to check what food they sell however He learns that this restaurant only sells bread and soup and after trying it he finds out that it isn't tasty at all so he decides to add some of the ingredients of his own and after adding all the ingredients he even gains some XP points for it as well after trying to eat it again he enjoys it now as he figures that it's been so long that he didn't taste toast due to his lack of taste in real life

the woman working in the restaurant approaches him asking if He's a cook as Aram gets a new Quest notification as the woman asks him to help with her restaurant he decides to accept the quest in hopes it won't be a monster slain Quest like the one he got from the Spider Queen and figures since she's asking for help with the restaurant it's should be that kind of a quest the woman then starts eating the food Aram made suddenly as Aram yells how she must be hungry well she denies it saying she just wanted to try

out his Cooking but Aram knows she's lying she then asks what he thinks about their food and he gets a dialogue bubble offering him to lie and say it's tasty or be honest and say it sucks he figures how being a chef calls for honesty in this situation when rating food and this leaves the woman angry but then she asks Aram to teach her how to cook delicious food so he accepts the quest and the woman makes soup and bread again and Aram starts adding ingredients again so She can learn while watching him do it

and while he's doing it a quest window pops up with more details about this Quest as we learn that This Woman's name is roselan after offering her the food he sees that her satisfaction bar didn't increase much saying how she doesn't like the chicken which surpris arum as when she tried it for the first time she said it was delicious now after trying the bread with the facial expression as she's trying to eat a sock leaving Aram Worried her satisfaction bar skyrockets as the quest now continues with roal andan how their Village was once vibrant

and full of people until one day the sky got hellishly red and devil Ryden sent down his pterodactyl looking monsters to abduct people with skills leaving only those with without any skills in the village and even blasting the village with its huge hand this intrigues Aram as he figures out how the lore of this game is actually interesting with the Devil basically stealing Knowledge from humans as the quest updates again letting Aram know that he needs to cook rajan's recipe twice perfectly with the ingredients that are obtainable within the village and near the village now

after leaving the restaurant to find some useful ingredients he sees some players trying to feed a cat but the cat isn't eating anything they offer her and as Aram approaches the cat he sees the question mark above its head meaning That there is a quest related to this cat and he starts petting it and asks it if it's not eating the food given to her right now because the food isn't delicious as the cat starts making cute faces making everyone lose their mind over it then a new Quest window pops up letting Aram know how

this cat wants to eat the royal jelly which re recipe is the reward for completing the previous restaurant Quest and as he tries to leave to go finish the first Quest and Then to obtain the recipe for the royal jelly the cat touches his leg making him really bad about leaving it for now as he's roaming the town he's hearing people trade again many different items rare and common and then suddenly he hears ather voice calling him and Aram thanks him for the net he gave him because it helped him finish off the lizard Queen

and this surprises ater is the net is a basic item and this is a boss mob which is supposed to be done by A group but Aram cleared it solo with just a basic item like that Aram comments how he just got lucky as he offers ather lizard leather he got from the lizard queen as ather is left shock after seeing such a rare item he then decides to craft Aram something out of it as we see him getting completely consumed in this job with razor sharp Focus as he's crafting this item Aram admires his

skills thinking he resembles a machine now as we see ather completing The crafting process and making a leather jacket and some pants for Aram Aram is so happy after seeing this and asking how much does he need to pay ather but ather says how it's fine since if it wasn't for Aram in the first place he would never got the opportunity to craft something from a rare material as the lizard Queen's hide and improve his crafting skill with it now we see some random players trying to catch a spotted pig but it's the biggest one

in the Field and it just overpowers them as a bit later arum approaches it uses his weak points kill and turns this pig into Min me with a single blow he then notices players that were fighting the pig earlier one surviving but the other one actually dying to the pig as a surviving player lets Aram know how he'll skin the pig and Aram can keep the meat as if Aram isn't the one who just finished the pig off but being a good and naive guy as he usually is he agrees To it and decides to

make some gup Sal from this pig as we learned that this was his favorite food before losing his sense of taste and we also learned that all these Korean food names sound like jokes to me and not actual food name Bros but anyways Aram decides to prepare the meal right here in the open leaving this other player surprised after hearing this after using his Chef skill Discerning Eye on the pig he finds out details about this pig learning that the Fresh quality of the me meat is of the highest level he remembers his life before

losing his sense of taste and how he spent times with his friends eating some gup cell on rooftops as they would celebrate and have parties often he also figures out how he completely forgot how his favorite food tastes like and decides to remember its taste through this game he borrows the sword from this other player so he can use it to cut up the pig as he starts chopping it up he Figures out how some small details on the pig aren't replicated from real life probably because this is a game and as he continues to

chop it up this other player is first left surprised at how skillful he's doing it but then he thinks how the way Aram is cutting it looks oddly familiar now after finishing the cutting process Aram turns around and sees a shield which he decides to use as a barbecue grill and starts placing pork chops on it admiring the Visuals of it and even the smell the smell attracts many players around him now as you see the final product other players ask if they can have some too Aram decides to go in for a bite in

hopes he remember the taste of Sam gup spell and I know I'm butchering this name as Aram just butcher this pig but anyways after trying the taste of it he is left in the state of absolute Bliss as his memories of its taste come back and he remembers why it was his favorite Food to begin with the other player that was with him decides to eat it the same way Aram is doing in it and after taking a first bite his face suddenly turns into that Maui based emoji and he starts crying at how delicious

this taste now Aram gets invigorated thinking how he has to hunt more pigs like this and create this food again to present it to the lady in that restaurant and finally complete the quest he starts chasing the pigs excitedly with other players Admiring him as you see that lady from earlier chapters observing him in what seems to be some kind of an ad in room we hear other voices of people talking as well about random things like what to do after work and dating you know stuff I don't know much about anyways as this blonde

lady seems to get irritated at either hearing these talks or looking at Aram playing the game and absolutely enjoying it she turns around and tells everyone how today they'll have tee Dinner and they will go to have some Sam and we learned that this blonde girl is the team leader of the mods here now we go back to arum sitting in a field of SLO thir pigs around him as we learn that his made Sam gell almost 400 times already thinking how he can do it even if blind now after actually doing it for 400

times he gets an achievement which gives him a butcher skill rank F he decides to carry this and complete the quest but before doing so actually Decides to add more ingredients to it as he remembered that it needs to be of perfect quality for Quest completion as he's looking at the meat he wants to carry back he realizes he needs to add more salt but how in this area there aren't any salt bugs as he remembers that because his class is a chef he has a special ability called The Chef's blessing as he decides to

use it on this food now and the magic starts appearing from his hands and he says how he needs This food to be more salty and the magic gets so so so bright and suddenly goes out and after it goes out he's left surprised for literally receiving two bottles of salt in his hands now Bros imagine you playing a class in a game where your racial skill or like class special skill is to create a bottle of salt M truly amazing fun now after adding salt and finishing this one meal he feels tired after cooking

for so long and decides to go around to find some Vegetables after a bit of time we see him carrying carrots and cucumbers and thinking of what food he can make with them as he decides to go and try to find bees so he can get honey from them which he will use to craft that royal jelly after receiving its recipe as a reward from the restaurant quest after a bit of searching he finds the Killer B as it suddenly attacks him making him figure out how it's definitely more aggressive than the monsters he incountered

in the Newbie Zone the B goes for another attack and Aram uses his weak point skill on it but the B is just too fast and he barely Dodges its attack as it goes for another attack Aram now a little bit used to its speed uses a Focus tip and manages to kill the killer bee how ironic he kills the killer be and he receives a small amount of Honey dropping from it suddenly a swarm of these bees appear in the sky and start attacking him and he uses his weak point Ability on all of

them and then his Focus tip ability chaining it on all the bees at once taking them all down in a single attack now sometime passes and after he's finished hunting he decides to taste this honey and after going for a single liak and see how good it tastes he finally understands the Deep psychology of bears and why they like honey he figures out how even though he spends some time hunting he needs to find a beehive to obtain more honey or Else he'd have to hunt these bees forever because of how small of the amount

of honey they drop we then get a shot of some random players being paralyzed as they are staring at a giant monster Killer B boss as Aaron gets close to them as well and he's left surprised after seeing it too now now we go back to the paralyzed players as they are left completely scared after remembering the 30% of the damage you take in this game is replicated in real Life as well we see the be attacking them and some of them manage to escape while the be catches the last guy piercing him with his

giant sting as the GU is falling almost dead to the floor his last words were don't pick up the items that I've dropped ah truly poetic as the Killer B keeps attacking these players we see Aram running in the distance towards them and attacking the be himself he figures if he defeats this monster the rest of the hive will come As well and he'll be able to loot royal jelly easily then he uses his Focus tip on it again but to no avail as the big counter attacks him with multiple stings Aram then focuses up

using his weak point skill again and finding the spot on the B and then using his Focus St ability a huge explosion happens after which we see the be dying and Aram receiving loot from it one of the items dropped was the royal jelly he was trying to find and as he's happily Inspecting this honey one of the players that was fighting the be earlier approaches him and Praises Aram for his skills of killing this bee and Promises to be his faithful dog however Aram declines and decides to leave he then stumbles upon a huge

tree that he saw for the first time in his life and decides to climb up on it to explore it thinking that there may be some special fruit at the top we see him climbing on it using his lizard wall walking ability And after reaching the top instead of roots he finds a nest with some special eggs in it he inspects the eggs and we learn that it's from a creature named mayonnaise is this surprises him and he admires the game for so many unique and interesting things in it like finding mayonnaise like like the

one you use in cooking from the eggs we then go back to the village and see that cat from earlier almost fainting out of hunger as we see Aram approaching in the distance Carrying the royal jelly in his hand to give it to this cat after the cat saw the royal jelly it got so happy as we see Aram kneeling down to give it the royal jelly so that it can eat it after the cat eats the Royal Honey jelly the notification lets Aram know how he completed the quest and as a reward he got

this cat as his pet letting him know that this cat also knows many Secrets the cat slowly climbs upon his sleeve as he lifts it up and decides to give it a Name and gives it the most unique cat name ever try to guess it bro 1 2 3 3 2 1 you have 3 seconds the name is meow wow so unique now anyway cat stat window pops up as you see its health bar affection and some other details after Aram Le leav other players are left confused as they didn't know that this game has

the pet system like this as you see the admin blonde girl from earlier approaching them letting them know that in this game if you complete special Quests you can unlock pets as the players comment how they thought the only way to obtain the pets in this game is to buy them through the in-game cash shop now we see Aram happily walking through the city with his new pet cat as the woman keeps explaining to those players how indeed you can buy pets through the in-game cash shop but how it's also really important to try and

go against the rules of the game to discover new and unique ways for it to Be played she encourages players to think outside the box as this will make the game way more fun and enjoyable for them the players then start talking about all the different activities they might try doing in this game besides regular leveling through why is it so hard to pronounce this besides regular leveling through hunting try to is fast Bros anyways besides regular leveling through hunting as we see this blonde girl checking her admin screen and Looking at Aram and his

cat having fun which makes her happy as well she starts teleporting back to her admin room and thinks how she'd like to know more about Aram now we see Aram returning to the restaurant to complete the quest as you see the lady working there starting to apologize because she still didn't wash the dishes from the last time he was here as he thinks that this game is too realistic sometimes he then puts all the ingredients he had gathered on the table In front of him as he gets ready to cook with the lady owner of

the restaurant helping him cook as well as we see him preparing one meal he asks Rosaline if she's flipping the meat on the grill but she says there's no need to worry about it as she can do at least that after finishing the first part of the meal he focuses on the second one and after after finishing preparing all the food he serves it on the table as you see all the food he just cooked is of perfect Level quality after teaching her how to prepare delicious food yet again we learned that this Quest that

he just completed now had a huge influence on this small village as it started regaining people with useful skills that it didn't have because the devil abducted them Aram also receives a recipe for royal jelly and unlocks a hidden achievement too which lets him know how by doing these recent actions he earned interest from The Culinary Lord Michelin oh oh I get it I get it the reference it's like the Michelin stars that those luxurious hotels have in real life Bros now we see a huge lizard monster fighting with a mysterious player as his player

gets a notification letting him know how rice which is aram's in-game name how rice has recently hunted down the lizard princess as this player wonders who this rice guy is we see this player eating the lizard raw as the notification lets Him know that he only gained 1% only 1% of the benefits he'd get if this meat was properly cooked and as the scene zooms out we see this man covered in lizard's blood after eating the lizard raw commenting how he needs to find a cook in this game because cooking for him personally is bothersome

as a notification lets us know that the name and the level of the this player are a mystery but that his profession is a gourmet which is kind of funny because He's just eating lizards row without any cooking at all now we go back to Aram who's wondering who this culinary Lord might be since he didn't expect this game to have any kinds of Lords to begin with he also gets another reward for completing rosalin's Quest and the reward being a bunch of low grade cooking appliances but not low grade enough that our protagonist wouldn't

be satisfied with them before he leaves the restaurant Rosaline asks him if he's Going to catch devil Ryden as his confused facial expression makes her explain that all the outsiders always go for the devil uh and Outsiders are how NPC's call players Bros anyways as Aram is leaving and waving goodbye to rosalin he says how he has different goals in this game and that is to cook and taste many things we see that cute cat with the most original name ever meow waving as well we also learned that this restaurant became the most visited Restaurant

in this town as all the players went there to eat plus they also hired a handsome bodyguard as well if I might say the business in this town started booming as well as players would hunt the spotted pigs sell their meat in the restaurant and other hungry players would buy the delicious food and it was all thanks to Aram and completing that quest for rosalin plus there's no getting fat in the video game as well like you can get fat in San Andreas for Example so players would just eat as much as possible because food

was just too delicious now as Aram is walking around the town seeing so many people go to eat the food that he made the recipe for he also realizes how meow fell asleep on his head and this makes him really happy and we got a whisper bro so we don't wake up the cat we're not going to do that and he decides to go and rest in an in and hears a voice calling for him and after turning around he notices An NPC man chasing after him and asking Aram for a favor the NPC says

his name is Ferguson and Aram sees a quest marker above his head as the NPC asks Aram to make a delicious meal for his father who's a war veteran who got depressed recently because he lost his sense of taste a quest though pops up giving Aram more details about the quest but also letting him know that fail this Quest carries a penalty of losing reputation with their family as well so Aram Decides to decline the quest as this NPC starts walking away Mega depressed saying how if Aram ever changes his mind his help will be

more than welcome Aram then visits an item shop where he can buy gear pieces and as he's inspecting the items he notices that one of the most valuable items here are made by ather his friend from earlier and he picks up some gloves to admire their quality which doesn't make the NPC shopkeep Happy if he's not going to buy them as Aram turns around and lets this NPC know that he will actually buy them and the cloak as well by the way Bros this scene was so nostalgic for me because Aram called this NPC boss

and this is how me and my gaming buddies used to call each other like boss is your spell off cool down or something like that anyways back to the story after Aaron buys these items and leaves the shop all flashy and flamboyant he gets a new ment letting Him know that he gained attribute stat and as the long message keeps explaining how this works it leaves Aram kind of bored as he thinks he won't remember it at all anyways but it basically works as Pokemon types like fire counters water Etc and the more fire attribute

stat that he has he deals more damage to water type monsters basically now we see Melina about to eat the meal in that restaurant as the stranger starts sitting next to her and asking her if he Can sit as she comments what's the point of asking if you're going to sit anyways and after seeing his face she realizes it's Korean kisine King making Melina as excited as my ex when she sees me Korean kisine King then start his usual mumbling saying how he definitely isn't stalking Melina at all and her face kind of tells me

she doesn't believe him other players also start telling him to shut up as he's causing too much noise and he starts whispering and tells Molina how when he admired aram's cooking before it's not because he's a good cook but because all food in this game tastes amazing since the food they are eating in this restaurant tastes the same as aram's food but he doesn't know this food is made after aram's recipe however Melina points out that this food is actually made after aram's recipe and he starts inspecting all the food he ordered and finds out

that all of it is made after Arabs recipe leaving him Disappointed at first and then crying like a baby later making the entire shop shake from his screams and we go back to real life as Aram just logged off of the game and realizes he spent the entire night gaming as he figures he should eat something because even though he ate a lot in the video game that's not a reality so he should eat some bland real life food now as he thinks how he's been playing this game so much and it was so realistic

that it's getting a bit hard For him to differentiate it from reality now as we see the sun coming out he convinces himself that everything from sense of smell and taste to relationships in this game is fake and as he's preparing his breakfast he thinks how even though the game is fake he has all of the senses in it and how in reality he doesn't have them so the game definitely feels more real for him he figures how even though the reality is more hopeless than the video game This is still real and he has

to keep on living with knowing that he doesn't have any sense of smell or taste and as he goes for a bite still in hopes he will at least feel the slightest taste but nothing making him depressed again he thinks that this reality is so unfair because he puts so much work in effort into becoming a world class chef and now he can't even taste the food he cooks at all as he decides to use his imagination while eating and remember the taste from The video game and he takes another bite imagining himself as rice

again his in-game character and thinking about all the flavors he experienced in that video game we now go back to the restaurant where he previously worked as a chef and see many customers complaining about the food they got as you see mirror struggling with serving all the food and thinking how because of the main Chef's temper they can never keep any part-time workers for long she then remembers Aram And wonders what might he be doing right now as we see him in the new restaurant cooking and his boss telling him that today is his day

off and asking him why did he come to work as Aram responds by saying that he wants to practice working in this new kitchen and his boss likes hearing that as he tells Aram how he's definitely a diligent Chef hearing his boss call him a chef may makes Aram happy as no one has called him that in so long as we see him continue to cook And swing a knife and cut the vegetables like a pro he is now after some time passes his boss calls him to meet with his friend who's also an older

guy whose name is Yun J they decide to eat together and Yun J orders Chef special leaving Aram surprised after hearing these words Aram asks yon if there's any particular food he'd like to eat and youon explains how as he got older his taste butts aren't what they used to be before and this again surprises Aram as He asks you soon if he can taste food at all to which the old man responds how he can taste it but barely but almost not at all but thanks to his sense of smell he can kind of

get the feel of how food tastes as he comments how Aaron probably can't understand what he's talking about because aram's young and young people usually don't have these kinds of problems s the old man then continues saying how he would love to eat some maguku another madeup name for me Bros As he describes the way his wife would prepare these noodles the man then continues speaking saying how this was so long ago that he can't clearly remember the taste and smell anymore and saying how he got married when he was 20 years old and he

also explains how soon after they got married they got a first child as well and Bros these old man memories are getting too real for me and in the next SE we also learn that his wife passed away shortly after getting Married leaving him broken and sad but he comments how that was long time ago as he asks Aram if it would be possible for him to make you soon this meal now the boss tells AR he doesn't have to cook it if he doesn't feel like it especially since it's his day off right now

but after going back to the kitchen we see Aram actually trying to figure out how to prepare this meal to be as authentic as it was back when yun's wife made it after a bit of cooking Aram goes Back to the boss and Yun as they get surprised after finding out that he actually cooked this meal for them yusun is grateful but think so he won't be able to taste it anyways and we see him taking a bite as the boss is complimenting arum saying how this meal is delicious as all his meals usually are

after looking at you soon we see him crying and wiping away his tears as he remembers his wife again and the usual talks he would have with her about his Job career stuff like that where she would tell him not to worry about the family and focus on work more but he never accepted that as we see old you soon again and his wife standing in front of him and apologizing for leaving him behind as she tells him she loves him so much and we see old you soon crying and asking her to come back

as she gently Smiles calling him a crybaby and telling him how she's waiting for him here as he starts slowly Vanishing We see you soon chasing after her in hopes she will come back and the last thing he hears is her telling him she loves him and then disappearing y soon completely breaks down and starts crying leaving both the boss and Aram a bit sad as well as they realize that he's remembering his Happy Days as Yun is leaving the restaurant he tells Aram how he owes him a huge favor for this amazing experience he

provided him with Aram thanks him and says how there's no Need and as Yun exits the restaurant we see his bodyguards and a Lio waiting for him as this surprises arum so much now as Aram thought of him as a regular farmer but Yun is actually an owner of a very big company as he leaves Aram thinks how he'd like to regain his Memories Back one day of his tastes just like Yun did right now now in the meantime our protagonist's in-game cooking ratings are exploding which makes the turo village very popular and It's making

the game team leader really interested to see what's the big deal about it so she decides to visit the restaurant herself and to try this famed Sam gup Sal herself and see if it's true what they are saying about it at first a little bit skeptical but then after trying she starts understanding why people are making a big deal about it to the point that the cues outside are like those in real life the food is perfectly made and there's nothing to add or take With how well it's made she starts blushing just thinking of

what kind of person our protagonist is to be able to make this kind of perfection that they even account for when making the game and now we see arum coming back to the village and seeing how popular the place became because of his food made him a bit proud even if it's not real it's still something he then noticed numbers increasing where the system informs him that he gets a 10% incentive from each Sale of his dish he's really happy about it as he can earn money this way as well which is pretty neat and

there's nothing better than passive incomes in games and at that moment his pet meow shows up with a big bag around its neck the bag is actually bigger than the cat itself and our protagonist is really happy that it came back to him as he was away from the game a bit it even brought him some gifts in that bag and revealed that it has some additional function like to Bring him some small portions of food that he needs realizing this now becomes even more likable than before and he can't resist but petting it our

protagonist felt over the moon with how well the game greeted him with his return he then notices Ferguson uh the guy whose dad lost his sense of smell and thinking how happy he made the German you soon with bringing back his memories with a simple dish he decides to help this guy as well he lets Ferguson know that he'll help him with his predicament and Ferguson is just curious as to what made Aram change his mind about it our protagonist tells him that he's gained some new experience which made him think about this case after

arriving at Ferguson father's house they see his dad all drunk and bitter this is a really bad combination of people to make happy which makes our protagonist a little bit nervous Aram offers to cook for him anything he wants And the guy wants our protagonist to make fried chicken for which as Aon points out it's difficult to find ingredients especially deep fried butter but Ferguson's father insists on it making some condescending remarks along the way so our protagonist has no choice but to give it a try and try to find that ingredient he then thinks

that he should go back to the newb area so that he can get some chicken there and then later he can look For other ingredients and as rice was thinking that the cat scratches his head forcing him to duck down barely Escaping The Bird's attack the system tells him that birds called May attacked him because they smelled their eggs on him he then evaluates that they are below level two and decides to take them on he evades several of their attacks and after using his ability to find their weak spot he attacks them with giving

one of them a crushing blow with his Focus tip ability but since he missed their weak points the bird survived and now he is falling to the ground which will cause him major damage if he doesn't prevent it somehow he realizes how difficult it is to tackle two two of them at the same time and he can see their weak spots but he can't reach them now as they just keep flying around but now he knows what he needs to do before it's too late our protagonist just waits for them to fly close to him

in their Attempt to attack him and then he just uses his Focus tip ability to take both of them down at the same time but this time it's the double tap where he just finds the weak point on both of them and the pattern that aligns perfectly between them so that he can get them in one Swift attack and now after getting them the notification window pops up telling him that these mayonnaise Birds taste like chicken and it also adds that people who try them actually prefer it Over chicken so he then realizes that he

doesn't need to go all the way back to the Newbie Zone to get the chicken and instead he can just use these birds here to complete Ferguson's Quest so back at Ferguson's residence he first Cuts up the meat then marinates them and then as luckily the kitchen already had most of the ingredients he needs he uses those he first Cooks soy sauce and adds some other things in there to make it more delicious and we see Ferguson's father Palu just skeptically peeping through the doors staring at our protagonist making food he tells his son that

he's just checking in on arum as he might poison their food Bros why do NPCs have these kinds of concerns anyways our protagonist already knowing that he's being watched by them tells them in a spaced out sort of fashion that he'll be leaving the for a couple of hours and that they shouldn't be touching the food as it'll take exactly that amount of Time for it to be properly marinated Mr pal tells him to stay there and rest during that time but Aram insists as he says the time is money and he's got some stuff

he needs to attend to in the village so we then see Aram in the city selling his food at the store he just opened there as he couldn't help but see the pleased faces of his customers as they try his tasty food as people start realizing who it is more of them start approaching until there's already a big Crowd and through that crowd ater squeezes past and our protagonist notices him so they start chatting a bit they get interrupted by the crowd shouting different things and ather tells them off and continues talking to Aram he

tells him that he saw that he already completed his professional Quest and that he also noticed that he's one of the people that bought his item from that item store our protagonist asks him then if he could use the two Killer B Queen wings that he has and as impressive as it is to have two of these ather tells him that he'll need two more of these and 400 G of tasty bee honey and he'll be able to make him something really special Aram is really excited about it and tells him that he'll let him

know once he gets the necessary items at the end of the day we now see Aram calculating how much money he earned and how many skewers he sold and he had one skewer left and as he was Thinking about eating it himself the hooded menacing raw food eating guy from before shows up and asks to buy it our protagonist then sells it to him and then just happily walks away thinking to himself how much money he earned as he was selling it a bit more expensive than before the guy takes a bite at the skewer

thinking just how food is food and there's no difference between raw and cooked meat but then a well-known experience hits just like he did every Other person before that was blessed with trying our protagonist's Heavenly food the guy goes from the lowest Earth to the seventh heaven in about1 seconds and he can't believe what he just ate as it literally massages his taste palet and as he's a crude guy he also notices the 2% increase in his ability and as Aram has already left the game the hooded man stops a random guy holding Aram skewers

and starts to interrogate him about our protagonist's whereabouts The guy was scared for his in-game life and tells him everything he knows about it including the restaurant and as this guy has a good starting point to find our protagonist he takes a moment to Relish in this Epiphany where he can use this good quality food that he enjoys to also level up faster we now see our protagonist out and about struggling finding the tasty bee honey that he was told to get he already got the four wings from the queen kill bees but this Honey

is impossible to find he already killed a bunch of the bees to get get to this point but he has no idea where to even look for it as these Queens just keep dropping Royal jellies that he doesn't even need anymore the idea then comes to his mind that he should check for where to look for it at the information Cafe of the game to see how other risers acquired it but to no success at this point he even starts doubting that this item exists but then Why would ather make this all up it makes

no sense however you look at it seeing how much our protagonist is struggling with this now we get some background information on the lady developer whose name we get to learn is oh hayang or in-game nickname Leticia apparently she's some genius that was recognized at an early age for her ability to plan and build systems which is why she was put in charge of production and planning and even though She was scouted by many different companies offering her all kinds of opportunities she still decided to work for the company called illusion that made the game

real as she just wanted a chance to escape her reality and immerse herself into work after her parents died illusion offered her the role to completely reconstruct everything in the game Real however she was never able to resolve her psychological issues no matter how much time she spent Dedicating to her work and we see Miss oh hayong logging off of the game opening eyes to her miserable reality her face showing signs of malnourishment and depression as she gets gets up from her bed and thinking that she'll continue working on the game improvements as they now

have much more users than before but first she'll have to eat something as she didn't eat anything the whole day she makes herself some rice tofu and then starts Remembering her parents telling her how she should take care of herself and eat but the irony isn't lost on her as the realization Dawn on her that her parents are unable to eat anything now as they are gone then sadness overwhelms her as she's looking at the tofu reflecting her sad expression back at her reminding her of what her reality is really like Bros what's up with

all these depressed characters in this m i mean it really gives it depth because a lot of people In real life also go through many problems but I don't want to cry while doing these Recaps what's up with this man anyways back to the story she remembers that she's underfed and parentless she drops her spoon as she starts shaking from all the depressing feelings overflowing her whole body she's torn between feeling so depressed that she doesn't want to do anything to help herself and remembers of her parents wish to take care of herself Which she

would betray so she just throw up and get it on with then she remembers our protagonist just enjoying the moment and eating that food like that's the best thing he could ever get the Gratitude she saw in him motivates her to at least give it another try at eating food and giving herself another chance but then she starts to think just why did arum come to her mind Bros a quick side note I know this is not directly M related but since we're Talking about depression anybody who is depressed should seek hell because we all

really matter and we should take care of each other and these are not just words I truly mean it Bros so if you're depressed please seek out someone to talk with now we go back to our protagonist running all happy towards ater and telling him that he finally got all of the ingredience he asked him to get a is curious how he got tasty bee honey when he even couldn't find any Information about it on the internet and Aram tells him that he basically just had to experiment with mixing different portions of royal jelly and

regular honey until he struck the perfect ratio for making this tasty bee honey almost as anticipa in it ather seems proud of our protagonist achieving this and he thinks that he's the only person able to accomplish this a few moments later ater swiftly makes a high quality kilb cloak that significantly increases some of its User stats Aram is absolutely flabbergasting seeing this perfectly made item Aram puts it on and it really suits him well almost as if it's made for him and as he was admiring his design a huge herd of the spotted pig start

rushing at them as ather completely forgot he was in the middle of the hunt for the pigs as we now learn they blow our protagonist back as he didn't notice them so he couldn't defend himself and then he falls off of a cliff And as he was falling down ater shouts to him to spread his cloak which should allow him to Glide which is exactly what teram does as he has nothing to lose at this point and pros this is one of the most fun in-game mechanics you can have in games gliding oh my God

I love this and to his pleasant surprise after spreading his cloak he starts elegantly gliding moving further and further away from ather as ather was just thinking that he didn't tell him how to land Which might end up being a problem but see him disappear in the sky aer's admiration for our protagonist grows even more now people start taking notice of our protagonist gliding through the air and start coming up with different theories about who he might be some say he's an NPC and some say that the new profession a magician has probably been unlocked

or something even those who know our protagonist can't recognize Aram as he hid his username which is a Tip he took from ather as he complain that he didn't like when people would recognize him that guy is really useful to arum now meanwhile our an Agonist is just worrying about how he could land as ather didn't tell him anything about that part and maybe more importantly where could he land at that moment he sees blacksmith's shop and thinks that he could just land there as he has to be there anyway about now to check in

on his medal that he is preparing but he Has no clue how to get down so he starts brainstorming some ideas with one of them being just saying a command like terminate flight or something similar he gives it a try and to his surprise the cloak disables its Glide ability and AR starts falling down with panic overtaking him in a split second our protagonist comes crashing down completely destroying the roof with Mr pal getting startled to the point of releasing his soul from his body Mr Palin starts scolding Aram about the roof and not attending

to his food as it was already 12 hours past since he left Ferguson comes in to see what's happening and our protagonist didn't take into account how fast the time goes by in the games but he goes to check the food and luckily the food seems all right he then goes on to prepare it for carriage and to deep Fright with adding some crucial ingredients this type of food is pretty sensitive to any type of Change so everything needs to be perfectly made to retain the Great Taste and it takes watching over a lot of

details to make it work and Aram has just that type of skill and experience he's a goat at cooking stuff and as the smell of the food attracts both Ferguson and his dad they come over thinking it's ready but Aram tells them to go back for a moment as it was soon to be ready and after a bit of time the four chicken is ready with some drinks on the side Aaron Was the first one to try and of course he loved it and it was a long time since he last tried it and the

turn came to Ferguson and his dad Mr pal to try it and yep same old same old after just taking a bite of it all of the long forgotten memories of Mr P came rushing right back to him of his days as a mercenary of his late wife the birth of his son that he used to love so much and all of his Precious Memories came back to him but his facial expression didn't Reveal any of that turmoil that was happening inside him as he sat there emotionless with food already eaten and this starts to

worry our protagonist a bit as he thought that he failed to satisfy his standards Mr pal then looks at our protagonist stoically and thanks him for the food as it brought some of his memories back but his Stern expression wasn't changing he then continues as if remembering something regretful from his past that after the Demon arrival people lost much of their memories and their culture and he was included in this this gives an idea to our protagonist of how this game might work it seems that this devil creature took their memories and their culture and

that his food was a key to unlocking it and this might be the same for other professions as well Mr pal Praises aram's cooking some more and tells him that his wife who passed away a year ago used to make the exact same dish which He couldn't replicate after her death he says that he never gave up from making it as it served as a memory of her until the devil took away their Precious Memories even Ferguson started getting overwhelmed with his forgotten memories Mr pal then gets up and slams his hands on the table

saying that he won't let this get him down and then he Comm commandingly tells his son to bring the family treasure out the son protestingly tells his father that it's his treasure A momento witness in his glorious past but Mr pal insists inspiringly saying that it's just a material thing and if the path he took with it thought him anything is that he didn't walk that bad to get attached to material things Ferguson then goes away for a bit and returns with a shiny sword Mr pal then hands it to our protagonist telling him that

he should name it as it's the bonded sword an item that needs to be named before it could be used arum gets Goosebumps understanding the significance of this as he's a professional as well and he knows how difficult it is to give away something so meaningful to someone he gratefully takes it and decides to name it bonning sword as it's a blade that will cut to the bones Ferguson all happy now understanding that the sword went to the right hands added he's available if Aram ever needs his sword for repair our protagonist thanks them for

this and They thank him back for all he's done for them returning their will for Life As We Now learned that through what our protagonist did both Ferguson and Mr pal were able to move forward from their painful past where Mr pal decided to take over the brewery that his wife used to run as this is something that will keep his wife memories close to him and this effect that he has on people isn't just limited to Ferguson and his dad but also all of the Village feels joyous Again as rice precedents left an undeniable

mark on them all restoring the happiness where once it was lost the notification then says that the village progress is almost complete and that people will now recognize him and he earned some reputation points for his achievement It also says that the new Footprints have been recorded in the history books which gives him some additional points and as Aron was leaving the blacksmith estate Mr pal Catches up to him and gives him the barrel of his best alcohol Aram notices that it gives some increase in stats but it also gives a penalty ifusion which is

something he expects as it's like the alcohol in the real world except you don't get any stat points in real world Bros what the heck man now we see our protagonist full of satisfaction walking down the village and thinking how it would be a good idea if he opened his own business he thinks to visit lady Rosin and ask her for advice but he's shocked seeing how many people are standing in queue waiting their turn to eat in that restaurant the business is really blooming and the NPC guard that the doors that regulates who can

enter recognizes our protagonist and lets him in and inside he sees Melina in an apron working there she tells him that she started working there part-time and Aram is just confused why would anyone want to work a part-time serving job in the Game but she tells him that there are some benefits to it and then as they were talking a huge huge guy leaps towards our protagonist and Bear Hugs him telling Aram that he loves him Aram shakes him off utterly startled by this unknown guy expressing his life in that sussy way the big guy

apologizes saying that he saw our protagonist's picture a million times at the cafe and then introduces himself as mango saying that he's a big fan of his because he turned This crappy Village Restaurant upside down mango is with some NPCs and they keep talking about completing some Quest where they have to find the witch's Hideout Melina realizes that he's got a fighter Quest and asks mango why he decided to do it by himself with only NPCs as a help mango says that he won't be alone and then asks our protagonist for help with this Quest

called the Dy Quest Melina is just taken a back by this guy's bubbly personality Aram tells Him that he's not really up for it thinking to himself that he'd rather skip these Shady looking people mango seems really hurt by it with just the NPC's crowd consuling him one of the NPCs says that it's his fourth time getting rejected and they ask why he keeps trying they also keep saying some other scripted things in the real NPC style and even some people at the restaurant start giving their two cents about it saying that the quest is

not Worth as it doesn't even reward them well and they don't gain anything from it now a bit later as Aram was fed up with his atmosphere and just once to take some time off quests and stuff he goes out into the beautiful nature of this game with his pet meow now grown so much that he's able to walk on its four feet he uses this time to think about the conversation he had with lady rosalin that makes him realize that even though this game presents itself as a Game that offers Freedom it still is

quite restrictive and Limits The Players it turns out he's the only player that behaves well towards NPCs like that and is not surprised and as he was spaced out in his throat big grasshoppers start hopping around with a guy swinging his Bat at them but missing with how quickly they move and at that moment one of those mayonnaise Birds comes flying staring at our protagonist with Aram not noticing the oncoming attack and right When the bird was about to strike our protagonist the pet meow skillfully jumps in the air and takes it down with a

single powerful scratch and then it lands next to it looking at it angrily but giving off just cute Vibes seeing this Aram is really surprised as he didn't know that his pet could fight at all and guess what even the writers of the game are surprised themselves because they didn't know it until they wrote it in it was introduced as a pet Of surprises so after dealing with those birds we see our protagonist making Sam gal and just admiring how well he made it showing it off to meow even meow can't resist having its mouth

watery seeing this delicious juicy looking meat so he leaps over Rice's head and grabs one piece from his hand immediately having at it even though he's happy with giving some to his pets our protagonist wonders if it's good for a cat to eat this kind of food but then figures that It's a game and it should be fine so he then relaxes and decides to enjoy the food some more before he logs off the game and as he was eating the food mango appears with his silly crew of NPCs that are always pretty harsh towards

mango with their truthful but mean comments this time he looks a bit different as he upgraded his Dy and his armor mango just came by to make sure rice won't go without him and our protagonist without any hesitation tells him that he's not Going and then starts thinking that with the mentality that mango displays now he won't be able to defeat Marina the witch as she's got that armor made of blue crab and right then he then starts thinking about blue crab and now he hadn't tasted it in long time that he completely forgot how

it tastes and as mango was on his way away from Rice our protagonist calls him to tell him that he changed his mind and that he will go with him on this Quest this makes mango Absolutely thrilled he finally found someone that will accompany him on the quest as rice shakes hands with him the window shows up telling him details of this Quest we learned that Marina is a witch that used to live in hiding at the turo Village until people discovered and chased her out and being a wicked witch that kidnaps and then experiments

on children the authorities can't have her even closer to the Village so they needed someone to get rid of her mango Is really excited about the fact that he's joined on this Quest by a celebrity chef and then he sees meow and think it's cute tries pting it but meow jumps on his face and beats the hell out of him wow you don't want to mess with meow I guess now he's all bruised up and scratched up my guy got such a swoke in face but he's still happy about the whole thing after some time

we see them heading towards the witches layer and everything seems peaceful mango Mentioned that to win grasshoppers use magic and our protagonist had a hunch about it even though he thought there wasn't a magic profession and chitchatting like that they run into a two-horned chicken which is a bit stronger than the regular one-horned one and our protagonist immediately wants to hunt some of them they start to fight and even NPCs are fighting and they're not half as bad as rice assume they'd be they can actually fight and they even Seem passionate about it they do

most of the job is our protagonist was just standing there and wondering how different these two horn chickens would be mango deflects an attack on our protagonist saying that he shouldn't be attacked as he's just a chef and can't actually fight so they keep fighting for some time as new chickens keep coming in while rice just go around picking up all the meat that drops as it seems that NPCs are not really that interested in It our protagonist has a good idea on what to make next with this meat and now we see our group

coming to the entrance of Marina's cave it looks spooky and slightly dangerous so one of the NPCs recommends them to have a break and set up a camp in front and properly get ready before they get in as the worst thing they can do is to underestimate the dangerous lurk in inside the NPCs pull out beef jerky and start munching on it while our protagonist thinks that They always have to eat the same food one of them mentions that he wanted to get some food from the Village Restaurant but he couldn't make it in time

before they set off so they only have beef jerky left and then they start talking in Praise of the restaurant's new menu describing it in detail which makes our protagonist listen to it with pride mango reminds them that they actually have the chef from the restaurant in their party and so they All start begging him to make something good for them on the facial expressions of rice we see that he wanted it to be kept a secret as he can't be bothered making something for them as he doesn't know what to make to impress them

and as the pressure kept coming in from the group he then starts looking around to see if he could possibly make something interesting for them even meow is excited about some more delicious food from its master and then as he was Looking around he notices some red berries that he recognizes it's jinsen and they'd be a perfect addition to his food especially especially the one he has on his mind right now he gently digs it out of the ground and is's really excited about having this now is this really is a game changer in terms

of food everyone seeing his enthusiasm became excited themselves and after a bit we already have our protagonist cooking some chicken and adding various Seasonings and other things like garlic he got from Mr pal and some scallion his plan is to make duck bakk which he didn't make in quite some time and PES are really thrilled to have this food as they are already starving with a nice smell coming out of the pot rice tells them that they'll have to wait for another hour before it's properly cooked they are a bit impatient but as they have

no choice they agree to wait for it and after that time we see all of them Gathered around the pot as our protagonist lifts the lid the smell comes through hitting all of their senses at once it looks absolutely delicious and they are all in awe of the food are protect is just made one of them says that even though it's not the day when this food is traditionally eaten you can't go wrong eating it made this well whenever you want it's utter Perfection rice tells them that it's probably tastes much better than it Looks

or smell for that matter so they go on trying it one by one going through culinary catharsis tast hitting all their spots for them it's the best meal they ever had even the player mango is shocked by how good this is it's almost Beyond description and as they are enjoying his food our protagonist decides to try it himself as this is the food that he initially had all the necessary ingredients for with other food he made so far he had to improvise A bit as he lacked the right ingredients but with this one he had

all of it so even he reached a new level of excitement trying his own cooking he thinks to himself the darest benefit in being able to experience all the food for the first time is that how it feels after his accident he tries it and it's the first time we see rice surpassing his own expectations he knew it would be good but this good ah and after all of them finished with their meals rice gets A notification saying that NPCs that goes by the name of Jill Karen and Rook increase their favorability towards him and

our protagonist thinks to himself that this is a new thing he learned that a character's likeability increases if he makes good food for them also meow's affection increases and all of its abilities increase as a result of that mango seeing this cuteness overload with Rice's pet now snuggling up to our protagonist cries in desperation for Being the only one without a cat that's how the game devs get you bros because you can buy cats in the in-game shop so this is how they get you to spend more money on the game anyways back to the

story now they seem all set for the witches Quest so they enter the cave one of the NPCs says that they should stay on alert as the monsters here are on different levels our protagonist learned something new from mango basically that complete in quests is not the only way To bring your stats up and level up and that you can do it with just grinding monsters rise did it anyways but not for that purpose he just wanted some fresh food and as they keep on walking they get ambushed by a bunch of huge blue crabs

mango in an attempt to protect our protagonist performs a familiar move the focus tip which catches rice off guard now he thought that it was a unique skill that only he could use and the crabs are able to defend against it they Do seem stronger than all the previous enemies they encountered in the past but they keep fighting a good fight and one of the blue crabs sneaks behind our protagonist's back and meowo jumps to protect him but the crab just slams it like it was nothing rice is stunned by this as he calls his

pet name in fear of losing it now hits the floor and rice comes running to it being being extremely worried but meow even though hit really hard and pretty injured Survived which gives a relief to our protagonist mango seeing all this gets upset at the crabs for daring to hit such a cool mythical cat so he leaps for a powerful attack of his own and slams down one of the crabs with his spear but he's also getting attacked by another crab that was to his side this signals rise to join in on the fight so

he pulls his sword and starts fighting them realizing how hard it is is to deal with these annoying crabs their shell is too Hard for a sword to go through and he needs to keep hitting it Until It Breaks but it's really difficult as his arms are going numb from all the hitting on the hard surface of the shell he remembers what mango told him about leveling his skills up so he decides not to use his special skill and just level up his offensive and defensive abilities by just engaging in regular back and forth combat

now get some of its strength back and seeing her master Fighting hard it just wakes up a warrior in it so that it leaps using its scare ability where it can scare something for 2 seconds wow this pet is op it even has CC spells the Giant Crab R is fighting gets really frightened as he sees meow flying at him with a huge tiger-like appearance and it backs up slowly as our protagonist uses this opportunity to slash it so he commands meow to move out and in his ambition to eat blue crap he just goes

for it dealing it a deadly Strike and just as they were call me down as they defeated all of the Blue Crabs in there a floating shrimp shows up with sporadic Sparks of electricity bursting out of it the NPC Knight warns that it's a thundering shrimp and it's quite dangerous and it tells them to protect themselves from the lightning it can use and as they all enthusiastically acknowledge his advice they instantly all get hit by lightning from the shrimp one of the NPCs says that it's a good Chance to attack them once they released the

Lightning Charge as they more exhausted so they have a slightly better chance at defeating it so they all start fighting the shrimps and eventually we see them winning against them NPCs are really surprised by our protagonist's ability at fighting they didn't quite get how a chef becomes so good at fighting that he's on their level the blue crabs and shrimps after getting defeated all got back to their real life Size which makes rice think that some sort of spell was what gave them that power to grow that big and strong but anyways our protagonist is

really excited about the ingredients he gets for the future food he'll be making mango is really impressed with rice being so dedicated to his profession that even while they were in the cave surrounded by potential threats our protagonist was cleaning the food ingredients he just got he's intending On making a marinated crab which is Mango's favorite food ever mango gets excited about this and asks rice if he makes food in real life as he' love to visit his restaurants if that's the case our protagonist tells him that he does indeed work in a culinary industry

but that he cannot tell him where he works just yet and then just starts cooking after some time making the food our protagonist says out loud that the only thing he's missing is rice and Karen Tells him that she's got some of it on her as she wanted to make paella at some point both rice and mango are surprised by this and mango is even excited to hug her saying that these NPCs can sometimes be really useful and as he jumps to hug her he just gets a serious lap across R Ross his face and

after getting a portion of the rice our protagonist thinks that he could now make a pot of rice which will perfectly go with the marinated crabs that he's making one of The NPCs starts complaining saying that he doesn't have his expectations high for this food as it's something he just doesn't like that much mango is especially insulted in Rice's dead after hearing this and is now disappointed in this NPC apparently the NPC Knight Giles doesn't want to eat anything Raw and since these crabs are served raw he's not really up for it but he gets

CED for giving such negative comments to our protagonist by mango and mango gets Really furious at the NPC and we see rice ging him down telling him that it's okay and finally the food was prepared and as expected it looks amazing the rice is all fluffy and the crabs look like a perfect dish to go with the rice two of the NPCs rook and Karen and mango are really excited to try it then our protagonist explains to them how to eat it is there's a method of how it can taste even better if eaten in

the right way you basically have to suck the meat Out of the crab first our protagonist takes a bite of it and it's incredibly delicious it's tasting it feels like being in the ocean on some beach The mouthwatering Taste is irresistible Bros and other guys join in enjoying this special culinary experience with only Giles at the back pouting for seeing them enjoy it so much he sees them enjoying it but feels like he can't simply just go back on his word as it'll come out as if he was wrong and as he Approaches embarrassingly rice

seeing him standing there next to him tells him that there's a lot of it left and he can try it this immediately increases Gil's favorability of our protagonist as he made his embarrassing moment much easier then rice offers them to drink sang as it usually goes really well after the food they just ate and they all have it and it's incredible after that there's another surprise for them the last treat of the meal are some drinks with some Biscuits that he had from Mr pal so they also enjoyed that to their fullest they had a

better meal in a quest cave than people would usually have anywhere else and so the notification comes saying that Gil's Karen and rook's favorability increased and this is how our protagonist imagine his happiness to be he can't believe that he went without knowing the taste of his food for so long and sometimes later we see them fighting those crabs and shrimps again Rice has his mind on increasing his basic Defense level and so he decides to take more damage in order for that to happen his party members look at him thinking he's going crazy letting

himself get beat up that much he gets hit extra hard and he sent flying back meow notices this and approaches him doing her needing thing and in that way building up our protagonist's health the Thundering shrimp intensifies their pressure and the party finds itself in a Pinch needing Rice's help as our protagonist misinterprets me's needing skill he leaps with it for another Hail Mary attack putting his trust in what he wrongly thinks his pet skill would do and he just gets electrocuted by the shrimp's lighning strike falling down to the ground but at least his

defense went up by one and he's pretty happy about this working at least NPCs are utterly bewildered witnessing this for them looks like he's on a crazy pill or Something shortly after they manag to clear the entire level and Karen then notices that there's something written on the wall and it says did you eat well and they find it strange so they start bickering about it and about the name Marina that was mentioned earlier and as they were moving forward Karen turns towards the party and tells them from there on more difficult monsters will be

showing up and right as she said that she gets smacked by a stuffed bear Looking thing everyone takes it defensive position and our protagonist realizes that he can't experiment with these crazy dolik looking enemies as they look pretty strong so he'll have to take it more seriously a monstrous freaky Pink Bunny shows up behind rice and rice is terrified of it thinking how can they even deal with these dull creatures so in order to learn about the new enemies they'll have to engage them properly in the battle and mango comes In front of our protagonist

and tells him that he'll protect him and that he does doesn't have to do anything but the bunny just swings his ear and blows him away like he was nothing rice now understands that their primary advantage is speed and he then uses his ability to find the weak spot of the rabbit and then tries to attack it but the do like creature is too fast for him as well and he misses while barely escaping its own Counterattack Giles and Rook also get Blasted by the speed and power of these creatures they didn't stand a chance

but our protagonist starts noticing a pattern in their attacks they seem to keep doing similar things if only he could get the timing right he could find a way to defeat him we see mango now getting up from the rubbles he was sent flying to saying that he won't be KO that easily he then leaps forward with some random named attack and gets blown away for the second time we also see Rook and Giles at their limits desperately asking for help Karen then jumps from nowhere and Deals a power finishing punch to the teddy bear

monster being the first one that actually even managed to get the attack in there and we see all of the sudden mango addressing her very formally knowing that she's the G this inspires our protagonist as well as he gets an idea and tells mango for them to attack the Bunny at the same time and they do Exactly that knocking it out the stuff toys just shrink to their normal sizes and now our group knows that these were definitely toys that they assumed assume were given Power by the witch Karen wants to take it and give

it to her niece as a battle token but Rook tells her that it might be imbued with a curse then they start imagining all kinds of things about the witch like what kind of nasty disguise she might be having or what kind of tricks will she be using Next and so on and as they keep walking through the cave they come to the end of it with a huge chamber that is Marin Hideout they see some ritual items and start feeling some really Sinister creepy Vibes it has stuff written on the wall which makes them

feel uneasy about it mango gets really angry reading some of it and remembering what she did to the children and at that moment from the fire that was burning comes some blue smoke and they start hearing V's voice Malevolently echoing through the cave asking them if they came for the children it keeps repeating that in a really creepy way and then it adds that she can't do much about it since she killed the children a long long time AG go and then she appears from those bluish Flames like just being reborn with her face in

her hands as if hiding herself and her hair wildly moving on its own as if it had its own independent mind mango seeing her forming in front Of them mindlessly starts rushing at her saying that they are there to kill her for what she did to those poor children Marina calmly tells him that people before him triy to kill her but with no success and as he gets his spear through through her her body contorts as if it's made of smoke and then she materializes grabbing his Spear and blowing him back she tells them that

they won't be able to defeat her and the party now gets a better understanding of how dangerous She just is her magic is undeniable and if they take it lightly they might never leave the cave they attack her but all fail to deal any damage and our protagonist then uses his weak point finding skill and looking at her he couldn't find any so he gets worried that she might be a level three type of monster that he can't use that skill on but he doesn't give up looking for the weak point until he finally finds

it as it's in the object of the Cross Somewhere behind her this gives our protagonist confidence as now they at least have a fighting chance and a clear way to their Victory and the completion of this Quest so since you found a weak point now he only needs to attack it he also wonders why is it there but to find out he'll have to destroy it seeing mango down on the floor not able to move he orders his pet meow to go and help heal him using her needing skills and then he just starts charging

towards That cross on the wall hoping that Marina is too busy fighting other guys that he can just slip through and attack it the witch keeps telling in the most horrifying voice that there's no escaping her and this will become their tomb our protagonist just keeps running and as he gets closer to her he starts feeling the pressure from her immense force that she's releasing he manages to run past her but she does notice that he's going in the direction where she Doesn't want him and then goes for attack with her creepy flowing hair strand

and just in time it's rice thought that he was screwed mango jumps in and defends our protagonist he seems okay now almost completely healed and he says that it's all thanks to meow's awesome power the mythical Cat Saves the Day again Bros as mango sees that our protagonist has some sort of plan he tells him to go on ahead while he deals with the monster aggro so rice just Keeps going and then charges forwards at the cross with the bright spot in the middle that his ability allows him to see he hits the cross in

the very center where its weak point is which causes the wall behind it to cave in creating a hole as it collapses inside the cave to our protagonist's surprise he sees a beautiful lady peacefully laying down and above her it says that it's Marina's corpse rice then realizes that she definitely feels different from the one Outside and there's some kind of magic protecting this sleeping Marina and now he knows why so many people had such a difficult time completing this Quest is this is like a hidden puzzle that you have to solve mango notices that

the ghost witch outside changed its name to Marina soul and her energy changes once the wall got torn down she becomes even more terrifying Rel relasing some nasty sounding piercing screams she's absolutely Furious and is now rampaging Attacking them with much more intensity than before our protagonist is there with Marina's corpse and is wondering what next he should do he tries waking her up but it doesn't work meanwhile the attacks from Marina's Soul become Relentless and stronger the TR gets taken down and mango is having real difficulties with it so he shouts for help from

Rice our protagonist in the spur of the moment decides to stab the corpse with his Sword just to see if that's going to work and he has a good feeling about it too and L and behold it works as soon as he hit the body of the material Marina the gohost starts contorting in pain so rice shouts to Mango that he has to attack it now which is what mango does and to a good success as this is the first time that they managed to get in some damage but then our protagonist's blade rebounds back

in the air as if some sort of protective shield is Protecting the corpse and Marina's ghosts outside comes to her senses and starts attacking again saying all kinds of vile things rice figures out how it works and tells mango to retreat for now he then hits Marina's body again and the same happens so they start seeing the path to their Victory now the only way they can inflict the damage is if they hit the physical body of Marina which gives them just a limited amount of time to get some damage in before the ghost Becomes

unbeatable again so they have to keep keep working like this the witch then realizes that he figured her out so she then starts rushing towards our protagonist to stop him and as she was so close to grabbing our protagonist he throws a poisoned pouch at her stunning her for a moment and giving himself just about enough time to finish this with one last final blow so he lifts up his sword one more time and delivers the most decisive final blow to Marina's Body this time completely piercing through her chest causing a massive shock with to

blast through the entire cave with now massive amounts of force coming out of Marina's body as everything around them starts cracking the ghost of Marina starts letting out painful screams filled with rage as she starts Vanishing with her screams getting quieter and quieter until they completely Fade Out and at that moment the notification arrives telling them That the quest has finally been completed and as our protagonist is relieved that he finally did it as this one was a really tough one the ghost of Marina now different in appearance kneeling down starts crying and saying that

she deserves to die and then she tells her story from the past of how she used to live in this Village that was hit by a plague that caused deaths of so many children she saw the suffering these parents went through losing their Kids and couldn't bear watching them being that lifeless anymore that she decided to become an object of blame for them the one on whom they will be able to pour out their hatred and at least feel some life even if it's moved by rage and Vengeance and this is how she became the

accursed Witch and now she's finally able to really die after such a long time wandering the world as a cursed Spirit rice and mango were watching her with a bit of an annoyance On their faces is they weren't interested in her fake story and just wanted to get it over with a notification comes to Mango and he gets a new skill called Earth Division and a new title of a witch hunter he's really excited about it and thanks rice for helping him complete this Quest even the NPCs are now praising him which really surprises him

as until now they just kept looking down on him and as they were walking out our protagonist noticed Something strange this is the first time that the stage didn't disappear once he cleared it Marina's soul is still crying there and even her body is still there so he figures that there's more to it and goes back and sees the ring hanging around Marina's next the ring reads Elise so he then goes to the Weeping soul of Marina and asks her if the name Elise means anything to her the ghost sharply looks sideways at him as

with an intent to kill and repeats the name After him the hidden Quest then opens up called Marina's resentment as mango sees our protagonist next to the ghost he calls him by his name and then all of a sudden a huge blast of bluish Energy starts pouring out of Marina's soul and the ghost changes its shape and and then we learned that Elise was actually Marina's daughter that died due to the plague and all of the monsters that they encountered during this Quest were inspired by the things Elise loved stuff Toys crabs and shrimps the

Ghost says that resentment she feels is because as others had her to blame for the death of their children she had nobody to blame as she knew it was just a strike of Misfortune and that resentment grew over time so we see that Marine started to become a witch because of all the pain she got from losing her daughter to the plague and as she blamed herself she couldn't even die in peace due to her resentment our protagonist's mission is To sooth Marina's Soul so she doesn't turn into a real witch and for this the

system notifies him he's got 60 minutes with the timer immediately counting down and then now this new evolved demon looking version of Marina's Soul starts flying up mango seeing this starts rushing towards her disregarding the tries shouting add him not to do it he attacks her with his newly acquired skill Earth division but she just catches it like it was nothing and our Protagonist is thinking of the way he can deal with the witch according to the quest he's not sure what to do and he can't even quit the quest as he never got any

option to either accept or reject the quest but then he gets a notification telling him that he found the quest item he's not sure what's going on as he looks around and then his eyes meet some Tomatoes lying on the floor and he also sees basil right next to it and then an idea comes to his mind As that wall writing said something about his food and so he's pretty sure what he needs to do now and just a moment after we see Rise down with his ingredients and cooking utensils out getting ready to prepare

some food meanwhile mango is figuring out why the witch keeps changing forms with his NPC saying their goodbyes as they're all about to die which makes mango Panic hard he then notices rice there peacefully cooking and him and then NPCs Start looking at him in bewilderment as his behavior definitely doesn't match the situation they found themselves in right now they're thinking if he's just cooking some extra VA potions or what and our protagonist is really deep into making this meal like he's got no worries in the world he's peeling Tomatoes checking the temperature and all

the stuff he do without a deadly killer ghost which is trying to murder everyone in her sight mango is really Confused and asks him now in a bit of a panicky sort of voice what's he doing and rice looks at him with intensity and asks him if he actually didn't notice what he's doing mango thinks that he's onto some other great plan thinking just how awesome rice is but then our protagonist changes his expression and to Mango's shocking disappointment says that he's just making seafood tomato soup so our protagonist is really working hard to make

it in time and just As he thought this hidden Quest and the reason why he kept seeing all of the ingredients around is because he was the only one that could notice elise's presence and as the timer was counting down with mere seconds left and as the now even more terrified witch was approaching our protagonist rice adds finishing touches to his Masterpiece food and extends the food to the witch calmly telling her that he made something that Elise would enjoy the Demonic witch close to completely losing her mind stops right there before she reached tce

and inquisitively repeats Elisa's name with a faint memory of her daughter in her mind she withdraws herself from striking our protagonist and reaches for the soup trying it just before the time Runs Out The Rage now turns to grief as she keeps eating the delicious food with tears streaming down her face then all of the memories with her daughter Elise start flooding in she Remembers how she used to cook with her and how much Elise loved this tomato soup these memories coming back start changing Marina's soul that she goes through another transformation now looking like

an Angelic lady she keeps apologizing to Elise for not being there with her and for taking so long for getting back to her she gratefully thanks rice and starts floating further into the air telling him that she's now free to get back to her daughter in Heaven as she's not a witch anymore and then the light gathers up around her as if it's charging up and she just just beams into the night sky making a hole in the cave the notification pops up saying that the quest has been completed and our protagonist gets the title

of Marina Savior and he gets a bunch of rewards for it mango is really enthusiastic about finally getting this Quest completed and it turns out that our protagonist got a special magic Ability as a reward from this Quest he's able to produce Flames from his hand now and playing with how he can use it he manages to shoot a fireball from his hand doing a pretty solid damage another magic ability that he got is a Frost shield which enables him to freeze the ground where he points the shield and both of these Powers have potential

to grow much stronger with leveling them up mango is really ecstatic about it saying that he didn't know that this hidden Quest gives such great rewards The Rook then drops into the conversation and thanks them for saving them and adds that they are actually not some random Knights but found beatley nights and if they ever come to latran they will be welcomed like Heroes and we also see that NPC's favorability of them grew again the game says that thanks to Rice's actions Marina let go of her grievance and went to the afterlife where she might

live long and happily With her beloved daughter and this is all recorded in the game's book of history in the book of History we see that our protagonist hasn't completed any of the main stories and just did side quests so far after going through his stats and the rewards he got our protagonist decides to log off the game as he spent quite some time in there and as he gets up from the bed he feels pretty happy with himself and even though he was really late he decides to Have some food to eat as he

was hungry rice was surprised by how fast the food arrived and he felt super lucky to have a place working 247 near him the black bee noodles look really good so he decides to do his best enjoying its texture at least the first body thinks how the texture is pretty good the second body starts thinking that they might have put in a bit too much onion in the sauce and then he thinks to himself that the sweet smell is a bit Too strong and then he goes on to him he can smell he looks at

the food again and he's now in a visible shock he doesn't understand how this happened was it just for a moment that he could smell it or did he just hallucinate that he could smell it just because he wanted to smell it so bad in the past he did all the things possible to recover his senses but without any success so how is it possible that it just came to him now he gives it another Sniff and he realizes That it's not an illusion he can actually smell the texture of the food and it smells

better than ever his taste didn't come back however only smell he then becomes really hopeful that with this there is a chance no matter how small for his sense of taste to recover as well and now in the game Real we can see mango texting with other players bragging about how he completed Marina's Quest and how he's the only one able to do it he tells them the details of how He did as other people didn't believe him at first because they thought it was unbeatable mango tells them that he had Rice's help and some

other players immediately recognized him even ather now known as the master Craftsman mentions that he personally made equipment for him and few other guys that he met at the beginning also mentioned knowing him like seeking it seems our protagonist is getting really popular among the game players these Messages even reach Melina as we now can see her real self and it's Miry and she's thinking what nice things she can write about him she then says that she knew him back when he used to make chicken skewers and that he's a really good cook we also

learned that she's interested in him and is a bit upset that he doesn't call her on his adventures and the only time she sees him is when he's making food and Mar's Grand AA enters and we see that he's Actually that chairman son J who was at our protagonist's restaurant Bros what is happening with this story this story is getting so good man so he asks her how her part-time job goes and she tells him that they don't have that many customers and it's because their food is not the best her Grandpa tells her that

he recently ate food at some restaurant meaning where rice is a chef and the food felt amazing even though he lost his appetite some time ago he says that The food there retrieved some of his memories and was a full-blown experience that he just can't stop thinking about this really interests mey and she wants him to take her there next time he has time and he asks his granddaughter if she's working the day after because he needs her H with something the next day we see them at her grandfather's company where we learn that he's

an artist and this day is the day of an exhibition where he'll showcase his art where he Paints food that looks realistic and delicious but one of his staff members tells him that they have a problem as the catering team got sick from food poisoning and he's got nobody to prepare him any food for his exhibition which is terrible as looking at the paintings of food makes people hungry and him not having any food is awful he gets really frustrated with this and then gets a call from risis restaurant owner and his longtime friend Lim

Yung asking him how The things are going as he was also planning on coming to this exhibition you soon tells him about the situation and Mr limb offers him his services for the day which mir's Grandpa accepts gratefully as he desperately needs it he then tells Mary that she's in luck as the chef he told her about will be coming to their place to prepare food for them exclusively he just needs to find two assistance and asir is really ecstatic about finally trying the food That made her Grandpa retrieve his desire for food she says

that she'll take care of the assistance and then calls one of her colleagues to help her out she also starts thinking that maybe there is someone like Christ existing in real life and wonders who this Chef is and then outside we see Lim Yung with our protagonist coming out of some fancy car with Mr Lim telling him that this is their first event before they open the restaurant officially and rice calmly Tells him that he's all ready for it we see Mr limb ask our protagonist if he feels nervous about this event and we see

that this wasn't aram's first time doing this kind of an event because he actually even starred in some cooking TV shows the thing is that it's just been such a long time and he needs to get back into it so he says that he's fine and he'll just think of it as a pre-opening test and he'll do his best meanwhile inside the company we see that Mar's colleague from the snack shop arrived and meie is really happy with her coming over to help her out and at that moment Mr limb walks in with a just

behind him Miry scen our protagonist gets shocked as she didn't expect to see him there so she then walks up to him telling him that the last time they saw each other is when he abruptly left That Snack Shop her Grandpa is really taking a back by seene mirie knowing this Chef we can see that arum feels a little bit Awkward with the situation so then asks Mari what she's doing there and so she explains to him how she's here to support her grandpa's exhibition even Mr limb recognizes her and now this makes you soon

feel slightly out of place as everyone seems to know everyone as Mr limb goes off to check the chicken and all other go their own ways Mary is left with our protagonist and she's kind of pouting at him he starts apologizing for not letting her know that he found a new Job but she says that that's not why she's angry and it's because he keeps calling her by her honorifics and that bothers her she then offers him her pinky finger and asks him to promise her that he'll make her some good food and to take

care of her he returns the request and they seem really happy with that after some time we see people really enjoying the food even the Moody cook being all skeptical about the food in his usual fashion after giving it a Try realizes how good the food is he's having the usual transcendentist food for the first time it makes makes him do some really strange body movements that people start thinking that he's some sort of a weirdo and I guess they're not wrong with that bro anyways a famous songwriter with a huge influence in the music

industry Jung jiu is also there enjoying aram's tasty food he says that this food almost inspired him to write a song right there On the spot we also learned that he recently became the game reals addict and is really into it he then says that even though the food was great he'll go to the in-game restaurant and get his feel there not surprisingly at rosalin's restaurant and then he just runs up through the doors and now at the snack shop we see the owner drinking himself stupid and watching some cooking show where his favorite Chef

Kang sang yeah lost to some unknown chef and as he kept Drinking and complaining how difficult it is to find good chefs and how his business is not doing well he remembers the name of the competition his favorite Chef lost and then remembers that's the same name that he found in our protagonist's resume he gets absolutely shocked by finding this and is thinking that there's no way that this is the case now we go back to our protagonist Miry and Yi celebrating their successful work day at one of the local restaurants Uni says that Aram

did most of the work which is why everything went well but Aram Resorts that he couldn't do it without their help being humble as he usually is and Miry Praises aram's cooking skills and and then they have gold pepperoni shrimp and it looks really nice so they want to take a picture of it and as Miri and Yi were eating the food our protagonist was just enjoying his newly retrieved sense of smell taking deep sniffs of the food and Figuring out what's inside this made him look kind of strange to Mei though and when he

started eating Mei just thought how unique it is for a person to be able to relish the food this much as Aram was literally distinguishing between every ingredient in his his mind and he could even know how it was cooked just based on the smell then Yi interrupts his Heavenly experience with food by asking him why was he an assistant if he's that good at cooking and our protagonist Finally reveals his secret of losing his senses due to an accident which made him close his own restaurant he continues saying that he still can't taste anything

but adds that something really great happened recently that his sense of smell came back to some degree of it uni and Miry are really happy about it and he says that even if he couldn't smell or taste he'd always be a chef as that's his life calling and now we see our protagonist back in the game walking Towards the city of LaBaron a local with bushy eybrows recognizes him there saying that everything that happened in Marina's cave was already wildly talked about he then asks rice what he's doing in this crappy place and our protagonist

tells him that there's a story to this place and and he's interested according to the description of this small town it's a land that lost its fertility due to the Demon King's power and now the only way for them to get food is from The starvation relief cave as they call it rise goes on to check reviews about the area of the game and he notices that players are really negative about it saying that there isn't much to do he then runs into a comment saying that he can get a Quest from an NPC with

green hair this gets rice interested so he heads towards the location where this NPC is when he arrived there was a green-headed guy sitting on the top of a spiky Hill and telling him and the other Players present there the instructions on how to enter the quest basically there has to be a group of 10 of them to even start the quest and they have to enter one by one their mission is to hunt the boss at the end of the cave and right after the green-headed guy finished explaining the rules the ground starts shaking

and a cave comes from underneath the ground the so-called Cave of emptiness that from the outside looks like an ogre with an open mouth before Entering the cave a notification pops up telling rice that after defeating the boss gold giant crop the one who dealt the most damage to it will get all of the rewards this is like a DPS check where only the first guy gets the rewards kind of unfair to be honest but anyways back to the story the green-headed guy then in a smug way says that rather than checking every nook in

cranny they should be focusing on seeing the bigger picture which kind of sounds Like a puzzle in the meantime we see Mary texting with uni and they're talking about our protagonist saying how cool he is to have such a strong will to continue cooking even with losing his senses they comment on how great of a chef he is but at the same time that he's really quiet uni teasingly suggests that Mei might be romantically interested in him and Mary pretends that she's not into him saying that he's boring as he does nothing else but Cooks

But we all know better and we see her then texting our protagonist inviting him out for a date now we go back in the game and Rice's party enters the cave discussing how they should split the rewards and one of the guys reminds them that it's a battle royale where only the final man standing gets the rewards and they keep on talking until they come to a bridge which is a checkpoint as the guy imposing himself as the leader recognizes and at the other end of the Bridge Bridge there is just a well lit wall

so one of them thinks that this is where they will encounter the boss but as soon as the last of them steps on the fragile looking Bridge the bridge just crumbles below them and they fall down shouting that they should have expected it luckily they end up falling in the water which saves them and as Ry steps out of the water he sees a plant called arugala and like a child playing with its toy our protagonist gets really Occupied with it thinking how awesome the dadic ation to details in this game is the shared notification

pops up telling them that they've picked up arula I don't know bro how to pronounce this I'm sorry this is the constant struggle would not be an English word pronunciation you just have to get used to it anyways after they picked up arula the leader guy seeing it tells them not to pick up some random strange stuff they come across then just a moment Later one of the guy gets hit by a potato monster and this guy hits like a tank as he knocks down one of them with just one hit the guy laying on

the floor then looks towards them and asks for the healing potion but to all of their shock he gets hit again on the head instantly getting eliminated the potato monster is nothing to be joked around with even if they do look kind of silly but more interestingly when that player died some of his personal items ended up in their Shared inventory which they realize means that there's quite a significant loss if they die here while do in this Quest so the leader guy tells them to get ready and attack on his command and then more

potato monsters show up the party charges at them but without much success as these monsters are pretty hard we see that even our protagonist is having issues with them with his pet meow having to come out from time to time to help him out the Whitehead Leader guy then tells them to slowly move in One Direction as they fight as he found a way to go back up and while they were backing up two new enemies show up carrot Wizard and corn swordsman the leader guy thinks that the names in the game are silly and

wonders what game developers were thinking when they named them then the leader engages them in the battle and they are significantly more threatening than the potato monster the wizard carrot fires a red beam Distracting the leader guy while the corn swordsman charges at him with full speed but the white here gu is pretty strong and he defends it without too much effort and then chops down the corn monster he seems to be getting really serious as he Powers himself up and our protagonist with pure sincerity enthusiastically tells them that he'll pick up all the corn

that they drop classic so after a little bit of time passes we now see the party taking a Break successfully surviving that attack from the vegetable gang and the food they are eating is actually Rice's food that they got from the restaurant they eat his food while discussing him saying that he did really well in the game and he even owns his own restaurant they say that it's all thanks to him that the food improved by a lot in the entire game and they can actually look forward towards food before him they had to deal

with the food like the Bland soup and Other untasty things all these compliments make our protagonist really really happy as he's blissfully and innocently eating his beef jerky he had saved from before looking as goofy as ever one of the guys wonders what right looks like while rice is ironically sitting next to them but they don't know that this is him some people say that they can't imagine Rice playing with them as is probably part of some high tier party the leader quietly eats his Food and then suddenly gets up throws it on the ground

and tells them that they need to get a move on if they are properly rested as they still have a long way to go and as they continue their Journey deeper into the quest they come to a place that some of them find familiar it's a big cave with an opening on the very top brightly shining light on a spot where the a sits on top of an elevated ground and above it it says it's called best warrior mango which Makes rice think that this level has already been beaten by his friend mangle and right

as they were figuring out what's happening there the ground starts shaking and the elevated land started to go up and up until we could see a massive Stone looking monster the turn out to be the boss giant crop the leader seeing this tells him to get ready for the battle and as he comes up with a plan he tells the ranged Warriors to aim for the monsters arms and legs while the Melee Warriors and tanks should attack the body and head and our protagonist is just casually eating his chicken skewers looking as if he's not

really worried about any of this and the food he eats top up his skills and he gets some new upgrades the food really does wonders in this game Bros the huge rock monster Swings with such force and they are barely able to evade its attack and then the leader whose name we now learn to be egis seemingly very annoyed leaps up With an incredible speed and power and slams giant crop exactly in the head making it look like he did huge damage and might have even taken the monster down but to their shock the Stone

Giant just slams eges down with one hand and without giving it any time sends another devast blow down at him he just starts panicking as he knows that he can't escape this massive blow and if he gets hit by it it'll be game over for him and right when he thought that nothing could Be done we see our protagonist in the air sliding down the Giant's arm using his new ability Frosty Shield freezing the entire arm of the massive Stone Beast and in that way preventing him to hit egis the stone Giant's head comes to

a Hal right before he touches him the rice uses his ability Focus tip to try sending one final blow to the now unmoving monster everyone is left in utter shock seeing our protagonist perform this well it's also their first Time seeing someone actually using magic in the game one of them says that he ignored rice as he was just quietly picking herbs and following them around without contributing anything but now he seems to be a high tier fighter and as the Stone Giant was standing still our protagonist assessed that the monster did receive damage but

that it wasn't a critical hit injured eges then shouts to the other party members to shoot at the monster as it's almost finished and as He sees them not actually moving he calls them cowards and right in that moment he gets picked up by that monster and he's now in the stone Giant's fist the monster then uses egis as a shield and throws a punch at our protagonist rice just points his blade at the monster in a very confident way and produces Flames from the blade and then shoots out a fireball from it egis is

in disbelief about what's happening to him panicking and thinking that he'll die he Does end up getting shot by the flame along with the monster which our protagonist uses as a distraction to find the stone Giant's weak point and charges for a finishing blow concentrating his whole power at the tip of his blade others in shock see rice winning against this powerful monster and can't believe what they just witnessed they're now more than before curious as to who our protagonist actually is a notification comes up that The person doing the most damage gets all of

the loot and that the famine relief cave Quest has been completed then as our protagonist is helping egis to get up they see the name on the elevated ground change to the name of the best warrior and that is rice people are astonished to learn this as the person who is able to cook so well is also a great fighter egis is just looking at him in shock without saying anything Ry seems to be getting a little Bit nervous when people learn who he is the notification comes up telling him that he got another achievement

unlocked which enables him to decrease boss's HP by 40% with just one blow then one of the guys says that egis was ordering them around but at the end of it he was just a weak loser that couldn't get things done when it mattered and this this really enrages egis so then they have a back and forth argument until egis gets so Furious that he hits the Other player with his Club instantly murdering him right on the spot everyone was stunned and speechless seeing this and a warning notification comes that he killed the player and

he's getting a penalty for it and by what e says next we learn that this is not the first time he did something like this R seeing this thinks to himself that this guy's out of his mind like why would he murder another player just for a little insult and sometimes after we see our Protagonist calling for fertile which is that green-haired guy sitting on top of a rock fertile seemed to have been really bored until he saw our protagonist rice tells him that he cleared his quest and that he also has found a pickaxe

inside and he thought that it might be fertiles his pickaxe so he came to return it back to him fertile tells him that he was looking for the pickaxe for a really long time but couldn't find it anywhere rice tells him That it was just stuck on the Golem head and that he's happy to give it back to him fertile mentions that the boss they fought wasn't a Golem but then changes the topic as if it's a long and complex story for him to explain right there and then he then tells rice that he'll be

cheering for him from now on for the rest of his journey and sleeps in an enigmatic advice that in whatever dungeon he finds himself in he should always take care of bigger mobs over the Small fries they thank each other and then all of a sudden fertile jumps off of that Rock Hill swinging his pickaxe really hard and as soon as he's on the ground he hits the ground with it piercing the surface a little and immediately causing the Lash Greenery to start bursting out of the soil first around where he is and then quickly

spreading throughout the entire land and I guess that's why his name is like this old Barren land now gets covered with Plants trees and flowers that are m magically popping out from the ground then the notification comes up saying that the once abundant planes were reduced to a wasteland due to the devil's powers and thanks to the guardian angel fertile find in his pickaxe the earth once again regains its Green Glow rice also gets some more achievements unlocked that have to do with the history book he also gets a new title as well as one

who walks the first Then we now see the history book being updated again with another successfully cleared Mission by our protagonist and he's wondering why is it being updated when he's not doing any main quests at all he doesn't quite understand how this history book Works yet and as he's shaving a bit of time with his pet meow he gets called from the foot of the hill and it's the Macho King guy Macho King is getting a bit too personal for our protagonist's tast especially since he Doesn't actually know him that well he's calling rice

to come down and to join his party but we can see that Rice even though being polite doesn't really feel that great joining him or even having this conversation at all rice jumps from that tall Hill and Macho King is really impressed telling him that he's got ankles made of steel and rice asks him if he's also going to bedran and Macho King confirms saying that he saw him here on his way to bedran a bit later as They were heading towards bedran they discussed their occupation and we learn that for some very very strange

reason Macho King thought that being a farmer means being cool and strong which is why he chose his occupation while rice just likes to cook the guy keeps acting all familiar with our protagonist which makes rice feel really uncomfortable and easy they then run into a restaurant called atellier and Macho King suggests that they should go in and continue Their awesome conversation over some delicious food but when they get in they are greeted by a sad look Chef telling them that the restaurant only has vegetables to offer them and then tells the usual story of

the land that it's because of the Demon King that they have nothing better to offer rice is fine with it as he innocently approves of the vegetables but Macho King with completely different energy angrily tells the chef about how he won't be Able to bulk up on just vegetables and he needs some good quality meat and after they settled and sat down they get the notification where rice got a friend's request for a co-op occupation Quest Macho King is really hype about it and sees this as a perfect opportunity for two of them to do

it together but our protagonist not really listening to him says that he also finds this interesting and then says that he just needs to look through his friends list And see who is available for this and then enthusiastically turns to Macho King to ask him if he has any friends that he can do this quest with but after seeing this Macho King just signs off of the game my guy got ignored hard this reminds me like when you ask a girl hey hey can I get out of the friend zone and she's like uh completely

changes the subs subject she doesn't even recognize the question so she can keep you in the friend zone forever that's why Bros if You realize you're in the friend zone just stop talking with the girl now we see nervous Mr limb worrying about whether he should have advertised more about his opening day which is today he then asks our prot onist who was sitting and watching some cooking instructions on his phone if they have enough watermelons to make watermelon punch and as they were discussing watermelons Aram receives a phone call from Mei and then she

tells him that they want to have a Company dinner at their restaurant for the opening day he lets the boss know that Marie and her colleagues are coming as the first guests of the restaurant and the boss seems pretty happy with it however Aram is not too excited about it as that means that Moody Chef Kim Dayan will also come over as well and later that day we see Mary and the rest of the snack shop guys show up for the business dinner Mr Lim asks Mary about you soon and she hands him the flowers

as it's a Tradition to give flowers for business openings the snack shop owner is really impressed by how the interior of the restaurant looks and as they sit themselves down Mir and Yi are really ecstatic about eating our protagonist's food and at this point who wouldn't be and they're just listing all the stuff they want to eat and how it would taste and we see Aram lost in his thoughts as he's making food feeling a bit uneasy about him having to encounter that Egoistic Chef once the food was made and served they all relished the

food's taste giving it the highest praise with the only exception of they onean who also compliments it but pretends that he knows what he's talking about in assessing our protagonist this is cooking Mei knowing that he's talking nonsense makes several sarcastic remarks telling him how good of a chef he is and the DAR snag bar is just lucky to have him as a head chef the guy is so Egoistic Bros that he doesn't even recognize that she's trolling him and just accepts the over-the-top compliments and then as they all ate Deon calls for some drinks

even though he previously told his girlfriend that he wouldn't drink so they kind of scold him for that but he doesn't seem bothered at all Mr limb then tells them that he's happy that they enjoy the food and as they gave such high praises for the food and as today was their opening Day he wants to personally introduce the chef to them everyone seems excited about it even the Moody chef says that ever since the exhibition he wanted to meet this talented Chef as Master recognizes another Master according to his words and then our protagonist

walks out in front of them and calmly tells they one that it's in a while day one is lost for words as he stares him in disbelief trying to figure out what's going on why is Aram here pretending to Be the head chef of this restaurant and as he's wondering how this could be with visible dissatisfaction on his face aram's previous boss is also left in this belief as he just realizes that Aron was their assistant chef and he's now working as a main Chef in this fancy restaurant Mary then starts praising Aram to this

day when a little bit as she comments how Aram used to be the head chef at a really big restaurant before but dayon being mature as he Usually is comments how if he has no proof then he doesn't believe him this childish behavior surprises Aram as Davon doubles down on it asking for proof as he starts shaming Aram and saying how if he was a good person he wouldn't work a part-time job in a snack shop and then quit at the smallest inconvenience and what he means by this smallest inconvenience Bros is him bullying Aram

constantly as he now also goes back to bullying Aram calling him Just an assistant Chef leaving Aram surprised as he can't believe this guy is so immature as they W continue saying how aram's such a good Chef that they have no customers in this restaurant as Mei yells at him to stop and he just ignores her and continues bullying Aram saying how the noodles he just ate were decent but how anyone can cook decent noodles and how that doesn't make him a special cook mer now loses her cool and starts yelling at day one and

asks him If he got drunk already and he's behaving like this because he's under the influence but they one just still keeps going saying how Aram ran away from their snack shop and was lucky to get a position as a head chef in this restaurant as you see Aram now getting more and more Angry as he comments how he never ran away and he even apologizes for quitting so suddenly as he explains how he never bragged about his past to them before or acted as if he's better Than them because of it and they one

interrupts him telling him to shut up as he comments how Aram was just his assistant and nothing more he continues insulting Aram and we see Aram clenching his fist in Anger as he tells Dewan that he's acting like this because Dewan also truly knows that Aram is a better cook and these things they went back a bit as he didn't expect to hear anything from Aram as he then spits in the plate saying how these noodles are nothing to Brag about and starts yelling and insulting Aram more as we see a fist flying towards him

and we learn that it's not actually Aram who getting angry but his boss who slammed the fist on the table with such force that donon immediately stopped talking and got scared he then asks donon to leave as dayon comments how you can't behave like that towards the customer and as Aram is looking at this surprised as well his boss comments how theyan is not a Customer because a customer wouldn't constantly insult the head chef like that and even spit in the food as he comments how Davon has no manners and orders him to immediately go

out we see Aram now apologizing to his boss for this situation as his boss responds by saying that this is not his fault and as Mary and her friends are leaving they apologize for dav's Behavior as they say goodbye letting them know that despite this situation that just happened Between them they really had a good time and enjoyed their meals we see Aram and his boss happily waving to them as well and as soon as they leave they exhale in relief as the boss comments how he couldn't ask them to pay after kicking them out

basically and Aram asks his boss if his hand is okay after that punch his boss comments how his hand hand is fine and how dwan's bad behavior really provoked him so much to the point of slamming his hand on the table and His boss is praising Aram saying how besides being a good Chef he's a really really patient and tolerant person because it must have been hell working as deon's assistant Aon promises how he'll do his best here because he has such a good boss now after coming home that night Aram logs in the game

and if you remember Bros when he left has logged out the area he was in was like a desert area but now it's so green and there's even a forest here all because That guy whose name is fertile uses pickaxe to make the green life come back to this area as rice is thinking how the area looks really nice he is another player calling for him as he seems to be hiding behind the tree for some suspicious reason and as rice comes closer this guy says that he's looking for someone to help him hunt the

small Cows as needs the XP and rice asks him if these small cows drop beef and this guy says that they definitely do saying How rice can keep all the loot they drop since he only needs experience rice a little bit confused asks where the small cow is and as he turns around he gets hit in the back of his head immediately falling down on the floor as he's left stand by the back attack and can't move now and he hears a voice saying how it's good to see him again and his r looks up

he sees egis and his party as egis comments how he did say they will meet again right egis is surprised that Rice Remembers him as he comments how even though he was the tank on their last Quest he got no experience points from doing it because only the winner of that Quest got all the rewards as 's comments how can a guy like rice who managed to win at that Quest fall for a trap like this one right now as the guy that J Rice starts running away way rice takes another look at him while

egis continues taunting him you know because he's a tank and he's taunting him uh okay I'll I'll see myself out actually I won't see myself out this joke is good Bros anyways one of the guys in the party comments that R is a good cook so he can come with them to cook food for them as the girl also comments so this is a great idea and that rice should definitely do it and Eis comments how he can definitely come with them but they aren't following no brief rules and are actually killing other players and

taking their loot as Ry slowly stands up And takes out his sword he comments how he isn't interested in their offer and they respond by saying it's either that he comes with them or they kill him right now and loot his body the girl also laughs at Rice saying how he's trying to act nice but he definitely isn't since he had no problem that they didn't receive any rewards for The Last Quest when he took all the rewards and in in the middle of her sentence she gets hit immediately dying as both egis And rice

look to see what happened and rice gets surprised as this is that Gourmet guy that eats raw meat in the back and he is the one who killed this girl this guy comments how this girl is even weaker than he thought saying that the rest of the party isn't much stronger either besides the silver haired guy EG then yells at this guy asking who he is as this guy is just slowly approaching in egis and rice without saying anything rice thinks how He's seen him before and wonders what he's doing here right now he just

continues yelling at him asking him how could he kill his partner member like that and asking him if he actually wants to join his party because he doesn't have a problem with griefing other players as well this guy continues ignoring egis as he's still walking towards him and this annoys egis to the point of actually starting to attack this guy and as he jumps towards the Mysterious guy and swings his mace at him this guy just catches it with his bare hands then holds it with a grip so tight that e just can't pull it

out at all as he lifts egis up while still holding the pointy end of the Maze and then slams him down to the ground almost killing him and the only reason e just actually didn't die from one hit is because his classes of tank in this game so he has a little bit more HP than usual rice is looking at them completely Surprised as he realizes how strong this guy actually is as we see him charging his fist and getting ready to finish egis off and egis starts begging for mercy but this guy completely ignores

him yet again and slams his fist down eeg's throat causing so much damage that even egis as a tank couldn't survive it this guy then takes his blooded fist out of Eis smashed head and comments how Eis is also weaker than expected as he turns over to our protagonist asking if he is Rice and as rice thanks him for saving him he confirms that he is this guy then gets all up in Rice's face saying how he did just save him now and rice a bit startled with a gulp in his voice answers how indeed

he did this guy then take something out of his inventory and slams two giant staks on the ground telling rice how this is actually small cow meat and if this is small cows meat I want to see how big is the meat of big cows a Susy sentence anyways back to the Story this guy's asking rice to cook this meat for him as a token of gratitude for saving him this leaves rice confused but he decides to cook it and after the meal is finished we see a delicious dish called tasty galby gy yet another

madeup word in my dictionary as we also learn that this meal increases satisfaction in both attack and defense after being consumed rice offers it to this guy and he looks at it closer and inspects it realizing that it is true That after you cook raw meat it gives more stats than when it's raw and it tells rice how rice also has a fraulin occupation rice also decides to give it a try and he takes a part of it with his Chopsticks and after going in for a bite he's left in that familiar Blissful State people

are usually left in after trying his food as rice thinks how it's been so long since he last Tred this meal this guy is still not eating and just looking at the piece of this cooked Meat but after going for a bite he also goes through a Heavenly experience after tasting it as a notification pops up letting him know he stats have just increased he compliments Rice's cooking as we see nothing was left on the bones how well the meat was cooked rice comments how they can even eat the leftover soup of the meat and

he decides to mix it with rice for extra flavor rice enjoys preparing all this food but while he's doing it he wonders who could This guy actually be and why did he help him in the first place thinking that these guys may be following him but he has no time to think about it right now as the next meal is ready and both of them start eating it we see this guy in a magical land of Wonders with food flying through the air as he's so happy he got to taste Rice's food and he's glad

he helped him so rice would cook for him in return He compliments Rice's food again and comments how his Absorption skills were also filled and rice with his mouth full of food asks what are absorption skills but this guy just casually ignores him and asks if he could add rice as a friend rice says how he can and thinks how he seems like a really nice guy so it's fine but usually he wouldn't accept his friend request the guy offers rice a spirit fruit now as a gift for their new friendship and we learn that

this fruit is eaten by spirits and could lead to death if other Creatures try it rice asks him where he obtained this item as he comments it was a reward for an achievement he completed earlier and how he doesn't need it since he can't eat it wow such a thoughtful gift I can't eat this poisonous fruit so I give it to you as a gift very considerate of him however rice takes it and thinks how maybe he could cook it later in a way that wouldn't be harmful to him as this guy is leaving he

comments how next time they meet rice Doesn't have to use honorifics when speaking to him and he looks hella Fine Bros as we learn that his name is epicure and he comments how friends don't need to use honorifics when talking to each other rice also waves back at him as he wonders why his name is epicure which is a fancy word for gmet I guess gmate Gourmet I don't know how to pronounce words in English Bros sorry now a little bit of time passes and we see ather selling his items in a Town as he

gets a party invite from rice and we also see Mao King getting the same invite while he was plowing some Earth bot comments how he'll definitely join join Rice's party three of them meet in front of a market in a town as rice greets them and thanks them for coming as Macho King says he'll do anything for his bro rice like I'll do anything for my Bros like Bros if you ever need help killing some dragons hit the Bro up ather also greets rice and Asks who Macho King is as he looks like a regular

farmer and Macho King laughs and answers how he's Rice's best young bro and then two of them introduce each other each bragging by being Rice's friend and three of them now decide to do a co-op Quest together where they need to collect a 100 peaceful trees and then use those to create a peaceful fence and then catch and bring 50 livestock behind this fence basically making a small farm rice then shares This quest with them as ater comments how this Quest isn't available for all classes but certain few and Macho Man also comments saying how

he wanted to do this Quest before but something suddenly came up in real life so he had to log out and couldn't do it but he's ready to complete it now rice comments how three of them have the required occupations for completing the quest as Macho Man in his usual fanaticism over rise comments how he can't wait to get started and Ater comments that this Quest should be fairly easy since it's basically just making a wooden fence as he also comments saying how three of them can split up and each of them can complete a

different part of the quest thus saving time and finishing it faster Macho Man hugs rice and says how there's no way he's splitting up from Rice because he likes hanging out with his bro but rice tells him how ater's idea is actually really good since they can do it much Faster this way if they split up now Macho King is in charge of finding the peaceful trees and chopping them up and then provide him to ather so he can start making defense while Macho King is gathering more wood and ather asks rice how is he

planning on bringing back the livestock rice responds how he has a very special idea planned as we see him a bit later starting a fight with the cows as he uses his ability Focus tip to charge at them now we see rice in action Attacking the cow's headon is they're rushing towards him and he's doing pretty well thefe beting several with one swing of his sword it's a bit intense as our protagonist just wants to get this over with as quickly as he can so he uses all of the tricks up his sleeve after sometime

hunting the little cows a notification pops up telling him that an achievement called the massacre has been unlocked where he had to hunt over a thousand monsters to be able to Obtain this achievement and so the two new skills activate slasher and Slayer and rice is pretty happy with it as his already finished the cows and then all of a sudden he saw a sheep just casually passing by so rise then figures that this has to be one of the livestock he's supposed to bring back with him to the farm so without much thinking he

leaps to catch it but the Sheep just slips away as if it just teleported leaving our protagonist wondering as to what's Going on how did it do that and as he looks further he sees many sheep at one place and not just sheep but other farm animals as well there are chicken and pigs too and there are so many of them and Rice's mission is to get at least 50 of them and he recognizes that he has to find a method of doing it because just force here isn't going to help him so he uses

Chef's eye to see some more information about some of these animals so that he can address their needs in a Better way and maybe in that way figure out how to bring them back home pigs seem to be really hungry and he can lure them with food these gifts are protagonist against an idea so he immediately gets the cooking work started first looking through the food items he could use but he needs to think of a recipe that farm animals would like and if my guy played Minecraft he would know how to lure these animals

but I guess he didn't so he has to figure it Out on his own now Bros he comes across the arugula that he picked up when he was on that quest with the Stone Giant Golem and he needs to find some other ingredients that would go well with arugula arugula has got old nutrients and health benefits that one would want but if it is to come out tasty then it needs to be mixed with something else so he then prepares a topping with garlic onions and tomatoes and then he mixes all of it together in

a saucepan rice Seems really deep into cooking and he's really focused and dedicated after he finished the first part he then goes on to making dough the game makes things a bit easier when cooking as it doesn't have to follow all the little rules regarding cooking it he then starts spinning the dough on his hand making it stretch out really long until it was so big that it attracted the attention of the animals nearby now just staring at him and his spinning though and as it Expanded a fresh idea comes to his mind that he

should use this opportunity and make a pizza instead as if my bro is trying to lure me and not these farm animals with this food so after he finished with the dough he decides to put the seasoning he prepared earlier on the top of the dough and then uses his fire skill to bake it as there was no oven around and after some time baking it the pizza is finally done and it looks amazing and absolutely huge farm Animals seeing it start Gathering and are more than pleased as they make sounds in approval of it

and his plan is to use this delicious looking pizza to lure all the farm animals or at least 50 of them back to the farm and hand it over there as that's his new co-op Quest he gets a warning notification telling him that he shouldn't be feeding these animals with pizza but as he's too excited about managing to make this enormous Pizza he completely disregards The warning now a bit later we see Two Soldiers with one of them waking up the other and telling him if he can also see something in the distance approaching them

and as it gets closer we see our protagonist running for his life in front of the farm animals speeding right behind him looking slightly mental the Two Soldiers recognized rice and open the door to the city and rice shouts from a distance that it's the Lost livestock and so many different types of Animals are running towards them the soldiers are not sure what to do is there are even little tough looking cows charging at them and then all of a sudden they hear somebody from the back telling them to get away and right in front

of them ather and Macho King jump out to help our protagonist throwing their explosive attacks the timing was impeccable for ather and Macho joking to show up exactly when rice needed them it's perfect and our protagonist tells Them that they just need to get the animals into the cage and they'll complete the quest but before that they need to make sure that they've got exactly 50 livestock so they start counting and they count exactly 50 animals which is perfect for them a bit later we see the restaurant owner balling his eyes out from happiness of

having his livestock returned to him so now with these animals he can find expand on his menu and offer better food And make his restaurant attractive again and the status window shows that they've completed their Quest and at that moment we see some locals coming along congratulating the restaurant owner for having his livestock return to him and one of them asks Macho King about his wood chopping skills as he's the one that cut down the wood of peace and other guy asked ather about his architecture methods as he was the one that built the fence

so both both of Them go on their own quests thanking our protagonist as they were leaving finishing this Quest open doors for the other quest for them and so it's all thanks to rice and as our protagonist was entertaining meow for a bit the restaurant owner asks rice if he could help him expand his menu offer as he only knows how to make one type of meat meal and this opens a new cooking quest for our protagonist meanwhile we see a guy making chicken skewers over a fire And and the couple says that it's taking

too long for it to be done and the guy making the food reassures them that it'll be finished very soon if they can just wait a little bit longer then the couple starts talking about rice praising him where they say that his food is so much better than any other food available out there hearing this conversation makes this cook here pretty annoyed as it seems that our protagonist is overtaking all of the cooks jobs in This game and there's not much space for them and as soon as the cook prepared the chicken skewers the couple

leaving say that they'll take their refund as they won't eat there anymore the cook tries to convince them that his skewers are pretty delicious but the couple is determined to give up from it no matter what he says and as the customers Rush away from him the cook becomes even more furious at Rice thinking to himself that he doesn't understand why these people Keep talking about our protagonist in both reality and in in the game he's so fed up with it and I mean who wouldn't be because if he continues with this pace soon he

won't have any customers approaching him as they'll all go to rice and back with our protagonist rice made some juicy looking soybean paste stew and stir fried chicken as a display of what the chef M can make for his new restaurant and menu the food looks absolutely amazing as usual and the chef M can't take his eyes off of it rice tells him that he believes that this menu will be very popular and it'll attract attention from many as the chef wasn't familiar with food our protagonist tells him a pro tip of how he can

get most out of the food in front of him he can basically eat the stew with rice which will make it even more delicious than if he eats separately and the chef M now trying this new way just can't believe how good it is and then he Says that if he spent his life without knowing about this dish it would be as if he ate grass his entire life the restaurant owner is so grateful about this that he gives Rice's family heirloom which is a recipe for Spirit food thus making his new Quest already completed

and immediately a thought comes to his mind as he got that Spirit fruit from Epicure maybe he can use this recipe to make something with that fruit bro one of the most interesting things About this manga for me what I'm expecting is for rice to cook some legendary in-game food maybe like this Spirit fruit he recently got that basically said he die if he tried it so it's pretty useless to him and now when he gets the recipe for exactly that Spirit fruit he has maybe he can cook some legendary food anyways rice feels really

lucky right now and the window notification says that thanks to our protagonist the locals from ban can Enjoy cooking meat again and it says that all of its citizens will sing songs about the one who helped improve their lives and he gets a bunch of new achievements including the one where he affects the history book again and as he's leaving badge right now the chef Mo tells him to come back again he gets a new notification but this one looks slightly more fancy saying that his interest in Michelin has increased by 30 points sometimes later

we see rice being Swarmed by a bunch of people asking him to sell them some food people now recognize him on the streets immediately when they see him as he's got quite a bit of popularity now he tells him that he won't do any cooking now and the people people insist with some of them saying that they've been looking for him for so long and some interrupting their raids just to see him and then the annoying cook comes as well from our protagonist's back and tells him to cook Something simple for him he continues telling

him that R shouldn't act like some Top notot Chef as anyone can cook and the people that give him attention are just naive and they don't know any better one of the guys protests and says that he's just a hater and the Korean cuisine King tells him that is just telling the truth rice now hearing enough of his nonsense turns around to face him and challenges him for a cooking competition to end this once and For all so it's a cook off the Korean cuisine King accepts the challenge telling him that he was ready and

wanted this all along so they both start making food passionately working on it we see that Korean cuisine King is putting his all into it and he's making chicken skewers with all he has he's confident in his skills because he has over 10 years of cooking experience and he firmly believes it won't betray him especially now that he's practiced Making food since he last saw our protagonist with the focus on exactly this food chicken skewers he just wants to prove rice wrong and make him pay for ignoring him before and after a bit of time

they are already finished with the Korean cuisine King forcing attention to himself and proudly saying that he wants people to try his food first he thinks that there's not much skill required cooking here as this is just a game so one of the guys tries his skewers first And he pretty happy with it he says that it's grilled really well and that it feels light in the mouth the Korean cuisine King tells rice that him practicing making chicken skewers all this time is what will give him an edge over our protagonist but th is just

looking indifferent to this entire chat then the time came for the same guy to now try Rice's skewers and as soon as he has the first bite he's already on the seventh heaven saying that such a Sensational texture can only be achieved with an utmost perfection in this cooking trade he then goes through the familiar Heavenly experience eating Rice's food and at the end without any hesitation raises Rice's hand announcing him as the winner of the small competition between him and the Korean cuisine King our protagonist is just standing there being kind of spaced out

not even really present he's probably thinking about something else and could Care less about this competition the people then start commenting on the Rice's food being the best and also making some comments saying that the blonde cook overestimates himself too much why would he even think that he can come close to rice in terms of cooking listening to this infuriates the Korean cuisine King and he copes that it's due to their bad sense of taste the Korean cuisine King in Anger shouts at our protagonist and asks him what secret He's using to make his food

better and rice just tells him that there are no secrets just as he told him before and it's just his skills and then tells the Korean cuisine King that he hopes that he also improves his skills this makes him even more upset as his face grows with anger showing Vengeance scheming some plans on how to get back at our protagonist now we see letia the team leader that is in charge of Designing the game and she's going through the Clips of different users and seems to be lost in her thoughts the blue-haired guy comes along

and says hi to her and then asks her why she's not going home he says that since the day after the weekend he's just there to see if she still has some work left Leticia tells him that she's just watching the Clips of users the blue-haired guy notices our protagonist's clip and mentions him we now learn that rice is leticia's favorite user and the blue-haired guy is Aware of it she says that today she's not watching his Clips but the clips of the users with the highest completion chance for the main quest and and are

close to winning $1 million we see them now looking at some huge devil looking like monster letia continues saying that just as she expected only one month since the opening of the game and the gap between users is already pretty evident now the blue-haired guy says that especially in the past few days There have been users who stood out and show that they are different after a short pause the blue-haired guy asks letia who she thinks has the best chance in terms of clearing the main quest she said that it's probably Gourmet Epicure now playing

his Clips she says that he is a user with a hidden Quest that allows him to absorb abilities by eating monsters so his progression is interesting and he's the high scorer among the users and now it kind of makes Sense that Epicure previously told our protagonist that he too has a fraudulent way of gting experience they stare at the clips for a while and then the blue-haired guy comes up with another question of who has already completed the most in terms of the main quest Leticia tells him that it has to be the UGA chaga

blue-haired guy finds the name funny just like I did now and calls it a caveman guy letia confirms that just like his name his personality reflects That too she says that's really unique though and since he only focuses on clearing the quest and expanding his map he even succeeded in obtaining the red flute in West bedran and now the clip they are showing we can see a masked man in a red cape wrapped around him with fire burning all around him she says that UGA chaga is almost done clearing the legend quest which is a

quest given by the devil King the blue- haired guy is surprised that they have a quest by The devil King as he didn't know about it letia is surprised by him that we now learn to be the company's representative not knowing that they have such quests in the game he says that it's not his responsibility to know each and every individual scenario in the game it would be too much for him and I agree it makes sense he then makes a joke that maybe she should fill in the reports instead of him and she says

that she'd rather leave that job to him the company Representative then asks letia if she sent a gift to her grandfather that used to have a restaurant and we learned that she used to respect that grandfather a lot when she was younger Bros I wonder who the grandfather might be so she tells him that she sent the gift but that she's not too sure he'd know how to to use the device and now back with our protagonist and he's still surrounded by people they greet him and ask him of all kinds of requests from joining

them to Some quests and raids to pet in his meow so yeah rise then thinks to himself that after the last Trade A lot of people now recognize him and he just wants people to leave him alone so that he can play in peace and just as he was thinking that he gets a specially golden notification telling him that a Lord of entertainment Oscar is interested in him and then another one saying that the culinary Lord Michelin finds Oscar's interest unpleasant and then another one Saying that Oscar is paying even more attention to him now

this leaves our protagonist wondering what's going on he then gets an offer to change his occupation to Entertainer which would mean that his current occupation would be completely erased and as rice was criticizing the offer new messages pop up telling him that Oscar is no longer interested in him and that michelin's interest went up by 50% and as that happens meow notices bright light coming From our protagonist and as the pet looks we see that there's a light emanating from rice with shiny Sparks all around him he gets a new message telling him that the

culinary Lord granted him the skill kitchen getting a new skill makes rice really pleased and he pets meow and puts him on his shoulder he thinks to himself that he thought he already left his Noob phase of the game but he keeps discovering more and more realizing how many more Things there are that he can discover in this game in the meantime we see some soldiers calling people to join them for the subjugation Quest called Thousand-Year Castle but people don't seem to be too interested in it and are thinking of some quests that they think

would be more fun the soldier seems desperate for someone to join him on the quest but people are not interested so they leave and as he was beating himself up for not finding another person rice Comes along telling him he'll go with him rice tells him that he's not a warrior though and the soldier condescendingly tells him that he's at least good at making them some food and as long as he doesn't get in their way there won't be any issues our protagonist accepts the quest even if the reward is nothing to his interest a

bit later we see Rise with three other soldiers getting into the castle where their goal is to defeat a bunch of Gremlins and as they were walking towards the castle the other soldiers Express their concern with bringing a mere cook with them the team leader says that it's fine as he can make them some lunch boxes and right when one of the soldiers warns the team leader soldier that they should be careful as they are already in the enemy territory the team leader stubbles on a rope that triggers a trap with a huge blade almost

chopping him in half then a bunch of the green Angry looking Gremlin start jumping at them the team leader and our protagonist put up a good fight right from the start but the two other guys get too scared seeing these nasty Gremlins and are unable to fight and after some time in a ferocious battle they managed to deal with the Gremlins and the team leader is now praising rice for his fighting skill and is requesting him to make a meal for his men is they are not in shape to go unless they recover he says

that since They are rookies they must have been overwhelmed with the Monster Energy and his meal could definitely help them out our protagonist gladly accepts it as he wanted to try something out anyways so he then activates his new ability kitten and all of a sudden a kitten magically starts coming out of the ground with all the kitchen utensils and pots coming with it it's a sight to behold as the soldiers are just looking in Wonder while all this magic is happening right In front of them and our protagonist is just thinking to himself how

this will change everything for him as it's the power of a lord when he can literally summon a kitchen out of nowhere and right there in front of him there's an entire kitchen already magically assembled with all the things the chef would want to have in his own kitchen a short time after the kitchen assembled our protagonist is already at it and every time he cooks he pours his soul Into it this time he's making yukco which is a kind of AO beef with rice from what I can tell and the smell is irresistible making

the solders appetites go up even more they say that they've never seen any food look and smell so good in their entire NPC lives every aspect of his food is an art in itself not even tasting the food they already start acknowledging Rice's skills when it comes to making food and after some time the food is already done And as per usual it increases stats as well but this time a slightly bit more than before so our protagonist is really happy about that the soldiers are all ecstatic about the meal they start eating and it

immediately transfer them to the land of pleasure where the taste buts feel as if they are in heaven they are thinking that how the different tastes mixed together is perfect creating this new texture that they've never tasted before and meanwhile our Protagonist hasn't had a Yuko in quite some time so he is excited to try it after that long and as he tries it we see this dramatic display of enjoyment the guy becomes a cow for a second as he was able to accentuate the taste of beef to its fullest where all other tastes with

it serve under the Taste of beef the king beef and as he's enjoying this heavenly experience our protagonist gets interrupted with a powerful Sucker Punch that came out of nowhere blowing him Away some distance and the plate of food he ate also fell to the ground it's the gremlin commander and he's there telling our protagonist that he cannot allow them to come to his territory and enjoy themselves with food that much he also says that they probably came here to die as he doesn't understand and why they would have relaxed this much in the enemy

territory and rice gets up from the ground and we see his face with more Fury than ever before he really looks Like he's not playing with anyone anymore and as the gremlin Commander leaps for another attack rice shouts with a piercing voice and a laser conviction that he shouldn't have Disturbed anyone having a good meal this Gremlin can see in his eyes that he spells death for anyone he faces now but right before he did anything the gremlin Commander gets smacked from the two different sides by soldiers now full of energy and bravery seeing this

rice gets Surprised thinking that these two soldiers that were covering with fear in an earlier battle now jump at their strong enemy without any hesitation in their heart and then as the gremlin Commander was still on the ground pissed off at what just happened to him thinking of how he'll avenge himself against them the team leader jumps at him with what looks like a powerful attack and shouts that he better not m with anyone's meal and then delivers a Final blow to the gremlin King rice is standing there flabbergasted at all this as he couldn't

believe how well the soldiers fought together the gremlin Commander is completely knocked out the soldiers then tell our protagonist how grateful they are for his meal as it recovered their energy and they could fight rice is happy to hear this and tells them that that's probably not the only thing that happened with his meal even though he didn't see it they should Also get their stats up like attack and defense which probably helped too we can already see the soldiers much more confident in their abilities and how they think they'll handle this Quest and the

team leader tells them that he thinks this will be a fun time for them and sometimes after we can already see our protagonist at it effectively using his trademark abilities weak point detection and focus deep defeating Gremlins wherever he points his sword The Gremlins don't stand a chance even the soldiers are doing so well and are holding their own with their leader doing the best blasting the Gremlins with his powerful ultimate Champion attack and after a while of grinding these Gremlins they finally come to the gremlin leader that threatens them not to underestimate Gremlins power

but without even waiting for him to finish his speech the soldiers are already dropping at him with their swords Cutting him down without any problems even the gremin leader was shocked but didn't have much time to react before he was taken out and now with a full Aura of confidence they tell him that it was his mistake to underestimate humans and it wasn't too long before the gremlin Commander was already out with his last words in his mouth saying that humans are wicked and we can already see the notification window telling them that the gremlin

leader has been defeated and Our protagonist Praises everyone for doing well in this Quest team leader says that Rice really surprised them with both both his fighting and cooking abilities and our protagonist comments that he just doesn't want to be a burden to anyone so he had to take care of it the team leader agrees with it and says that opposite to slowing them down that he was of great help to them now rice is wondering why he didn't get the notification that the quest has been Completed as he usually gets it and as he

turns around he notices that it'll be a sunrise soon so He suggests they go back together the team leader eyes spark with with malice and and Bam suddenly he drives his sword straight through our protagonist's chest from the back saying that they will go back but without him rice is standing there looking at the blade that is coming out of his chest with blood spurting out and then the treacherous team leader comes closer to His ear from behind and tells him that getting rid of these low-level monsters was never an issue for them their biggest

problem is the outsider like him coming to badran try to act against the demon king and defeat his army and then the guy pulls out the sword that was stuck in Rice's back and tells him that they couldn't afford not doing anything about it rice starts coughing out blood and as he looks at the soldiers they start transforming with horns growing Out of their heads and their eyes now glowing with Sinister deep bread even their skin loses the life it maintained until now and starts looking more like a decayed bloodless flesh the demon Soldier continues

that there are original Mission was to wipe out the Gremlins so that they stopped them from expanding their territory and he also thought that they might get rid of anyone that gets in their way he also says that they'll get promoted because Of slay rice looking down on his bloody blade he adds that in case our protagonist didn't notice that his sword was covered in Scorpion's poison and it's already spread throughout his body and that he won't be able to survive and with their changed looks now we learn that their name is dark followers which

are the demon king's forces the dark follower leader ignoring our suffering protagonist tells his two other subordinates that they should go to the Top to find where the rest of the Gremlins are hiding and as they continue their discussion something draws the leaders attention and he looks towards where rice is and to his utter shock he sees our protagonist getting up from the ground saying that he should have checked it earlier he did notice that their stats didn't go up when he gave them the meal and he founded peculiar and the reason that it didn't

go up is because they are meant to be his enemies And now rice even though mortally wounded seems to have gathered his energy and is looking at them with Focus the dark followers can't believe that he's still alive and are now drawing their swords out and getting ready for our protagonist and then rice pulls out his special sword on the side and summons his freezing shield on the other side saying that he can definitely handle this much the notification comes saying that the details of the quest Have been updated and now it says that a

new line has been added where besides defeating the Gremlins he needs to exterminate all of the dark followers and the reward is pretty good as well and rice is also thinking how this is the first time he's taking on a boss all by himself since he changed his class to Chef so this time he's against three other formidable looking opponents and he's ready to engage in the fight so he launches himself at them clashes sorts With their leader the dark follower leader Praises him for being able to withstand the deadly poison in his body he

adds that they now have more of a reason to get rid of him as he might become an even bigger nuisance later on the battle continues and it's fears with the demon forces now much stronger than how they decided to show themselves to our protagonist while they were fighting Gremlins they were hiding their true power and this makes rice really worried And he cannot underestimate them now this is the first time he's encountering the demon soldiers that he heard so much about the dark follower leader tells rice that after they kill him they'll be able

to kill the others as well and in that way nip them in the bud before any of them become more of a trouble they say that in this way sir Raiden who is one of the Devils will become even more powerful as rice was focusing on the two of them one of them sneaked up on him From the back and went for a full attack but luckily our protagonist skillfully repelled his attack by placing his sword on his back because if this attack went through that would be the end for our protagonist but he's still

holding on and his battle presence in this fight is stronger than ever as he knows he's fighting for his life the swords swing keep coming at him with him successfully matching them defensively but then as he was getting overwhelmed with the Non-stop attacks from the devil Soldiers the leader tells him that he's doing well and then shouts ultimate Champion coming through between his subordinates and getting a straight powerful punch on our protagonist this blasts him back but rice is able to quickly recover from this and he's getting up again and facing the devil's Commander now

looking even more devilish with his tongue sticking out as if he just came from some Hentai Manga being surrounded by Them rice knows that he won't be able to win if he continues fighting like this he has to change his game plan and bring the heat up a notch he thinks that since the devil soldiers are humanoids they don't seem to have a wide attack range and plan their attacks to match each other or in other words their strongest Ace is that they are fighting like a team and they work really well together and if

he is to have any chance against them being already hurt like he is he'll Have to just keep pushing forward without rest not giving them any time to come up with strategies it'll have to be like cooking a full course meal to give himself an analogy that he can relate with he then uses his ability to find their weak points and then charges at them with full might seeing him not losing the battle spark in him the devil soldiers say that it's better for them if he keeps struggling as the sir Raiden will grow in

power that way but right Before he landed his strike he uses his fire Master skill where he fire inul his sword and then on top of that he uses his Focus tiep power making this one of the strongest attacks you've seen from him my bro straight up used Sun breed in first form and once his sword came in contact with the devil soldiers leader It produced a huge explosion blasting the leader all the way back with his subordinates calling his name in shock and as soon as the fire settled down we Already see our protagonist

engaging in a sword fight with the two other devil Soldiers the blades keep clashing and clashing and then rice uses his Frost power charging up his shield and then rushes at them freeezing the soldiers and everything around them as soon as he hits them with it his enemies are now Frozen and rice is heavily breathing standing there in front of them and looking like he just achieved Ultra Instinct he then goes for his Focus tip Attack and Strikes the ice crushing all of it into bits and in that way successfully dealing with the two of

the soldiers but he was not to get his well-deserved rest yet as the team leader calls his name saying that he's impressed with our protagonist and that his abilities would have been well suited for the Demon Lord instead and as rice turns around he sees the demon leader now with burned clothes and looking even less human than before with Sharp teeth Sinister eyes radiating with an absolute malice as he was walking up to him what he sees in front of him can only be described as the evil incarnate imbued with a desire to destroy everything

that's good but rice is still will not face by this sight and tells him that the world without the proper Cuisine is the worst and he doesn't want to live in such a world these words trigger a reaction in the demon Soldier and patronizingly tell him that people Only live to eat he then suddenly leaps at our protagonist but this time with his mouth open wide wanting to sink his teeth into rice and as our protagonist was calmly observing him going towards him he says that animals eat to live and so do humans which is

why chefs exist and that's a sufficient of motivation for rice to fight for it he then charges at him and performs a really elegant but a powerful sword technique evading the demon Leader's attack and subtly slicing Him up all around his body taking him down in one attack the creature then screams in agony from the pain he received but more from the pain of him letting his boss down than the deadly wound of our protagonist that he inflicted on on him as he screams his boss's name saying that he stayed loyal to the end and

then finally dropping down and dying right there on the spot rice still is looking at the dead creature for a moment not ready to put His guard down as it wouldn't be the first time he got surprised by their durability but the creature is really dead so rice relaxes saying that that last attack took a big toll on him in terms of his stamina as he placed everything he had on that final move and right then the notification comes popping up saying that the dark followers extermination Quest is complete and then a stream of other

window notifications start popping out As he gets a lot of rewards and his stats go up rice figures that this is the most he ever got in a single Mission and as he was thinking that the stones beneath his feet start gathering around and then coming together into a pot which he concludes is his last reward the notification says that he got a Thousand-Year pot and our protagonist immediately comes up with a use for this legendary item of course he'll use it to ferment food Bros this guy only thinks In terms of cooking but we

got used to it anyway so it's not a problem so he gets another notification that makes him kind of uncomfortable saying that the devil Raiden is now aware of his existence and then something starts happening as rice slightly panicked tries to figure out what's going on now we go back to the real world and see a kid in dirty clothes walking down the street crying his eyes out saying that he needs help and that he's really Hungry we then see this kid's memory where his dad left him telling him that he had to go on

a business trip and that he shouldn't leave the house and he should wait for him until he comes back the dad was reluctant to tell the kid exactly when he'd be back so he just told him that he'll return in a couple of days and that he shouldn't open doors for for anyone besides him and the person that heard these kid's cries and his desperate call for help was our Protagonist he ran into him as he was passing through that street the kid's name is Jung and Aram feeling sorry for him took him back home

to prepare him a meal our protagonist first checks for what food he has available in his kitchen cupboards and he finds some sausages and asks the kid if he'd like those the kid gladly accepts it and then they have a conversation with the kid telling him that it's been five days since his dad went away and he's still Not back home the kid also says that his mom doesn't live with him anymore Aon was curious as to what the kid ate during those 5 days and we learned that he only had the rice from the

rice cooker and chili paste and he would mix those two together and eat that Jung also says that he had that food for a few days but then he even ran out of it and didn't have any food for several days after listening to this our protagonist is thinking what kind of Parents would leave their kid to starve it's awful and these are some terrible parents he thinks this reminded him of his own memories where it also seems that he got neglected as a child hearing this kid story infuriates him how could these people even

call themselves parents when they left their kid to die like that what could a poor child do to deserve that he then Ponders over the situation and offers the kid to make him some Tei and I now googled this this is Like a popular Korean street food usually made with rice cakes fish cakes and chili paste so Bros my Korean culinary knowledge is increasing I would say anyways Aram then turns on the stove and starts boiling some water he first thinks if he should make it with wheat or rice flour he chose to make this

food as kids love it as they sell them on the snack stalls and they taste great he is a bit worried about not being able to make it as he still can't taste it but He'll do his best relying on his skills alone he then adds each ingredient carefully with precise measurement keeping in mind that he's making this meal for a kid and so he has to take it easy with some seasonings so he puts a tablespoon of chili powder and two of sugar and two of soy sauce and so on until he gets this

beautiful color now he needs to let it simmer then he lets it boil and then adds a cup of onions and once the sauce thickens he just Needs to give it a nice mix the process of making the food is always a special experience with Arab and just like that it's already done the snack St teok bokei is ready to serve looking more delicious the longer you look at it Aram then serves a plate of a delicious looking T bokei in front of the kid and tells him to enjoy his meal the kid is amazed

at the food he's seen and instantly recognizes that Aram might be a cook jayun tells him that he didn't Have this food in a long time and then takes a bite but as soon as he puts it in his mouth he starts coughing which startles our protagonist thinking that he made a mistake the kid tells him through his teeth that it's spicy and this makes arum really disappointed thinking that he couldn't control the spice of the food as he can taste and he knew it'd be a risk making this food for a kid he then

poured some milk for Jun to ease down the spice Sensations in his Mouth but then all of a sudden the kid lifts his head up with nothing but joy on his face and tells our protagonist that even though it's spicy it's really delicious and now he's breathing fast trying to cool down his tongue he then keeps eating and looking like he enjoys every new bite he takes after seeing that the kid is really enjoying his meal our protagonist concludes that it's a success as he made the food the kid is pleased with Jong even adds

that this is The best Ste bokei he ever tried everything fits well with everything else the kid doesn't have words for it but every single ingredient is made with such love and passion that it's as if it's meant for him the K Tri difference come combinations of ingredients putting them in different order and no matter what he does it always come out the best way possible seeing how much the kid was enjoying it Aram also joins in on it not even asking the kid if he can eat from The same plate the kid realizes that

our protagonist was also hungry and then suggests he makes some more so that they can eat together the atmosphere is amazing as Aram finally managed to relieve this kid's pain and make him forget about his situation even if it's just for for a short time now we see a drunk Moody Chef day one throwing attention on how he hates Mr Lim's Restaurant and how he was disrespected there he also wonders how did arum get Employed there because according to him he had to pull off some dirty tricks to start working there the snack shop owner

tells him that he should stop talking about him as Aram is not their employer anymore and they have nothing to do with him this makes they want even more annoyed so that he slams his fist on on the table saying that there's no way that he lets this go as he was cursed at in front of everyone there and he adds that what also annoys him is that he Noticed that Miri took a liking to Aram Miri passing by sees this pathetic display and gets irritated and the Moody Chef asks her if she's still in

contact with our protagonist to which she reluctantly responds that she is Dayan then with a smug expression on his face says that that confirms his suspicions that she likes him more than a friend this seems to have pressed some sensitive spots in Mary because she has an outburst of anger shouting that she Doesn't like arum like that and that she actually just likes his cooking and that's all boss tells her that she should hold it in for a bit as they one is just drunk The Moody shf then says that he at least needs to

sue the owner of the limbs restaurant so that he can feel at peace after an opposition from his colleagues he says that he was threatened and they should stand as his Witnesses is uni says that it's completely unreasonable as he was the One that started the whole mess by getting angry and throwing a fit the snack shop owner also adds now in an angry voice that he shouldn't go makeing trouble and he should just calm down Mei says that he was the one that wanted perilla oil Mac noodles which is why they took him there

since Aram is really good at making those and that even he has to admit that they were tasty and as Miri wasn't able to hold in anymore she tells him that he should keep his Inferiority complex down and spare them of it this makes they one really angry now to the point that he was about to explode and the boss noticing this starts panicking not knowing what to do as he knows how crazy they one can be once he get furious so he tries to calm down the situation but theyan keeps repeating her words back

to himself Mei knowing that there's no backing out of what she just said doubles down on it saying that he knows that she's right And that ever since the day Aram arrived his inferiority complex grew and how he only knows how to look down on people without acknowledging them and their efforts they one then burst out with all the anger shouting that she should shut up and that she should know her place as she's only the front staff boss is holding him so that he doesn't go at her and then right when day one threatens

her with violence we see mir's grandfather chairman y soon telling him In disbelief how can he be saying those things to someone else's Precious Child dwon turns around to see who it is and sees the artist you soon and gets really surprised asking him what he is doing there y soon not responding to this question orders his security guard to deal with it and just moments after we see the security guard grabbing day one and throwing him on the ground telling him that he should stay still and as the guard is keeping Moody cook on

the Ground Mr U soon tells them that he just came here to see where his granddaughter works and then he ended up seeing all of this mess they one is really shocked to learn that meie is his granddaughter and he can't believe it Mr yusun then turns towards his granddaughter and asks her what she wants to be done as she was the one that was threatened mey then tells Lewan that he should apologize to her and seeing that he has no way out and the things could only get much worse for Him they one then

reluctantly apologizes telling her that he was drunk she also adds that if they ever see each other that he should act like he doesn't know her from there on she then thanks her boss for everything and says that today will be her last day and then walks out of the snack shop Bros even before she starts working at the restaurant where Aram is working right now that would be kind of crazy and we see Damon is still in disbelief of mey actually being yun's Granddaughter now we go back to our protagonist who brought Jung to

Mr Lim explaining his situation to him Mr Lynn being nice as he is says that the kid can stay at their restaurant and eat as much as he can Mr Lynn then tells the kid that if he knows the way to their restaurant he can have all of his meals at it Aram offers to pay for all of the kids's expenses but Mr limb says that it won't be necessary and that he should just find out more about the kid's Father's situation and a bit later we see our protagonist as he's heading back home and

he's thinking of how fortunate he is to have such a great and caring boss and then he starts thinking of what kind of father can actually abandon his kid just like that and as he was thinking about it he runs into Mei and after getting to sit on a nearby bench Mei explains everything that happened to her and how she left her work for good Aram starts blaming himself for what Happened but Miry reassures him that he had no part in this and it's all that idiot dewan's fault our protagonist then asks her if she

now needs work and she tells him that as an adult she can't stay unemployed so she needs to immediately look for work and as this reminded her of her Misfortune she starts getting worried but then Aram draws her attention by asking her if she'd like to work at the place where he is working he adds that he'll have to Ask the owner as it's not his place and without letting him explain it any further Miri all excited agrees to it saying that she wants to work at a place where he's working Aram is taking the

back back a bit telling her that he expected her to think over his offer but she's really excited about it and keeps repeating that she wants to work at his restaurant my girl is thirsty she even asks him to set up a time when she can start working Aram seeing that she made Her mind about it doesn't want to question her determination and tells her that he'll ask the owner about all of the details she then gets up from the bench all thrilled saying that she escaped unemployment in a day and how this whole experience

was actually a blessing in disguise she then tells our protagonist that she'll work really hard and as a reward could he make something tasty for her sometimes hearing her this happy Aram thinks how ironic life can be As they were suffering in the same workplace just a few days ago and now already they have a chance for a better life working together at a different place he thinks how life is really unpredictable this way and sometimes later we have our protagonist back in the video game where he returned to the place where he fought that

time and he gets a notification telling him that now he unlocked a warp Point ability that enables him to fast travel to different Points in the game that he already unlocked and it says that it won't work on unexplored areas but only cities and towns that he already explored he then starts thinking how this game is becoming more comfortable the more he plays it which means that he got stronger in the game but now he's ready to take a break and try cooking that Spirit fruit that he got from Epicure so he starts by someone

in a kitchen with his new ability where all of a sudden an Entire kitchen shows up he then takes the spirit fruit thinking to himself how the next step is for him to boil the fruit until the spirit fruit turns blue color as that signifies it's done boiling he's got that recipe and as long as he follows it properly he'll be able to make the spirit fruit without any difficulties so then takes a pot with water and places the fruit inside and puts it over the fire as the spirit fruit starts boiling it releases a

smell That smells familiar to rice and he thinks it smells really good and after some time the fruit turns blue color and so rice knows it's done but he also gets a window notification telling him that water Spirits are showing interest in the spirit fruit which means that this part of its preparation is done so he then takes fruit out of the pot and starts drying it until the skin is sky blue which is what it says in the recipe and after doing that for some time the Fruit turns all slightly paler color and rise

gets a new notification telling him that wind Spirits are showing interest in the spirit fruit which now means that the next step is also done as that is done our protagonist pulls his Thousand-Year pot out of his inventory because he needs to ferment the fruit Us in this and as he pulls the pot out he gets an inventory box of the pot where he can place different items in the Thousand-Year pot allows four items at One time so he then just figures how it works and just drags Spirit fruit inside the pot's inventory and as

soon as he places it inside the notification comes telling him that the spirit fruit is being fermented now and as he was setting up the timer on the pot a notification window shows up again saying that the Earth Spirits are showing interest in the spirit fruit and as soon as this happens our protagonist starts smelling another familiar scent From it which makes him feel great and after some time the timer goes off showing that the fermentation process is already done so he pulls it out and we see the spirit fruit is now looking orange and

now rice just needs to grill it as the last step according to the recipe and after the fruit starts getting grilled the notification comes up saying that the fire Spirits are now showing interest in the spirit fruit and this shows that the spirit fruit is Prepared so he takes it out of the fire and gets a notification that fruit is done and now he's got a cooked Spirit fruit which is a fruit that Spirits enjoy eating rice is really pleased with it and is ready to have a bite at it but first he decides to

peel the skin and as he peels it he notices the scent coming from the fruit it's very unique as it reminds him of both apple and pineapple at the same time and the strange thing about it is that it keeps changing the Smell into other fruits he then cuts it into small bits and a seed comes out of it with notification telling him that he can grow it into a spirit tree he decides to store the seed for later when he finds a place place where he can grow it into a proper tree and the

time finally came for him to taste the fruit and he can't wait to try it out and as soon as he has a bite of it the freshness of The Taste hits him immediately where he's only able to Describe it as a dreamy taste that reminds him of sweetness combined with refreshing taste from a fantasy forest and The Taste is definitely different from anything he's ever tried before the notification then pops up saying that as he consumes the spirit fruit he'll be able to see spirits for 10 hours and then all of a sudden his

eyes get a bright shine and as if being transferred to a new dimension our protagonist is left flabbergasted and he looks up and He sees all kinds of little creatures flying some of them are yellow some blue some green and some red and he is amazed at seeing this as everything looks so colorful and uplifting rise then thinks that these flying creatures must be the spirits and also that the 10 hours that he'll be able to see them for means in-game hours and not the real time he also has a hunch that there might be

a hidden quest for him if he could only find it he then greets them and they Look at him with Wonder as nobody should be able to see them in this world one of them comes down to him and asks him if he can actually see them and rice says that he can so the spirit start discussing among themselves if rice maybe has a pure Soul they are all really shocked by this but after getting over it one of the mentions that they should maybe ask him for a favor and as soon as rice heard

about the favor he knew that he'll get the quest so then The spirits explain their request and he gets a notification telling him that he got a rare hidden Quest open to him where he needs to liberate the spirits the word rare catches our protagonist's attention so he starts thinking that this type of quest has to be even better than the normal hidden Quest so he decides to accept it the Spirit then tell rise to follow them and a moment after we see our protagonist running really fast barely being able to follow Them as they

were flying he starts thinking that the reason why this Quest is considered high level is because it's this difficult as he's having a lot of problems catching up to them and at this moment he gets a message from mango and it's the whisper that you can send to your friends rice is pretty happy to see him and mango tells him that he found out that our protagonist broke his record in the feminine relief cave so they have a laugh about it and mango all Excited about his achievement tells him that he's now in charge of

training baderan soldiers and R notes that that means that his influence will shoot up mango then tells him that he was thinking of making a group chat with all of his friends and he asks our protagonist if he could be interested in joining them and since we're talking about group chats Bros be sure to join our Discord link is in the description below anyways back to the story and rice As he's all tired from the running tells him that he'll think about it but right now he's in the middle of the quest so he'll have

to get back to him later and we see our protagonist continuing running exerting all of the strength he's got to be able to just follow the spirits Spirits keep motivating him telling him that they only have a little bit more to arrive at their destination and after a lot of running they finally get to the location with our protagonist At the end of his energy as he thinks if it was a bit longer he probably wouldn't be able to follow them anymore but they finally arrived and it's a village called Doan and this is where

the spirits friends are captured it's a beautiful Village in the middle of the forest all shiny from the light spread all out across it with waterfalls and River streams rice can't believe that there is such a place all the way inside the forest and as he approaches The Village's entrance the barrier shows up not allowing him to enter the village the green Spirit explains that it's probably the so-called savior that is denying him an entrance she tells him that the savior is living on top of the hill in the odan village she then continues by

saying that this self-proclaimed savior showed up one day in their Village and trapped their friends in a strange marble using the power of the spirits and he also Isolated odan Village this confuses our protagonist a bit as he can't reconcile this guy being called Savior by the spirits but doing all these things then they take him to the top of the hill with the green Spirit telling him that the savior is on the Altar and that right is their only hope of saving their friends and as he approaches the altar he sees a creature sitting

there and upon just seeing him up close our protagonist is sure that this creature Is a boss savior looks at rice with a menacing look feeling really threatened by this creature rice immediately takes out his weapons and tries using his ability to find this creature's weak point but after some time he realizes that he cannot find the creature's weak point at all so it Dons on him that the creature could be four stars or higher and as he was thinking of all that he gets suddenly hit with a shock of electricity and it's actually one

of the Other Spirits called electron as the spirit recognized him they can't believe that even he was captured by the Savior and is now being used for his own goals even though it was a tough attack rice survived and is still standing he says that he experienced electric attacks before and that this shouldn't take him out but then with a guy touching up a red looking flute electron attacks our protagonist once again electrocuting him again but this time inflicting much more Damage from which R is unable to recover as he drops down to his knees

with more than half of his life points away meow seeing him in this state quickly jumps on top of his head and starts performing its Health needing ability healing our protagonist the Savior then just sharply says that if he interferes he'll die and rice barely conscious from the last attacks he suffered he just barely able to hear this threat sometimes later after they moved away from the Savior we See our protagonist saying that he never had an opponent that overwhelming little Spirits ask Christ if he may have noticed the dark marble where their friends are

trapped one of the spirits then adds that it's not just their friends that are captured but also the villagers are trapped in the dark marble as well he says that because of the barrier they can't leave the forest so it's been really difficult for them the Savior for for villagers to make Offerings and all of the offerings which are the food they've given him are filled with negative energy from their struggle and this negative energy is the source of the Marble's power and as the power of the dark marble grows Spirits friends and the odan

village and before the spirit was able to finish the sentence our protagonist continues now aware of what's going on he continues by saying that they are becoming the Savior slaves and now we see some of these Villagers walking past our protagonist completely defeated by the situation saying that they have to give offerings with all their fruit and meat and because of it they have nothing left to eat at home right seeing the villagers being all gloomy and negative about not having anything to eat comes up with an idea a moment later we see meow showing

up before the villagers and it immediately catches their attention with its overwhelming cuteness meow turns Around for them trying to lead them somewhere and they unable to resist it keep following Rice's pet they follow her until they hear a voice telling them that they are welcome to Rice's food store and as they look up away from the cat they see our protagonist standing in an all lit up sto with seats and everything they can't believe what they are seeing so they still skeptically slowly approach it questioning what it is rice tells them to First sit

and then He'll be able to take their orders from them he tells them that they can have a meal for free here and even drink if they'd like to and we see that the spirits are helping to keep the tent up poor little guys are really struggling Bros they're still very suspicious of the whole thing but are also tired from everything that's been going on in their life so decide to give it a try and they ordered the most basic menu that he can provide them with he gladly accepts Their order and gets to cooking

starting right away pouring all of his passion right in front of them into making food and just a few moments after he's already prepared some gorgeous looking fried rice and is now serving them and telling them to enjoy it the villagers look at the food and then look back at our protagonist and steal in disbelief ask him if it's really free but we can see on their faces that they are desperate for food but rice confirms That it is free with a pleasant smile on his face fried rice looked absolutely delicious and the villagers just

couldn't resist trying it and as soon as they try it their happiness immediately shoots up as they've never tried a better Frid rice in their life these villagers were pretty loud expressing their satisfaction with the meal that they attracted the other villagers to that wandered in on our protagonist's food sto following the laughs and the Noise of happiness that were unheard of for some time so they were curious to find out what's going on then the villagers that just ate the fried rice asked for another dish recommendation is they didn't want this happiness trade to

stop now they haven't felt like this in a long time rice seeing that their happiness levels are increasing happily agrees to make some more food for them as it was his goal to make their happiness go up little by little so a Few moments later he already made some delicious looking muscle soup and serves it in front of them right away they then try that and are absolutely Amazed by all the enhanced flavors they can sense from it combining their hunger with the Rice's impeccable cooking gives you some satisfied and grateful customers their happy Meer

keeps on increasing with every bite they have our protagonist anticipated this to happen and especially now that he's got more food On the menu he gets a notification that they now officially recognize his efforts and it says that the happiness of the villagers is increasing there aren't that many villagers at his stall but he understands that he needs to make the best with it he can to maximally bring their happiness levels up so he then figures that a homemade drink from the Ferguson's pop might do the trick and as soon as he serves it we

can see people delighted saying that that was The exact thing that was missing and people are enjoying their meals even more now they are all enjoying it to the fullest with their happiness levels reaching the Max and with our protagonist feeling the pride as he managed to do this in his own way with his own craft what more could he ask for it's his life's calling after all to make people happy with the food he makes and in the meantime we can see the Savior guy now looking slightly pissed As he's observing his purple orb

floating in front of him and going through some changes it seems that our protagonist strategy is working pretty well as some of the offerings he gets lose some of their negative energy that Grant him the strength and back to the Rice's food stall we see villagers enjoying our protagonist's food and praising his skills also saying some dramatic things they live to see this day come and this save them from their Utter misery but the thing is that they don't just get the food they also get the whole experience including the show of rice preparing the

food in front of them being full of passion while he does it he also uses meow to help him out with slicing some stuff and meow is really entertaining to watch as it's so cute but then so vicious when working around the food then a few moments after we see that our protagonist made another food and it's the cream soup of broccoli Rice tells his customers that this is the dish that meow helped make and you see meow sitting there next to him feeling absolutely proud with his chest raised up high the Villager stri already

expecting it to be great but their expectations are surpassed tenfold as this soup is unlike anything they ever tasted before they all go in unison saying that it's amazing and the notification pops up saying that the villager's happiness is skyrocketing and Another one following it says that the power of the dark marble is weakening and that's the exact thing that is trying to achieve because otherwise he wouldn't be able to beat savior guy and strangely he gets a new notification telling him that he's gotten a new customer and as he looks to the side he

sees a lady looking empty of life and drained of every possibility to be happy he welcomes her and she disappointingly tells him that she didn't plan on coming Through this sto as her tastes have changed and she doubts she can even enjoy food anymore as rice was curious to find more about her situation the lady continues saying that a while back she visited a different village and ate a Cuisine from an outsider called Mountain Sun and she says that since that time her tastes have changed and that no matter what she eats she's never fully

satisfied rice listening to this just thinks to himself how awesome this Cook has to be to make a food that's able to change somebody's taste but he has his mind on helping this lady out so he first serves her with bul Goji which is his special menu new item she tries not expecting much but to her surprise it starts tasting amazing and she says that it tastes just like that person's cooking it's been a while since she had something this good her happiness level start going up but R after hearing this can't help but to

want to meet that Mountain Sun guy he kind of knew that he wasn't the only Chef in the game but now he finally got the name of the other chef and he really wants to find him but the name Mountain Sun doesn't give him too much information maybe if he translated it into Korean it comes out as Kang say hey could that be him the famous chef and as he's thinking about this and packing his things up as he's finished with his cooking for the night we can see notifications popping up in Forming him that

he leveled up some of his cooking skills rise then calls the spirits and tells them that he has to take a rest for a bit as he's got a job to do and he wants to leave them to take care of the shop for him to which they happily agree spirit are really happy with how things went they seem to be pretty content working for our protagonist and as our protagonist logs off the game we see another character with long red hair and white apron Approaching the restaurant where rice helped return the livestock and in

the restaurant the new character asks for the most popular dish and here we learn that he's also a player as he says that he heard that this dish was made by the real person meaning our protagonist he gets served Sam gel and is pretty pretty excited to try it out and we can see that he's pretty experienced himself because as soon as he tries it he starts assessing it explaining the mechanics of Why it tastes so well he touches upon the way it was made and he even makes some comments on the precise shape of

the me too the new character concludes that this definitely had to be made by a skilled person and now we learn that this guy is actually Mountain Sun or Kang sen he who is beden's first chef meanwhile in the real world we see that Aaron prepared a really delicious food for jayun the food really looks like an overkill for a kid but when asked on it By the owner Mr limb our protagonist says that he's just practicing it would really be a wonder if the kid could eat the whole thing by himself so Mr Lim

decides to join in as well and the kid and Mr Lim are enjoying it to their fullest and our protagonist is really happy seeing the reactions as it reminds him of the reactions he get in the game and that really encourages him that it's not just in the fictional world but his skills still matter here as well Mr Lim Suggests that they put this food he just made on the menu Aram changes his expression to that of longing as he's thinking of how his cooking really feels as he's seeing people eating it being so happy

Mr limb notices his mood and starts feeling sorry for him for a moment as he understands his troubles he then calls our protagonist to join them so that they can eat together and so they spent their time eating and discussing all the ways it was cooked And how all the different ingredients were used making our protagonist forget about his Misfortune now a little bit of time passes and now we see Aram telling Mei what food to bring out to their customers Miri is really doing her best even Under Pressure which Mr Lim notices and appreciates

he thinks to himself how well she works being able to quickly adapt and keeping such a nice and friendly personality he understands now why Aram suggested her as a new employee To him and he's also pretty impressed with how well his friend Mr U soon raised his granddaughter she's really well suited for this jobby thinks and then Mr limb checks out the time and sees that it's 3 so he announces to our protagonist and meie that they'll have a lunch break now Mei is a bit surprised as she expected the break to be at 4

but Mr Lim explains that they don't have any more customers so they can have an extended break as they already put up a Sign they'll be away until 5 Mir is even more happy that they'll get a 2hour break and I mean who wouldn't be Bros come on and we see little jayun asking our protagonist if he'll be joining them as he saw him being really busy the whole time and even now he was preparing the meal for them but since he loves cooking and making people happy by making tasty stuff for them he doesn't

mind it he prepared a simple beef brisket with fried rice for them and They're mesmerized by its looks which of course gets even better once as they try it every time they try his food they get reminded again that they are eating the best food they could imagine it fills them with the child like feelings of pure Bliss and Aram is really happy with everyone enjoying his food and he also gets reminded of the blessing of his smell coming back is he can now feel that it's getting healthier and stronger and as he goes through

different Ingredients that he can recognize by smell now and the way they have been made he for a split second manages to taste something it felt almost as if a single drop of something with taste fell into an ocean of blandness and his Hope was reawakened bros he sat there with his spoon in his hand figuring out if he really tasted something or was it just an elusive hope but then as he try to taste it more turning his tongue around his mouth looking for any sense of taste He couldn't find any but Aram is

not disappointed as he definitely cherishes his sense of smell that came back but at the same time he doesn't want to torture himself with the hope that's not there because his sense of smell is more than he could have ever hoped for our protagonist really thought that he'd retrieve neither his smell nor his taste and now he's at least got one of them and as he's thinking all that we see a guy looking through the restaurant Window straight at our protagonist admiring the way Aram eats where he looks like he enjoys food more than some

mukbang YouTubers and thinking to himself that he should be able to eat like that we learned that this guy is a YouTuber and he's having trouble attracting viewers to his channel as his display of enjoying food is not the best which is what he thinks is his problem when it comes to his lack of popularity when making mukbang videos and now all Of a sudden we see this YouTuber getting down in front of our protagonist and desperately asking him to teach him how to eat with enjoyment this guy suddenly showing up like this gives him

a little bit of a scare and Aram asks him who he is the guy says that his name is Jang hagum and that he's a YouTuber that wants to learn to eat like him as he admires his way of eating Mei hearing this gu is making YouTube videos asks him if he does mukbangs our protagonist Is not familiar with this term soiri explains that these are popular food videos where people eat Mr limb jokingly says that the YouTuber guy is really quick to ask for help but he wouldn't mind our protagonist helping him if he

decides to do so and he also adds that he agrees with him that their chef has away with feeling the food the guy now even more encouraged tells flabbergasted arum that he'll even pay him money to eat with him old man limb then asks the Young YouTuber to explain him what he exactly does and the guy happily explains saying that he has his own streams Mr Lim is still visibly confused so Miry tells him that she'll show him a video of it later where he can see how it works even the kid jumps in saying

that he wants to subscribe to him but the overly excited hug yum says that his content is not really for kids but he'd be up for it bro he's making mukbang videos what is there not to be for kids Do you have any ideas tell me down in the comments below what do you think what kind of a food mukbang YouTube channel could make content that's not for kids what could they eat I mean I get some ideas but that's not physically possible like what could he realistically eat do not for kids anyways back to

the story as they continue talking on the topic Aram was looking at his food in front of him trying to figure out out if his taste Did come back after all but it didn't but this reminds him of how the game helped him get his sense of smell back so he thinks to himself that he'll play the game later that night this is how every game addiction starts and so later that day we see our protagonist logging in the game already with a notification telling him that the resident's happiness was completely restored and that the

power of the dark marble has completely disappeared and that the Spirits have been freed as a result of that so with him working hard to make a lot of food for the villagers actually paid off as he increased their happiness so that he could finally help Spirit friends Escape Spirits are really happy with rice and express how at first they were skeptical of this working but now they are convinced that he's the real deal they suggest that they go and take on the Savior character before their friends can be captured again meanwhile We see how

the dark marble loses its power right in front of the Savior and completely disappears with him recognizing that it might be due to our protagonist and now we see rice rushing towards him with Spirits telling him that the Savior should be weaker now as he shouldn't have any control over any of the spirits anymore but right then a lightning whizzes past R barely missing him but making him fall off of his course he gets up figuring out what just Happened when he sees electron mindlessly looking towards his Direction rice is in shock as he thought

that all Spirits would be freed and and then he seees savior right behind electron standing there with a red flute in his hand and then he tells our protagonist that he was serious when he said that he'd kill him the next time he interfered Electra now attacks with an even stronger and more vicious electric attack and rice in the last moment Conjur up fire Master ability and puts up a barrier barely fighting off the powerful attack and this is the moment when our protagonist realizes that savior is still pretty strong and he shouldn't take him

like he can't allow himself to let his guard down because as soon as he does that he'll end up like the last time he faced him now the musical notes with Sinister Vibes come from the direction of the Savior and he orders electron to attack rice once Again the spirits show up now around our protagonist to reassure him that savior is much weaker than before and that he shouldn't be afraid of fighting him as the Savior lost his source of power which was the dark marble this gives him a boost of Courage that he needed

so he immediately comes up with a plan land right on the spot thinking of attacking him the next time electron charges up his own attack as he noticed that electron needs to recharge himself every Time he wants to attack but for now he needs to withstand this next attack and is he was thinking that a huge blast of electricity hit him moving him back a bit with rice holding his shield with all of his might and as soon as the attack was over rice quickly leaps in the air maneuvering over the next attack that was

coming from the electric on but this time much lighter as he didn't have enough time to fully recharge for his full electric beam and then he charges Up his own firem to the tip of his blade and then sends the fire slash blasting down upon the Savior with full force burning everything in its wake however the savior is able to put up a shield barrier and manages to protect himself fine he also notices that this time our protagonist became more tactical about his approach to this battle but right as he thought that this strategy won't

be enough as his next move will be a fatal one out of the fiery smoke comes meow Flying straight at the confused Savior and at that moment we see that the kitten was a decoy as you see rice coming from behind the Savior hurling his own punch at him savior doesn't have enough time to react and get smashed from both sides at once and is sent flying to the ground and now we see that the animal face that he just had was just a mask as each spell disappears due to rice and meow attacks oh

I'm sorry meow's attacks the Savior guy is now on The floor with our protagonist standing over him being vigilant of his every move the Savior utterly annoyed asks rice who he is understanding that he's not to be taken lightly and our protagonist returns him with the same question but realizing that savior guy is actually just another user and not an NPC as he initially thought and as the red flu drops to the floor the window notification pops up saying that he completed the hidden Quest savior of the Forest and as a reward he gets four

Elemental attributes at the contract with the electron the spirits then surround rice thanking him for helping them retrieve their friends and bring peace to the spirits they also want to give him their strength as a reward and then our protagonist gets another notification saying that fire water Earth and wind elements have increased the spirits then introduce their friend to rise which turns out to be elect Who is now really miserable for attacking our protagonist and is profusely apologizing to him notification then asks if rice would like to accept the contract with a low-level electric Spirit

to what he agrees and then electron turns to an even smaller and cuter bulb of electric energy telling him that it wants rice to be its master from now on and our protagonist is really excited to get a new pet besides meow and in the meantime We see letia observing this incredible feet at achieved by our protagonist where we learned that he actually beat UGA chaga who was taking the lead in terms of how fast he was progressing throughout the game and latisia is really impressed with rice overtaking the first dark follower as he was

the first tier user of the devil Kings Powers she thinks it's really unexpected for a chef to win this battle this way she's even more interested to see how Well he does with the future game scenarios he comes across and wants to see if he can continue beating her expect expectations letia wants to see his other unorthodox approaches to the game and how he just finds ways to break the game scenarios that are intended to be beaten differently and rice now gets a stream of notifications telling him that he freed Village odan from the rule

of a false Savior and that he's now the true savior of the remote Forest It also Says the news of him has now begun to spread among the dark followers and that the devil Raiden is not pleased with his existence and if even though our protagonist found this quest to be pretty difficult to complete he still managed to do it and he's now aware that that's not the last time he encountered Raiden's followers or that even he might not be that far from facing the devil Raiden himself now we see our protagonist arrive at bedran

which now He notices to look much different from before it's more crowded and it even seems to have expanded now there's a new beautiful sculpture of a white horse and there's a gambler's Casino where users can gamble there's also buskers on the street performing for people rice also sees mangoes instructed guards as well and our protagonist is impressed with all of it as he realizes that he's not the only one who was moving forward but also others were changing and Progressing themselves this motivates him into turn to keep going the notification then comes up saying

that the tyo Village Restaurant shares increased which means the tri shares have also increased by a lot since then as he then goes through his saved money our protagonist sees that he actually has a lot of money saved up so he then starts thinking how might he spend those so he checks his friends list and sees that seekin is in bedran he then calls Him up by pressing on his name and the seeking shows up right in front of him he tells seeking that since they are both in bedran that they should meet up sein

tells him that he's actually right behind him and as rice turns around he sees seing standing there and innocently waving at him and to his surprise ather is there too sein is wondering how two of them know each other to which our protagonist all proud explains that ather makes all of his equipment then Rice asks how two of them know each other and ather says that t and seein became friends when they were doing a quest together ater then asks if our protagonist got any item from The Last Quest he did and Rise shows them

the red flute which ather calls evil bone he thinks that this is such a hard to get item and he's not even sure if it's possible to produce it rise then hands the red flu to ather and ather immediately drops down on the ground and Starts intently staring at the flute rice explains to a bewildered looking seekin that he started the process he continues by saying that since ather profession is a manufacturer he'll now Analyze This item and when he's focused like this nothing really is able to interrupt him as he is a professional at

what he does rice takes his curious side casually as he already got used to it but seekin is a bit taken back seeking then trying to change the topic as ather Was just sitting there motionless asks our protagonist how's the chef's occupation rice full of Pride says that it's really good and then he summons up his kitchen in front of seekin the kitchen just comes from the ground and assembles itself in the most impressive and magical way seeking is fangirling over this real hard and rice tells him that since they haven't seen each other in

a while he should make something tasty for them our protagonist then Checks to see what ingredients he's got for food and decides for a pork belly that he could then steep in salted shrimp and then have kimchi wrapped around it the idea of the food that came to his mind makes him really satisfied and seeking tells him that if two of them are working so hard maybe he should also compose a piece of music for them there and sometimes later that day we see that ather is still at it not breaking the first Contact he

made with The flute using his instruments picking around it to analyze all of the info about it and on the other side we see rice absorbed in enjoyment of making the food and now we also see seekin playing a beautiful song on his guitar and enjoying it every little bit as much as rice enjoys his cooking this draws the attention from the public as they start recognizing them individually they wonder what these three popular guys are doing here together one of them says That there seems to be a gathering of creation users here then a

kid called Terry runs to seekin asking him to make a great song for him and seekin already familiar with this kid apologizes to him and tells him that his skills are lacking for his needs so very kid runs off to ather and asks him if you could make him some cool item and ather entirely absorbed with his analysis harshly tells him to get lost and then he goes to our protagonist and asks if He could make something delicious for him rice notices that it's a quest and seikin tells him that it is a hidden Quest

where it asks for a few things related to his occupation and the further the quest goes it increasingly asks for more difficult things and as there are no rewards in between many people refuse rice think to himself that he likes making food so how difficult could it be plus this kid seems hungry and he feels sorry for it as it reminds Him of jayun he then tells the kid to wait a bit and starts working on the food it's just part of his philosophy that even if it's a game he can't let anybody especially a

kid starve our protagonist then starts making food for the kid meanwhile we see Melina walking down the bedro Street looking slightly annoyed she says that bedin really changed for the better as now the air feels cleaner the atmosphere is great too and there are so many snacks but There is one big problem which is that this bothersome Korean cuisine King is tagging along with her the Kuan King trying to calm down the situation says that he really didn't know that she was also logged in and that it's all an accident that they bumped into each

other but from her expression Bros We Know Better m then sees a crowd gathering at one spot and gets curious as she notices that there are some great users there and as soon as she walks up To the crowd she sees our protagonist and starts running towards him with excitement not even realizing that she stepped on ather ather however doesn't even realize anything as our guy is on a mission he's got that focus of a tiger rice innocently tells her that she stepped on his friend but that he seems fine and Molina is in shock

after realiz realizing what she just did rise then asks her what she's doing in bedan and she tells him that she's there just for Sightseeing as bedan changed and she was interested to see what's new sein says hi to Melina as well and asks who Cuisine King is because he's hella bothersome he keeps telling sein that he too can sing even when nobody asks him of anything Melina disregards this question and then asks about the kitchen that our protagonist set up telling rise that he really leveled up as our protagonist was in a hurry making

the food he quickly orders meow to chop up Some onions and we see meow already added just a moment after he was told cut in those onions like there's no tomorrow Melina is really impressed with meow helping him with the cooking and says that it'd be really nice if meow was a real cat rice tells her that even though that's not something they can expect from the real cat he's thinking of adopting a street cat from Chun Chon now drops into the conversation saying that he lives in a city next to it in The real

world the cuine king also says that he lives in that place and so seeking suggests since they all leave around there to meet up offline Melina to tips insane that she also leaves there and wants to go ather reluctantly accepts it and Cuisine King seems really excited for it as well they all seem already set upon meeting up in person so now their main concern is to see when they should set up this meeting seekin suggests that they should have the Meeting tomorrow as according to him they should have it happen as soon as possible

before their excitement cools down ather still picking on that red flute says that he has a day off on Wednesday so he won't mind Melina to has a day off on Wednesday so she's also available Melina asks busy rice if Wednesday suits his schedule and our protagonist to of course has a day off that day so he'll be able to join them rise that's starts thinking about Pickling the Cabbage first as he needs it for the meal he's preparing he pulls out his pot of thousand years that can make this process much faster and easier

he sets the timer to 6 hours for aging which reminds our protagonist of the system the rice cooker operates on it's really convenient and just a moment after cabbage is already pickled and ready for use rice is really thrilled with how great it is to cook in the game especially since he doesn't have to wait For too long for something to be finished and as our protagonist was focusing on remembering how his kimchi tasted and what ingredients he needs to make some seasoning for it the discussion about the meeting continues they already agreed that they

would meet at 6:00 and now they are just looking to find a location suitable to all of them and then seeking says that he has a trendy place to recommend and it turns out it's our protagonist's restaurant Which gives Shivers to Cuisine King hearing this Melina excitedly asks why did he recommend that place and what do people say about it ater drops inane that it sounds like a place that sells healthy food sein tells them that it's a Korean restaurant but that it has really good beep and Bap and Mac Noles and he adds if

they are not up for it they can have some other place for a Meetup one of them adds that the restaurant will be under construction and won't be open the Day after some of them get disappointed and say that they really wanted to go but say that it would be fine if they go there the next time and as the praise of the restaurant was going around we see that Cuisine King close to bursting out with rage somehow contains it and tells them that jungang restaurant is not that good and maybe mediocre at best as

he's been there already this irritates Melina so she questions if he even went to the restaurant he says that he's a chef in Real life and that the food is nothing special there she tells him that the restaurant is popular for a reason to what he responds that he didn't say it's bad but that food isn't the best and so the argument intensifies with two of them going back and forth with the insults and as the argument got really heated up seeking gets in between them and tells them that they should stop arguing over it

and just choose a different place that they can both agree On the cuisine King then says sitting down next to indifferent ater that he's okay with any place and he's not piy as long as they don't go to jungang restaurant that's the only unacceptable place for him ather and rice really couldn't care less with what is happening in this meeting as they're both busy with their own things our protagonist is trying out to pickle cabbage trying to get the right amount of seasonings in between the Cabbage Leaves he smears it in different seasonings and then

the Cabbage gets a really nice color which tells rice that it's well prepared without him even needing to taste it he then cuts the meat in really thin slices as the leaner the fat and thinner it's cut the better it tastes at the end meow is really excited about the food and can't wait to taste it but our protagonist is restraining it telling it to wait a bit longer before it's done meanwhile seikin Is still going over what type of food they'd all be interested in trying out together on their Meetup so that they can

find the right place but we see that ather isn't paying any attention to it and cuine King is just bored and indifferent so he keeps sighing and overlooking at what ather is doing then out of blue ather breaks the silence and asks him why Cuisine King is wearing this ridiculous outfit this greatly insults kuine King and he says that it's Not ridiculous and that it's a rare item that is Enchanted by Magic ather thinks it doesn't look that great though and as they were arguing there rice announces that his food is done and we see

cute meow impatiently wagging its tail doing its best to stay calm and our protagonist names the Food rises bam and once presented it takes breaths away as it looks so delicious seikin and Melissa are absolutely dumbfounded seeing this masterpiece they can't take their Sparkling eyes off of it and even a usually indifferent atter has some great compliments with how the food looks Cuisine King is just salty about all of this right then puts a serving into a plate and offers it to the kid Terry telling him that that's his share to enjoy Terry is really

excited and gratefully accepts it and after trying the Rice's bosami with the first bite they all have something great to say about it going on about what would bami Go with the best even Kine King couldn't stay silent about it and unwillingly compliments it saying that he never had a better bami meow however is having difficulty with spicy food now it's Rice's turn to try it and as he puts a piece of that well seasoned cabbage in his mouth immediately the memories of its taste come rushing in creating such an overwhelming sensation in his body

that he imagines himself as Kimi covering his entire body and even having Cabbage Wings he thinks it's a taste of Heaven A bit later Terry hands him the plate barely touched and says that he's finished rice asks him if he maybe didn't like something but the kid says that he just had enough and as soon as our protagonist takes the plate Terry asks him again if he can make him something tasty this gets cuine King pretty Furious as he comes in yelling at the kid saying that he can't ask for more food if he had

leftovers but as our Protagonist already anticipated this because see King told him that this would happen he confidently thinks to himself to be ready to cook for this kid as much as needed and 2 hours later we see rice is already on the brink of giving up on this Quest as he had to make 15 different dishes already Melina offers to give rice some potion for recovering as he was too tired and we see Cuisine King in the background picking up all of the leftovers saying That the reason he's eating it all is because it's

the leftovers and he doesn't want food to go to waste the key then comes close to our protagonist and tells him something slightly different which is if he can make him the best dish with the fish from the ocean rice is not really aware of any oceans in the game so he tells the kid that he'll have to wait a bit for that to which Terry gladly agrees and tells him that once he's ready he can look for him and this Encouraged our protagonist as this sounded like a conclusion to the quest and he felt

proud about it but his moment of Celebration gets interrupted by aer's celebration of his own achievement ater says that he finally managed to get a new skill from all the analysis he did with with the flute so he then asks for the shield from Rice so that he can try out his new Fusion skill he then takes the shield and as soon as he places his palem over it the greenish Electricity starts coming out of the shield and around it and in just a few moments we see a new Shield being made it looks white

with red arrows pointing inwards and the notification pops up saying that this is a luxury Frost shield which was fused with savior's hatred attack and now the shield has a lot of new Fe features and skills being upgraded our protagonist is really happy with how cool it looks and as he was exploring it he presses a button on Accident firing off some debuff icicles straight at Cuisine King ather explains some tricks about the shield and as the day was approaching its end rice asks them if they figured out the meeting time and place Melina describes

the place they'll meet at and seeking ads that they should use the game chat until that time so that they can communicate even when they are not playing Cuisine King tells them not to dress over the top and wear something casual as that Concludes their meeting our protagonist decides to log out of the game telling them goodbye and as soon as Aram got back to the real world he realizes that he's actually one of the people that need to help with the construction of the restaurant but he already set up a meeting tomorrow so he's

trying to figure out how can he pull this off and the next day we see Aram working with Mr L him telling him that he didn't have to come Aram tells him that it's a given That he needs to help around the restaurant the owner gets slightly annoyed by our protagonist's persistence and tells him that he did enough and that now he should go out and use the time to recharge by meeting other people and as Aram couldn't reject the boss insisting this he agrees to it now a little bit time later we see that

Miri already arrived at the meeting location and she's a bit nervous about it because it's her first time meeting someone from The game I can't wait to see Bros when she and Aram meet each other she wonders how different will they be from their game characters but she thinks that as long as they aren't super weird she'll be okay with it she then sees a guy standing next to the restaurant and starts thinking that that's rice she approaches him and asks him if he's there for the Meetup to what the tall guy says that he

is and introduces himself as hater from the game he says That his real name is G Wong Miri introduces herself as well and jiun gets all serious and says that he's been waiting for 30 minutes and that he hopes everyone arrives on time Miri thinks that this sounds exactly like ather and as they were discussing how the Sea King sent a message telling ather is almost there seeking shows up unexpectedly looking all Idol likee and charmingly asks them if that is the place for the Meetup mir's flabbergasted seeing a good Looking guy like this show

up and won in a typical ater fashion tells him that he is 2 minutes late sein introduces himself as hadong W he tells him that he expected no shows so he's surprised that there are already two of them waiting Miri suggests they enter the restaurant as it's a bit uncomfortable standing outside Mari almost o truck tells dong wuk that she's really surprised that someone looking like an idol would show up after him showing some humility mey Tells him that he really looks better in real life life than his in-game character trying to change the subject

dong wuk asks Wong how old he is to what Wong says it's a secret while casually sipping on some coffee Mary asks who choose the place as she thinks it's a great pick and Dong W thanks her and says he did and says that he is a bit worried about rice as he's a gourmet eater Mir then pulls out her phone to send the ones that didn't come a message To come she thinks that Cuisine King doesn't have to come but she really wants right to show up and right at that moment someone abruptly opens

the door and it's day one telling them that he's there for the gay meet up and as soon as they see each other both of them start fuming at each other Don wuk welcomes him and asks him about his in-game ID they won't introduces and as soon as he sits down him and Miri get into a furious argument dong wuk tries to comb The situation but they continue Wong tells them that they should behave the same as in the game and asks them where they know each other from they once shouts that she was his

assistants and then they have a bit more of that back and forth picker Don wuk tries to cool off the situation by complimenting both of their looks which kind of works for the Moody cook they want now a bit more com says that interestingly everyone's character in the game resembles their Life Miri for example has an actual experience as a restaurant waitress and Dong wuk who is using his Idol looks is actually a Bard and then as he comes to ater Wong interrupts his train of thought and tells them that they need to contact rice

dong wuk says that he's the reason they had this meet up in the first place so they need to get to him somehow they tell they want to do it and maybe just got stuck on dong wook's words about how rice is the center of Their company and she then wonders how he is in real life as in the game he's this cool and handsome looking Chef she thinks that if he's anything like Aram that she might fall for him and right that moment the doorbell dings and it's our protagonist apologizing for being late Miri

sees him and he's kind of lost for a bit but still not fully realizing that he came there for the meeting so she asks him slightly nervous what brings him to the restaurant on their Day off Bros it's finally happening Aram tells her that he was helping the boss with the construction which is why he was late for the meet up Deon then starts shouting saying that he isn't even noticed and if our protagonist discounted him just because they had a fight once and then Wong with his superb observation abilities now turned on after just

a bit of time analyzing Aram he realizes that it's rice and then gets up extends his hands towards our Protagonist and tells him that it's nice to finally meet rice and politely introduces himself to him we get three completely different reactions with Don wuk really pleased as he's finally meeting the man he admires in the game and they one well as expected is just bursting out of the anger and Mei is left speechless with the realization hitting her that Aram is actually rice now Mei can believe that that awesome rice who is good at both

fighting and Cooking in game is arum and that that kind sweet Chef arum is actually rice Mei is absolutely astonished at finding this out she could barely handle them separately and now how is she supposed to deal with them being the same person she's overwhelmed so Aram continues his introduction with w and the rest with mey fangirling in the background wung offers him to sit next to him and our protagonist learns that Mei Is Molina from the game Miri really can't get off This case as the two people she liked are the same person and

that's just like a dreamlike coincidence dong wook is really pleased with situation and tells him that he thinks this is really like a drama plot perfect for for a web tune and then he asks Aram what he does in real life to what our protagonist tells him that he's a chef which comes as a surprise to nobody mirie is really proud of him so she keeps praising him in front of everyone which makes an already Sulking day one even more bitter about the whole situation they one having enough of listening Aron being complimented he then

jumps in and tells them in a smug way how our protagonist used to work for him and then quit when the things became too difficult for him Miry stands in aram's defense telling the Moody cook that he shouldn't be bringing up that right now and dwon tells her that Aram owes him an apology for just leaving like that and then Mary Tells him that it was actually his fault and that he started the beef and he should leave it at that but theyan insist on provoking our protagonist telling him that he had the right to

scold his employee Aram trying to calm the situation down and not wanting to engage about this any further tells Dewan that it's fine since it's all in the past and we see that Dayan genuinely believes that our protagonist is not that good at cooking in the game and That he probably uses some specialized items for it he's really exploding from all the jealousy he feels towards our protagonist and wants to find anything that will confirm his suspicion on him he then goes on to ask Aram if he's using any items and W drops insane that

he makes all of the items for him and none of them have anything to do with cook continuing with his bad faith skepticism he then asks w why would he a master Craftsman be willing to help somebody like rice directing some insults at him and just blatant lies Bros both Mir and W had enough of it so they tell they want to stop talking nonsense Moody cook being all smug tells him that he cares about them as he feels like an older brother which is why he wants to protect him from an impostor such as

Aram and he's doing it all out of good intentions they tell him not to be like that and start fights but daywon says that at his Age telling people advice and protecting them is completely fine and W seeing through this nonsense that day one is using his assumption to be the oldest one amongst them to bust them around so he then Reveals His age him being 34 to all of their shock as he looks much younger W then catches day one on an inconsistency that he now needs to respect what he says is actually he's

the oldest one and per Korean culture he then continues setting up a Checkmate That he as an older brother to them has one request and that's while they are eating their food that day one should not speak the whole time this really hurts his ego but he can't go against it as this usually is his excuse to justify talking trash about other people so he's disarmed for now Mir is really pleased that somebody actually spoke like that to day one and put a stop to his nonsense wung then adds that the reason why he helped

Aram in the game is Because he just felt that they're friends and as such they should help each other out without expecting anything he then asks theyan what did he do to make Aram leave which makes thean extremely uncomfortable not knowing how to answer this wung then says that if Aram left this work because of him it has to be his fault then without answering this the one just gets up and starts walking out of the restaurant Don wuk tried to stop him from leaving but Mei told him just to let him go and that

it was them that played together anyways and as day one left they didn't really linger much on it and Don wuk changing the subject asks Miry and Aram at what restaurant they work and Mari tells him that it's actually the restaurant that they talked about before dumy and Don wuk figures that that's why their days off coincide with the restaurant being closed then all of a sudden as they were minding their own business and eating Their food that just arrived the one comes barging into the restaurant telling our protagon from the entrance door that they

should have a match in cooking rest of the guys think that it's a bit too much and unnecessary but knowing that this is the best way they can settle their longstanding beef our protagonist gets up to face they want and passionately accepts the challenge the chef of the restaurant they were at accepts to hold a competition between Them at the restaurant right there and then explains them the rules of the competition which are that there are no restrictions regarding the ingredients and techniques they want to use and as he wants to keep it simple the

dish with the most likes will win and the chef adds that the loser will have to pay for today's meals ingredients and rental fee since it's because of two of them that they won't have any afternoon sales they both agree to the rules and are ready For the competition to start Mir seems a bit worried with what might happen if by some crazy chance they won wins to what Don wuk tells her that he should definitely be all right as he's the jam gang's Chef even the other customers that are present there seem excited about

this showdown between cooks and are cheering them on to make some delicious food the timer gets set to 30 minutes and the countdown starts with them standing next to each other fully Ready for it the match finally starts with two of them both rushing to do the first thing they had in mind of doing they one starts off really confident knowing exactly what he wants to make he'll be preparing some seafood delicacy as he conveniently has all the ingredients for it so in his mind it won't be a problem and this is the time he

can finally prove himself that he shouldn't be looked down on even if he's a chef at the snack shop this is one of His main objectives for this competition on the other hand we see our protagonist really focused on frying an egg which makes they one confident about his choice more as his food looks more luxurious so he thinks he'll have an advantage with that even Mir seeing this starts getting a bit worried as she knows that simple food won't give him any extra likes so frying eggs might not do it seeing her this worried

Don wuk asks her how skilled day one actually is To what Miry says that he's working as a chef so he shouldn't be underestimated Wong tries to calm her down by saying that it'll be okay as everyone can see how much effort Aon puts in and that even though they are both chefs it doesn't mean that they are on the same level the effort they put in is the difference between them he continues saying that no matter the situation Aram out's cooking first and doesn't hesitate so long as he makes tasty food even in The

game he only thinks about cooking so how does such a person lose in a cooking competition and then he adds that even though dewon might be talented he looks down on Aram a bit too much that he's bound to underestimate him and not see him for what he really is and that is a great chef and after some time with two of them cooking we see that they are bringing it to a close as the 30 minute Mark approaches and just then as we see day one seafood stew already finished The timer goes off announcing

the 30 minutes passed and that the competition is over both of the meals look subury delicious with dewan's Dish being the spicy seafood stew and aram's Dish being seafood payon and another name that I can't pronounce at all properly anyways the chef of the restaurant where they are having this competition is really Amazed by how the food looks he then tells the customers to come forward one at a time and taste the food many People's attention gets drawn by the sight of dayan's food as he used much more luxurious types of ingredients so it looks

a lot fancier than our protagonist's dish this gives a great boost of confidence to Dayan as he already thinks he won as most people are interested in his food as opposed to arams they all start tasting the spicy seafood stew and are positively surprised as the soup is really delicious balancing out with being spicy To exactly the right amount everyone seems to be enjoying this specialty from day one and he's getting full of himself seeing this some even express passion eating the food thanking day one for making this amazing meal Wong trying the food says

that it's a given that the food would be tasty if you had those kinds of ingredients and he even makes a remark saying that even he could make it with the luxurious ingredients Deon had this gets the Moody cook really Irritated W than thinking that he only ate St he might as well try our protagonist is sefu Pon and as soon as he gets a bite of it the reality shatters with how good it is it's unreal how sophisticated something so simple can taste in the right hands he thinks that he never tried a pageon

as crispy as this one with insights as soft as they are here even the grease isn't clean to it even the fried eggs go with it perfectly the experience this food Gives is unimaginable it's like a massage that you give to your tasting senses even though everything looks pretty simple all of it goes perfectly together all three of them have such distinct flavors it's incredible and now we see Mei dong wuk and Wong losing their minds over our protagonist's food they can't stop eating it as the more they eat the happier they get it's the

food that has that kind of an effect on you and now we see that the people's Minds are changing as they try aram's dish and it's becoming obvious that our protagonist is easily wins this competition and Dayan is also starting to become aware of this and his prideful expression turns into a sulking one not long after he sees that everyone is talking about aram's food and at some tables his dish isn't even finished and some are asking for more of aram's food the restaurant owner tells him that he lost and donon can't make his peace

with This verdict as he says that just from the ingredients alone he should be the winner the restaurant Chef tells they won that that's exactly why Aram won as he understood what food is usually eaten at his restaurant and he made something that would compliment that and the food for which his customers are coming for Chef thinks that our protagonist is a professional for being able to use the kitchen he never used so proficiently and to read his customers so well he Continues telling they want to just admit the defeat and now we see day

one looking at Aram with a new expression we haven't seen before having an internal dialogue with himself self he concludes that he should just accept defeat and move on so he then walks up to our protagonist and as soon as Aram turns around he deeply bows down in front of him and says that he admits he lost the competition adding that Aram is cooking the best our protagonist looks at him With suspicion and rightfully so but dayon continues saying that he's sorry for all the trouble he caused him before hearing this everyone including our protagonist

is pleasantly surprised and is now in an even better mood it's true that at first he was skeptical but then he realized that if it wasn't genuine a type of person such as day one would have never done that in public Aram is now glistening with bliss as this time everything worked out just fine later That night we see they one drop in the snack shop and in there finding his boss drinking himself stupid they one asks him what is he doing there and the boss almost as if without care for anything asks him the

same question adding the their business isn't doing great so there's no reason for him to come so early they W asks him if he's looking for new workers to what the boss responds that he isn't but rather that he'll continue the way they are until he Closes the shop later this year he continues saying that Aram left and now mey too left and the customers that tasted their food from before won't come back anymore they one looks at him with seriousness now and asks him if that means that he's just giv up like that to

what the boss says that he is adding that he might not be a business owner material after all because he keeps failing his business with every step of the way he also says that even though he Was aware that he was never to become some famous snack shop he still had a dream of succeeding which he now knows was foolish and now we see day one contemplating over what happened back at the restaurant when he apologized to our protagonist after apologizing with huge reluctance he asked Aron why would he a chef with such high skills

work under him where Aram told him his story of going through a car accident where even though he survived he lost his sense of Taste and smell hearing this they one couldn't believe it and our protagonist continue saying that everything went to hell as he lost his dream to open a restaurant and be a chef in his own restaurant he says that at that time he completely gave up on his dream but he never stopped treating it but even after some time it just didn't get any better and after some time he saw a glimmer

of hope and then decided to start over which is how he ended up at this snack Shop they won now really invested in the story asks our protagonist if that's the time when he got better and retrieved his senses of smell and taste Aram tells him that only the smallest of changes happened but it basically stayed the same and at this time they won realizes that he lost to someone who can't even taste or smell they one stood there for a moment speechless almost as if he was was going through some sort of epiphany and

as the chef hung called his name it Shook him out of his contemplations so he then told him to send over the calculated cost for rental and other things and that he'll pay for it once he gets it and then he leaves the restaurant with a new insight we can see that daywon doesn't want to be a slacker anymore and wants to do something significant in his life so back with the conversation he's having with the snack shop owner they one asks his boss if he's really sure he wants to give up and The boss

tells him that people like Aram and Mei show up really rarely and without them he has nothing much to offer and now with renewed Vigor they wanton tells him that he'll work harder to replace what they lost the owner stopped in his tracks as he was finishing his sentence and looks at they want to check if he's not imagining what he just heard but no theyan repeats it again with even more determination in his voice adding that he won't be Presumptuous anymore and that because of that his b shouldn't be given up the owner can't

believe what he's hearing and asks they want if he maybe ate something wrong that made him say those words to what they want response that he gained some competitive Spirit which doesn't allow him to give up boss is absolutely flabbergasted but a feeling of excitement is overtaking his drunk and gloomy face they one adds that he'll make him some snack to go with the drink He's having and the boss now really thrilled tells him that with a motivated Chef like him it's not time for him to be having drinks in the first place and he

puts down the glass he had in his hand the boss adds that he'll also help around until they hire some new workers and they one tells him that he doesn't want him as that just threw in the shop but the boss insists that he took and cook a bit in the meantime we see our protagonist back in the game with Beautiful views of town in the distance surrounded by a stunning nature he's here so that he can complete that kid's Quest but he doesn't know where he can find the C in the game is even

with him browsing over the Internet he couldn't find any information on it here he finds a few people fishing and asks one of the NPC Fishermans if he caught anything and the NPC shows him all the different types of fish he got giving our protagonist many ideas on how to use Them to make some delicious food of course and on the other side he finds another player and asks him the same question to what the player says that he's having a really tough time catching any fish and wonders why rice offers him advice telling him

that the spot he's at might not be good and the fisherman tells him that he moved plenty of times but he still without any success then an idea comes to rise that there might be some level requirement in order to be Able to fish and as the fisherman starts pondering it over a scary green monster jumps out of the water straight at the fisherman telling him that he's been waiting for this moment our pretend Agonist was absolutely terrified but the fisherman just kept on calmly looking at the Beast even with a tinge of annoyance on

his face saying that this is the second time he encountered this monster rise then starts thinking of how strong this player has to be to be so relaxed Around the monster attacking him like this one but his Illusions soon get dispelled as the guy send flying back to the beginning of the universe he was being cool without any justification the goblin looking cre future then turns towards rice and tells him that if he doesn't want to suffer the same fate as his friend there he should just leave the place never to return but our protagonist

already came up with a plan seeing the monster still being wet he Summons cute electron that was already ready for a fight rice orders him to fight the Goblin guy and electron immediately charges up and electrocutes the Goblin sending him back in the water rice is really In Awe by electron's power and how quick he got rid of the monster and now our protagonist has obtained a fishing rod pondering over whether he should give fishing a try sometimes later we see rice still fishing a little meow yawning out of Boredom rice tells him that that's

usually how fishing is but if he's patient enough and if they catch something great he can make them something delicious meow agrees and then right at that moment something pulls at the string and both of them are really excited about it as it's been a while since anything happened so rice starts tugging at it trying to pull whatever got caught on the hook and as he pulls it out they see that it's a small statue That our protagonist recognizes as doll Haru bang I hope I didn't butcher this name as every other name so far

and now our protagonist was holding a little statue head in his hand wondering how he even got it out of the water even meow is confused at what it's looking at as he was examining it the notification part up telling him that this is Stone Golem's head and then it says that he now has one piece out of seven which makes rice think that this has to be a Quest where he needs to collect all seven pieces for something to happen and as he was thinking of where would this Quest take him after he gathered

all the seven pieces of the stone Golem's head a guy next to him whose name we now learn to be Simon tells him that he too got the item rice is curious to learn more about the item where Simon then explains all he knows knows about it he tells him that people can occasionally get this while fishing and he also says that There are other parts of it besides the head which are spread out and are able to be found by anybody who is fishing our protagonist knows what needs to be done to complete this

quest which is just to find those other six missing pieces of the golem statue and seeing that this NPC is pretty knowledgeable about it he hoping to get some information about the ocean as well asks him about it but seems to have some blockage because even though he knows What the ocean is he can't remember any information about it and this is not the first NPC that has this issue so he decides to give it another go and goes into the games chat and asks players if they know anything about it and as he goes

through the players chat he's met with disappointment as nobody still knows anything about it even the explorers that claim to have explored so much of the game don't have any clue about ocean rise then turns again Towards Simon and asks him again about the ocean but this time he notices that this NPC is nervous when speaking about the ocean almost as if trying to hide something we now see that our protagonist changed his expression as if up to no good I guess meow to figured the same things as they both have the same expression as

if conod a cunning plan against Simon but rise decides to pretend like everything is normal and continues fishing after sometime he Catches some fish with meow even using one as a pillow after catching a fish called mullet Simon starts paying more attention to them and says that he also needs to get more serious and each time our protagonist catches a fish he gives it to meow for keeping it safe and we can see that this is slowly becoming meow's favorite job ever and this is a cat in the game so I guess the fish should

be fine with it right so Simon tells our protagonist that he's good at Fishing for a beginner boosting his confidence only to then let him down by showing him a huge fish he quit himself and then tells him that to be good he needs to catch something as big as this one and Simon was thinking out loud what he'll do with the big fish he quot rice proposes a suggestion that he could make a Sashimi out of it NPC isn't really familiar with what this is so our protagonist takes a bit of time to explain

how the freshwater fish can be Prepared in many ways and how delicious it can be Simon notices the overwhelming passion with which rice talks about the dish and tells him that they can have that food together rice is extremely happy about finally being able to make sashimi and he immediately without any delay summons the kitchen it's been a long time since rice made Sashimi but he's really excited about making it so he pulls out his Sashimi specialized knife that ater made for him and starts Cleaning the fish seeing our protagonist cleaning the fish so immaculately

Simon concludes the rice has to be pretty good at cooking we learned that the key to Great Sashimi is freshness he has to prepare it quickly while also making sure that it's clean so he starts spraying water on the fish to clean it even better he's determined to make this work as he can't risk any chances to eat good Sashimi when it's free after cleaning the fish he then swiftly cuts It in half peeling it right in the middle where the bones are left in between two slices of meat and as he keeps filing it

our protagonist gets an notification telling him that his cooking skills have increased and another one arrived soon after saying that the culinary Lord Michelin approves of his cooking we see that for this culinary feat it takes a lot of precision and a lot of focus and this process makes R sweat but no worries as Meow delightly helps him wipe his sweat off of his forehead how cute so he goes slice after slice until he's finally finished and has all the fish filet cut perfectly and arranged in a circle so that it even looks great he

reveals it to the NPC and Simon is really Amazed by just seeing it and starts complimenting rice every size of fish is of a color complimenting the other one next to it so that you get this perfect array of colorful fish that just gets your food Juices up and running as Simon can't wait to dig in he asks rice if there's any particular way you eat this and our protagonist tells him that it would be fine eating it normally but He suggests that it would be much better if he can dip it and then shows

him how he does it rice is really happy with being able to make sashimi in the game meow too can't resist seeing how juicy it looks so it's finally time for our protagonist to try this long awaited Sashimi that he's been Pining for for some reason he's especially excited about this one and as soon as he gives it a try the first sensation is the crunchiness of it and then feeling a slight drop of sweetness than the irresistible firm yet chewy texture if the sea haven't had any food it would definitely be embodied in this

type of Sashimi is no matter how much you run away There's No Escape in these rich flavors and as our protagonist was about to dig in some other part of the Fish the guy from before that Rice recognizes is a one hit KO guy approaches rice and asks him if he can get some and as we've learned learned so far our protagonist doesn't mind sharing his food with anyone so he tells the guy that it's fate for them to eat together Simon asks rice if he's maybe a chef as the food he's eating is absolutely

delicious rice says that he is and adds that this Sashimi is even better if eaten in Winter our protagonist then Suggests that they should catch some more fish and then prepare some different variations of it but right then a Le me from the guy that just arrived draws Rice's attention shattering his excitement to Pieces rice looks at him in utter confusion as the guy says that he's sorry for his critique as he's been given the food so generously but that this Sashimi is not right for the season and that even the technique is not the

best he says that It doesn't taste that well for him and that he can't eat it rice is just standing there speechless unable to comprehend this guy's words and the guy whose name we learned to be lital then just says that he'll be taken a leave but finally being able to come out of his shock our protagonist asks him if there was anything wrong with the ingredients and the guy tells him that there was and not just ingredients but also the skills too were a bit Disappointing seeing rice still looking at him with shock liel

tells him that he's just a bit picky and that he shouldn't mind him our protagonist sees this as an opportunity for for improvement as he admits to himself that Sashimi is not his specialty and that he only briefly learned some skills at a Japanese restaurant but never fully studied it he also thinks to himself that with just a slight weak in the technique of preparing Sashimi it can Taste completely different and as he recognizes himself not to be the most prepared chef and as he doesn't want lol to leave unsatisfied he asks him if he

can add him to his friends list so that when he becomes better at cooking he invite him to eat some really delicious sashimi and now back in the real world Mr limb tells him that it's time to close up the restaurant as it's break time as they all sit down Mr Lim sees that Aram is working on something and is Really focused so he asks him about it and our protagonist tells him that he's practicing making Sashimi Mr Lim is really interested in it and asks if they can expect Sashimi to be on the menu

soon YouTube guy his mouth stuffed with food says that if that's the case and they'll have Sashimi he'll be able to make all sorts of mukbang videos he also adds that he thinks that if the Sashimi becomes the food on the menu at their restaurant that it'll be really popular Aram taking all their conversations in tells them that he's actually not practicing it for the new menu and silently to himself says that it's just that his bride is on the line as he recalls LEL telling him that they'll be meeting when fishing at times and

that there's no need for them to add each other to the friends list that really seems to have taken a toll on our protagonist as he can't stop thinking about it even mey noticed that our Protagonist has been working extra hard these past few days and is not sure what might be the cause of it but being optimistic as she is she assumes surprisingly correctly that it's because it's aram's Mission as a chef to make delicious food and so he feels really responsible for that t TK Mary really admires this attitude and wants herself to

follow his lead and do her best with her tasks she then walks up to Aram and tells him that from there on she'll be His kitchen assistant he asks her if it'll be too difficult for her and she tells him that it won't be a problem as she learn little by little from him and in that way be able to help him with some stuff and also that she doesn't want to be on the front desk the whole time our protagonist is happy with this dis Arrangement and agrees to it and now we see Aram

day in and day out practicing making Sashimi in both the game and in reality he's really putting In the work to perfect his Sashimi abilities he needs to take this to a perfection in order to be able to please all of his customers without an exception and sometimes later we see people gathering at the fishing spot asking for Rice sashimi and there is a lot of people Simon is wondering who these people are and what are they doing there and they tell him that they have reservations for Rises sashimi and then we see our protagonist

coming out of a Shed looking all tired and he tells them that there isn't any Sashimi for that day because he hasn't been using his knife so much so that his stamina just depleted and he can't make it anymore people are really disappointed hearing this but then they notice Mountain Sun guy and immediately start rushing towards him asking him if he could make them Sam Sashimi Simon is not concerned with this just thinking that this crowd of people is too noisy and rice himself Is pretty curious about this and wants to see if Mountain Sun

is really around here and now we see Mountain Sun telling the crowd that he's up for making Sashimi as long as they're willing to pay 10,000 one for each plate people are not concerned with the price as they desperately continue to ask for his Sashimi they're really fan Girling over Mountain Sun and some of them brought their own fish and want him to use it for their Sashimi after some time Getting cheered on and complimented Mountain Sun finally says that he'll do it he asks him to time him to see how long it'll take him

to do it and start slicing up the fish straight away and we can see that this guy is no joke in terms of preparing Sashimi as he skillfully goes through Fain the fish with ease slicing them one by one without making any mistakes and he does it all with graceful confidence it's a sight to be seen as he artistically Works with the fish showing that this is his second nature and it takes him 7 minutes exactly to prepare this breathtakingly delicious looking Sashimi the notification says that it's the great assorted Sashimi that gives toop sey

stats for the ones that consume it people are amazed at how something so tasty looking can be prepared in mere 7 minutes rice to is amazed seeing this display of greatness as he recognizes it even for a pro Chef to make food that Gives that much saity prepared so quickly is a big deal and shouldn't be taken for granted and this makes our protagonist ambitiously daydreaming of how he'd be happy to achieve even a small part of what this Chef just did and he also has a wish of meeting him in person as he wants

to know what his real skills would be like there then rice realizes that he didn't eat anything for some time and ask Simon if he's up for having some food with him Simon agreed Be and rice is already on it soon after making a food that's called great grilled fish Simon seeing the food looking extremely tasty asks if he's even allowed to eat food this awesome rice tells him that since he rented the house for him to cook in that it goes without saying that he gets to eat this delicious meal our protagonist is really

loving how he made this grilled fish and thinks it couldn't have been prepared any better it's soft Savory and light Just the way it's supposed to be then drawing his attention away from his enjoyment Simon now all serious says that eating this food made him remember about the ocean it's like some of the memories start coming right back our protagonist suddenly got interested in what Simon has to say about this rise thinks that it was really a good idea to get closer to this NPC as he could guess Simon knew something about the ocean he

just hopes it's not somewhere far away Then Simon starts giving him some convolu instructions that seems impossible to decipher and our protagonist asks him if he's just trying to demotivate him from going because there's no way he has to do all those things to get to the ocean Simon then tells him that there's a boundary somewhere in the forest but for him to remember clearly Simon thinks he needs to eat some more fish and this time ocean fish would be the best and just as He says this a notification window pops up saying that the

quest is open and it's called cooking for Simon where as a reward he has a chance to get a rare hidden Quest and we see our protagonist immediately getting ready with meow to go on a new adventure in search of the Hidden ocean so in order to find the ocean rice had to travel a long way he started with MTO restaurant in bedam where he met with the chef there and ate his food recollecting the times when he Helped him then our protagonist together with meow went beyond the land of abundance running into a lot

of nice people there he also ended up going past rosaline's restaurant in tisho where he too left a lot of fun memories where he had to run away from huge crowds of his fans asking him to make them some delicious food and now finally the Finish Line can be seen on this destined day we can see Rise back where his journey started he tells meow that this Is a place where he first started hunting a place where he helped red spider queen and where he what the ray card princess Bros I'm feeling nostalgic and it

was just like two weeks that we started doing this manga and it feels so nostalgic already I like it now back to the story as he was thinking about the Spider Queen he comes across the tallest tree in the area where he was told by Simon to start his search for the ocean so according to Simon's instructions He's First supposed to move 20 steps to the East and then again 20 steps to the North and then to the West five steps and then finally at the end he needs to move 10 steps steps to the

north and that should be it and as soon as he finishes those last steps bright light starts coming out in front blinding our protagonist for a moment and as his eyesight starts recovering he starts hearing the Magnificent sounds of the ocean sway from one side to the other And then an all aspiring sight starts slowly appearing with a beautiful ocean with a huge moon in its background it's such a breathtaking view that rice is absolutely mesmerized with it and me too the smell of the ocean brings back some memories to him as he hasn't felt

this smell in quite some time and there's nothing as pleasant as the smell of the ocean meow too can feel it and then without much waiting rice thinks to himself that it's finishing time as his Quest awaits but little does he know that he's being observed by a lady hiding in the bushes she seems a bit confused by our protagonist's Behavior as he's displaying too much childish passion being here on the ocean meanwhile we can see egis with a group of people casually eliminating some players in the Newbie area using the worst logic to justify

their actions he says that if the other beginner players don't like being killed then that they Themselves should kill some of the egis team members tell him that they're not having much fun since it's easy to eliminate these newbies and they don't drop any significant items we see some newbies trying to run away shouting that egis and his team members should be reported and then as egis thinks that they murder quest for the day is done he sees meow and can't resist its cuteness and as egis approaches it to have a better look at it

he remembers that Rice Was carrying a pet like this around on his shoulders and then his mood starts changing as he really dislikes rice out of Rage he takes his Maze and swings at meow but meow quickly evades it and as he was searching for it meow comes from the back and with a lightning speed trips egis so that he falls down flat on his face it seems that meow to has some quests that is completing now with these guys egis orders his team to fight the cat with all they have as it's Definitely a

challenge for them and right at that moment rise shows up disappointedly telling egis that he can't believe that he's still doing these killings meow is still relentlessly attacking the other team members of eges and they can't believe how strong this little cute cat can be meow actually managed to incapacitate some of the crew members with his confusion skill so they literally can't move and then a bright light draws their Attention and when they look at the light they can see cute electron with Sparks coming out all around him ready to have a go at them

we see our protagonist having a fight with egis and egis is telling him that he always ruins things for them rice tells him that he's not the one that starts the fights and they continue to have their fierce battle but we can definitely see that our protagonist has an upper hand here with the upgrades he got from the recent Events egis is struggling but is able to barely fight off Rice's various attacks and right when egis gains some confidence rice shoots him down with his poison power skill and sometime later we see that egis and

his team got tied up with a rope and egis is Raging trying to free himself but without success egis tells him that he's in some guilt and that our protagonist is on their list but Tri dismissing all of it says that this was just unnecessary and then tells His pets that they should go back to Simon and he also gets a notification telling him that his reputation increased because he caught some murderers and then later that day we see rice coming back to where Simon is fishing Simon asks him if he found the ocean to

what rice all excited tells him that he managed to find it and that he already caught some Sea saltwater fish and cooked it as soon as he C it so that it can keep the freshness rise then Shows Simon the prepared fish and Simon's Jo drops as if he saw the most beautiful thing in his life basically the photo of me the notification comes out describing the dish rice just pulled out for Simon to see and admire and it's called the best sea bream Sashimi which increases all kinds of stats Simon can believe that our

protagonist managed to catch a fish as big as that and we learn from Rice that seab bream of that Deluxe size would have a pretty high market Price because it's rare and of good quality it's of good quality because you can cut it into large pieces and it still will keep its texture it's really the perfect size our protagonist thinks that he did a good job as he practiced a lot for this and as Simon was still eyeing it out rise decides to have a try at it himself so he'll first dip the Sashimi piece

into wada sauce which is C cucumber sauce and as he places Sashimi in his mouth tingles immediately start Rushing through his entire but body it's such a special taste that when he closes his eyes it transports him somewhere in space this doesn't just have a good taste the texture of it feels alive and The Taste is so vivid you can almost see The Taste no matter how strange that sounds seab bream is best to be eaten with sea urchin and Abalone and this Sashimi is made from a fish that is strong and hard to catch

not to mention expensive so tasting good is definitely Not how you go about describing the taste of this delicacy and this fish is in season so the fat Plum flesh and the fullness of the sesame oil makes it taste like beef tartar this Savory taste even exceeds the limits of the meat to we ratio with having just the perfect amount of meat on it on top of that the sauce adds flavor to it and it feels like the ocean is spreading through Rice's whole body and our protagonist can't believe that what he just prepared Comes

from the fish that he himself caught and he was absolutely enjoying his meal not thinking of anything else and then a new notification window comes up saying that michelin's interest went up and this might be the proudest moment for Rice as he lifts his Sashimi in the air feeling like he's on top of the world if Tes could be seen his Sashimi would have the most Vivid and beautiful views out there Simon too eating with self-satisfaction enjoying every turn of The food in his mouth says that this is really a once- in a-lifetime Seafood dish

and then a notification pops up saying that Simon's Quest is complete as he fed him with what he wanted and his reward is a rare hidden Quest and as our protagonist was thinking of what kind of this new Quest might be Simon starts thanking rice for making this delicious Seafood meal for him and says that because of the food his memories that he previously forgot are now coming back to Him rice is really happy that people enjoy his meal even little meow had the best time and is now snuggling up to our protagonist out of

sheer happiness then leel call me adds that he too enjoyed it and that this was the best Sashimi he ever tried and then thanks rice for making it our protagonist at first starts thinking to himself that LEL is now being polite which probably means that the food really suited his taste and then he realizes that liel wasn't Here before so where did he come from and started eating his Sashimi bro just show showed up out of nowhere LEL cheerfully laughs and tells rice that he already told him that he's always nearby and the reason why

he didn't notice him was because rice was enjoying his food too much getting over it our protagonist nervously asks LEL if this time it was a success to what leel confirms adding that indeed is a huge and phenomenal success leel continues saying that it's Weird for him that they can eat food in the game like this especially this good of a food he says that in real life he's actually 90 years old and our protagonist was able to fulfill his wish before he passed away Bros this got real so quick what and then a friend's

request window comes saying that liel want him to be his friend leel then says that since our protagonist fulfill the wish he had before going to the afterlife he has to give him his thanks And rice said that there's really no need for anything but the old man literally insists telling him that when an adult offers you something that you should always accept it and then he goes on to give his full name which is Park litel and he adds that if he looks up his name he should be able to quickly find him if

he decides to fight him he should drop by his office LEL then asks rice for his real life name and after a bit of hesitation our protagon decides To give the old man his full name LEL is really happy with it telling him that he'll remember his name he bows down and then says that since he already ate he log off the game and as he was disappearing he says that he'll be waiting for the today our protagonist comes and finds him rice tells waving at him that he will come to greet him and we

see that meow is still distrustful of LEL as he didn't recover from that scare LEL gave them by just showing up behind Him and now back to Simon rice asks him about the memories that returned to him Simon says that thanks to this food that the precious memories the devil hid from him finally came back and then he asks our protagonist if he could come with him is there's a place he wants to show him right is pretty excited about it and tells Simon that he's ready to follow his lead a few moments later we

see Simon and rice in front of the doors of a wooden house Simon knocks on the door Saying that it might be too late to return but that he hopes that someone in there is safe and sound and then the kid Terry opens the door calling Simon dead rice Peaks out from the back of Simon to see who opened the doors and to his shock it's Terry Terry asks if it's really his dad that came back and Simon now all happy says that he finally managed to come back our protagonist is flabbergasted by learning this

as he stands there with his mouth open as Simon and Terry Embrace each other Terry is crying asking Simon where he went and why did he come this late and Simon is apologizing to his son for waiting for such a long time and now they're both crying the kid asks Simon where his mom is and Simon tells him that since his memories came back they can expect the's Mom to soon come back as well rice is just admiring how all these quests are interconnected and how it's really meticulous and as Terry and Simon were Talking

about looking for Simon's wife a woman's voice call Simon's name and when they turn to see who it is they see Luna who is Terry's mother she's really happy that her family is safe and our protagonist is really surprised to see a lady elf she says that her memories of the family were gone and then when rice who she calls an adventurer came to the ocean where she was staying he opened the Forest path for her and then her memories of them came back and now we See an adorable scene of the whole family hugging

telling each other never to leave the family again this really inspires rice that he tells them that he'll make them a dish that matches this reunion of theirs then rice offers Terry the best dish he wanted and after eating it a notification window shows up telling rice that he completed Terry's Quest as well and he acquired a luxury magic bow that increases his attack 520 points plus he also gets basic archery Skill and right as rice was thinking that he finished with the quest he had to do with his family Terry cheerfully tells him an

information that he might need which is the name of the Rocky Mountain that they can see from here and it's called goba and this is where demons that receive orders from the devil are he continues saying that that guy is the one that is watching labberton and bothering them Terry says that since it's dangerous rice should be Be careful this triggers our protagonist's memory of that time when the goblin creature popped out of the water which means that no matter how peaceful and safe this area might look it really isn't a safe Zone and then

a new notification appears opening a new quest for our protagonist it says that rice needs to eliminate the dark followers on Gaba mountain and in that way save the Gale and the reward for this one is a rideable Gale and the Dark Sword both of which sound awesome Bros rice is really happy with this Quest and decides to go to Gaba Mountain straight away and in the meantime we see a guy barely surviving coughing out some blood he then gets up from the ground and now kneeling tells the other guy giving him a menacing look

that he thought he could finish it this time and how cowardly it is to fight while on a horse back this triggers the mask guy and his horse starts rearing feeling his Rider's anger The mask guy then says that he's just trying to do his at most for sir Raiden who we know is the demon devil Lord in this game and as he was getting ready for his final charge at the neing guy the purple Arrow whizzes past the mask guy barely missing him the guy turns around to see who it is and he sees

our protagonist standing there already preparing another arrow for release rice says that he now understands why the reward for that Quest was related to Archery as it's hard to deal with mounted soldiers clo up he comments that he first needs to get the rider to fall from the horse and then he'll be able to fight him on the ground and now we see this dark follower redirecting his charging attack at our protagonist as he's shouting for Lord Raiden and Rice's bow is already tensed up with another arrow loaded up to Max and ready to get

released at the riding fiend but he's patiently waiting for the right moment When the masked rider gets really close to rise so that our protagonist has less of a chance of missing him and even if he knocks him down he'll be closer to him to finish him off and as he approaches so does rice fire his Arrow at him hitting him straight in the armor and in that way actually knocking him down as he combined both the charge up and the distance he manages to produce a critical hit which is why the dark follower was

completely taken down off Of his horse and as soon as our protagonist sees that his opponent fell down he immediately orders both electron and meow to flank their enemy so that they can do an all out attack the dark follower notices them jumping on him and wonders what these cotton balls are he easily defends their attacks even sending electure and flying to the side he calls our protagonist telling him to stop messing with him and fight him himself and as he said those words he Looks up only to see rice already in midair with an

arrow fully charged up up the dark follower patronizingly says that the same attack won't work the second time but then we see both meow and electron ready to have another go at him from different sides our protagonist releases his arrow and sends his blast shot at his enemy while meow comes from the back of him tripping him up without the mask follower even realizing meow hits his legs while electron Simultaneously hits his head making the dark follower lose his balance and unable to defend Rice's fully charged attack and right as the dark follower realizes that

he was careless for allowing them to trick him like that the arrow blasts him with such an impact that the Tremor is felt in its surroundings and as the guy was falling unconscious he let out his last word praising Lord Raiden notification then comes up saying that Rice successfully Defeated a dark follower and as a reward he gets the Gale and the Dark Sword and another one comes up saying that the dark followers are gathering information about him the third notification window tells our protagonist that this Quest has been recorded in mainstream history where he

gets his own page that describes his heroic actions in this Quest rice was now celebrating this with his pet scene that he's really happy that everything worked out as they Planned and right as they were celebrating the system alarm starts sounding Out and a new notification comes up with the information on the Dark Sword it says that it's a cold and sharp sword condensed in Dark Energy with an attack of 80 rice thinks that it looks pretty cool with a dark magic circleing around it it's a really powerful sword and then a horse approaches our

protagonist sniffing him out rice immediately recognizes this Horse to be Gil and as he gets a better look of it we see a beautiful white horse rice says that he read in the notification that he'd get a rideable horse with which is really interesting but since he doesn't know how to ride a horse he wonders if he'll be okay with it I mean if he can't ride it he can at least cook it a new notification comes up saying that the newly acquired Mount will automatically be controlled upon riding and solving our protagonist's Problem he

basically just needs to mount it and it'll be like he already knows how to ride a horse like in every MMO RPG game ever and not long after we see rice already Mountain Gale and riding off after some time enjoying the ride our protagonist stumbles Upon A Place Called be's Fortress and decides to go down to visit it rice remembers that NPC's mentioned this place when he completed the marina quest in the past and as he enters the Fortress he sees That it's full of life and it looks pretty busy which is not how he

imagined it to be when he saw it from the outside there are people out and about and inviting intention for different things some are inviting for a quest and some are selling or buying different different kinds of items meow to seems to be excited about the place who knows what type of stuff they can come across here then across them rice notices a red- hooded lady yelling at a guy that's Kneeling on the ground looking really sick she tells him to eat some food but he keeps refusing saying that it makes him want to puke

she then tells him that she thinks it's tasty and it's not like he's going to die from eating it so he should just eat it he offers her to eat it instead but she says that she's already full as she ate this lady's name is ala and she's really torturing this guy with the food that he obviously dislikes and she's forcing him to eat it Our protagonist interrupts them by asking the hooded lady if they are doing a quest she tells him that she's trying to bring the likeability up of that NPC there by cooking

for him and feeding him our protagonist seeing the poisonous looking food thinks to himself if she's really trying to feed him that getting a better look of rice the hood lady recognizes our protagonist to be rice and the NPC is throwing up rainbows in the background it's as if the main Ingredient of the food she prepared for him is unicorn poop look even meow feels bad for him now rice confirming his identity makes the hooded lady change her expression to that of admiration and then she says that she's a huge fan of our protagonist she

introduces herself as Eliza The Alchemist and I mispronounced her name the first time her name is Eliza and now we see the t is not too pleased with her being his fan because she is slightly weird Eliza Then goes on fan girl in over our protagonist saying that she only heard about him on the cafe chats and that she can't believe that she's actually meeting him in person and Liza kind of reminds rice of Macho king with a dramatic expression of liking and then he decides to ask her if he can join her on her

Quest she's really happy hearing this and agrees for them to do the quest together he's probably doing just to save the poor guy from any more torture So ryen offers to cook something and Eliza immediately agrees as she knows that it'll fix everything for everyone the NPC seems unwilling to taste any more cooking after he tried the Li's awful food rice all excited starts making the food by first cracking open some eggs and then adding some salt and some sugar after that he tries some meat and evenly Browns both sides over medium heat so the

there's as fat the meat already looks really amazing and then For his final touch our protagonist uses his fire Master ability to burn it together with eggs so that he gets scrambled eggs it looks really fantastic but we've come to know that everything made by our protagonist is going to be topnotch rice adds that he also has ketchup and if they need it they can ask him for it forgetting about the Quest for a moment overwhelmed Eliza pushes the MPC to the side saying that the legendary food from the legendary Chef Rice she heard so

much about is finally in front of her and she'll be the first one to eat it this is like definitely the best way to raise reputation with the NPC give him poisonous food almost poisonous food and then when you give him good food don't actually give it to him push him away so you can try it first good job Eliza our protagonist thinks that she's just too over the top and reprimanding tells her that she should let the NPC eat as well realizing That she did overreact she shyly agrees with it the NPC starts eating

it and he exclaims with deep passion that it's so good that his sense of taste immediately returns and then the notification window shows up saying that hidden Quest starling's comeback is open where he needs to teach the NPC Starling one recipe but it's only for Rice as he's thinking of it he notices that Eliza grew really quiet and then decides to ask her if she also likes cooking she Pass says that she does as it was our protagonist that inspired her with his cooking to give cooking a go and since then she's been trying out

various recipes she continues saying that somehow one day her job changed into Alchemist and with meow now approaching her food and getting all hostile towards it we can safely assume that we know why she changed her profession ryen asks Eliza If she wants to join him in making The dish he just made as he's willing to teach her if she wants to learn she's really excited about this proposition and accepts it and in the meantime somewhere else we see some people complimenting mango for his fighting skills and how it was thanks to him that they

were able to reach this treasure place they enthusiastically keep praising him and mango is really into it and loves being spoken of in this way and as he reaches out for the treasure To take it the game starts glitching a little bit and the notification window comes out telling him that the safety time has reached its limit and that the system is automatically shutting down and as mango was desperately saying for it to stop the game just exits to the loading screen and it says that he's logging out of the game and now in the

real world we see that mango is actually that idol singer Guy and is's really upset for this to have happened and Starts raging at the game so much that some guy shows up at his doors looking all worried asking him what happened the musician dramatically explains what happened and the other guy is just disappointed that he'd gets so worked up for him over a game Idol is still being dramatic over it so the guy just tells him to go easy on the game and that he's going to go out to get himself some food hearing

this the musician Sits Up Normally and tells him that he also Wants to eat and that he knows of a really good place where they can have some noodles the other guy doesn't want to hear of it as he already has a place in mind where he eats the most delicious beeping Bap but we now learn that these are brothers and they actually want to eat at the same restaurant but since neither of them did mention the name of the restaurant they're not aware that it's the same place now at the jang's restaurant it's really

busy as Mei is Doing her best to catch up with all the orders they are getting nonstop and we see customers ordering all kinds of dishes this time it seems that the variety of our Chef's food got popular recently with how hectic it is even the boss himself has to get involved and help around Aram is really focused on his cooking and he's doing his best to prepare food quickly and the food that is delicious at the same time Mir uni is also working at jamyang restaurant and We learn that it's her first day today

she's definitely a big help since there's no way meie could do all these things by herself alone uni tells Marie that she was right to say that this place is super busy and M apologizes for her having to be so busy on her first day of work but they both seem to be happy to see people loving their restaurant this much meanwhile we see the musician jiu with his YouTuber brother heading towards aram's Restaurant with jiu telling his brother that he should have told him that he was talking about damyang restaurant cuz they could have

left their house sooner Haim looks not to be amused with his brother pretending to be in the right as they arrive at the restaurant they're welcomed immediately and their orders are taken and they'll go for for two perilla oil Mac noodles and not too long after their orders arrive as soon as they try it they are amazed with how Good the quality the food is for them jiu thinks that he definitely didn't miss the restaurant as The Taste is the same as the one from the exhibition where he first tried it Mei seeing how much

they enjoy the food starts talking to them about it saying that she's really glad that she got a break this time is there didn't seem to be any available seats hagum adds that he too noticed that the place is packed with customers and seems really popular Miri Proudly says that it's all thanks to their amazing chef and jiu is thinking to himself that he actually wants to meet our protagonist today hagum then introduces his brother to Mei condescendingly saying that he plays games all day which is why he wanted to take him out for a

bit but Mir recognizes ji Wu as the famous musician and then all the attention goes to jiu making him uncomfortable as he doesn't seem to like being in the spotlight I Mean for a musician that's definitely weird but who am I to judge and as they're having a conversation Aram comes up to them and seeing jiu he asks if he's friends with hagum hagum says that it's his brother and then the musician introduces himself genuinely pleased to have met our protagonist he then randomly says that nobody should play any games as there is a time

limit in real this catches aram's attention so he asks jiu if he too plays the game called Real jiu now all self important slurping his noodles says that he's somewhat of a high level in the game and that his game nickname is mango our protagonist is shocked by this Revelation memories of silly mango immediately go through his mind Miri asks Aram why he looks so surprised and our protagonist completely ignoring her asks jiu if he knows who he is with an expression expecting him to know J Squints his eyes as he's thinking of who he

might be and starts realizing From the available information first his voice does sound quite familiar and he's a chef in the game who knows him and as the name rise comes to his mind fairly quickly his expression changes to that of joy as he exclaims our protagonist's name and looks at him with happiness jiu can't believe that he's also such a good Chef in real life and asks him if he cooked for the exhibition as well and our protagonist confirms it saying that due to certain circumstances he had Become in charge of cooking there as

well J is thinking that this is a Fed connection and Mr limb and the kid Jun are watching this astonishing display of enthusiasm and excitement of people meeting each other sometimes later we see our protagonist back in the game he decides to check on the guy that he recently met leel and seees some information about him he tells me that after that he can play with it and me seems pleased with this Arrangement and As he checks we see that leel is actually some big shot guy he's the president of art lers entertainment which our

protagonist recognizes to be one of the top three Korean manga companies he gets slightly overwhelmed not knowing who he really is and starts thinking that it might be fate and then we see somebody in the background fly fing and calling our protagonist's name as rise turns around and as the guy gets closer we see that it's ater on some Weird looking flying wooden bicycle and as he lands next to Rice he asks rice what he thinks of his bamboo bicopter rice is really in all of this and compliments him ather says that he's actually thinking

of making a submarine next and with a self-satisfied expression says that it's nothing for him as he's a named crafter he then tells rice that he came to give him something and then pulls out a really Royal looking sword saying that he mixed The white snow Serpent's blood and created this amazing looking armor blade and then the notification window pops up showing truly incredible stats but limiting its usage to once a day our protagonist is astonished with the quality of the sword and starts praising ather for crafting such a beauty rice now holding a sword

for a bit tells ather that he could also be a great black blacksmith with skills ather says that he's still not at that level of Making weapon items but that he made this sword that is good enough he adds that it's all thanks to our protagonist that he could level up this much as he got these great items to work with so he tells rice that he can consider this sword as a repayment rice feels really humbled with ather that just keeps giving him these cool items as he heard ather explain a bit about this

sword he asks him what he meant when he told him that he can use use the sword as an Armor ater tells him that he should just think in his head of the word equip and that should do it confused with what he just says Rise decides to start thinking of this sword in his mind and all of a sudden the system registers the word and then the Snow White awesome looking shiny armor starts engulfing our protagonist's body similar to the Snow White sword this armor is pretty op but has a limit of 30 minutes

per usage ather using his special ability says That the compatibility of armor is perfect for Rice our protagonist is really surprised by this and is trying to move around admiring its buil ather continues saying the tri already figured out how to use it and adds that the durability and performance should be great as well he also says that the Snow White sword is actually a single-handed sword which means that using it he'll be able to use another swords beside it and then fight with two swords dual wield Bros ather is really proud of this and

he thinks the dual sword fighting style will fit rice he then leaps up in the air shouting back that they should continue winning and enjoying the game rice still not completely over how cool his new equipment is says bye to AER as he's watching ather flying away from him rice thinks to himself how come he didn't figure out dual wielding swords before because its efficiency is really obvious and a bit later we see our Protagonist really hyped up telling people that it's difficult completing quests on their own taking this conversation to a proposition people get

really excited thinking that he'll help them with their quests so our protagonist then says that he'll definitely help and as they all assume their quest to already be completed with Rice's help on their side our protagonist adds that he'll help them with cooking which is definitely not What they expected him to say and now we see what rice meant when he was thinking about dual building swords efficiency as he's in his new shiny armor wielding two swords but not for fighting but for chopping different vegetables people are in shock and think that's not the kind

of help they expected but seeing all the delicious food being prepared they can't help but to accept this help as well rice absolutely exhilarated tells them in a very dramatic fashion that with the Food he's now making they can enjoy some extra stamina and strength people start eating and now the Infectious excitement is felt by everyone as they exclaim that even though they feel their strength and stamina increase they just don't care as the food is really tasty and that's all that matters at the moment in this hectic situation with everyone eating and the High

Spirits everywhere some guy tries to get their attention asking them about doing the quest but then at that Moment Epicure crash lands right in front of our protagonist causing a bit of damage around he then looks at rice and tells him that he's been looking for him for a long time and our protagonist innocently asks Epicure why did he show up like that Rice is pretty surprised by him dropping in like this and now asks Epicure what's the reason for him looking for rice and as he was saying this his snow white armor starts disappearing

as he canceled the equip Function on it Epicure then sternly with a visible annoyance asks our protagonist why doesn't he respond to his DMS rice is a bit confused by this as he didn't even know that he had those seeing that our protagonist has no clue what he's talking about he then says that it doesn't really matter as he already found him and so he can tell him his request in person Epicure gets even more serious now our protagonist feels a bit uneasy about it and asks Epicure what Kind of a request he has for

him Epicure then gets uncomfortably close close to him and with an intense air of desperation says that he wants rice to cook something for him he's standing there all up Price's face staring at him with an increasing intensity our protagonist is surprised that he was looking for him for that long for just that reason suddenly Eliza shouts from the rooftop just above them that Epicure shouldn't be bothering rice and that if He needs food he can get it from rice to restaurants Epicure says that he does what he wants Eliza then annoyed with Epicure jumps

down at them rice seems flabbergasted by her doing this and as she's falling down she's yelling all kinds of threats and pulls out a flask with green liquid and comes up with some technique reciting all kinds of chemical formulas but Epicure seeing her aiming for him just moves a bit aside and she crashes down falling flat on her face Epicure slightly confused with what she was trying to achieve asks her if she's dumb and rice asks her if she's okay and Eliza getting up embarrassed and irritated shouts that Epicure should consider himself lucky as Alchemists

need to memorize all kinds of spells to activate their abilities Epicure says that his profession is a gourmet and as such there's nothing wrong for him to look for a skilled Chef that can meet his needs he adds that he also didn't Come empty-handed and then he throws a lot of different types of food in in front of them among all the foods Eliza finds a plant called lastic grass and she tells him that it isn't edable and is curious why would he bring that to them he tells her that you can never know what's

edable until cooked well which is why he picks everything up she's really annoyed with him and tells him that the plant is actually used for making plastic and as soon as our Protagonist hears this an idea comes to his mind that they can use that for making containers and in that way it would be possible for them to have a delivery service knowing that Eliza is an alchemist he asks her if it would be possible to make disposable items using this plant Eliza all excited for her skills finally being needed and recognized tells him that

it definitely is possible if your skills for forming things are at at least C Rank and from Her facial expression of self-indulgence it seems that she's exactly that level he then makes makes an offer to her telling her that if she helps him make those items he'll teach her cooking this gets her really thrilled and she of course accepts the deal as she just runs off shouting that she'll make it right there rice tries to tell her something else but she's already gone our protagonist then looks at all the food on the ground and is

thinking of how He'll sort all these things out Epicure is volunteering to help him but as soon as he looks down he sees a small kid picking up his food and then quickly grabs him by a Scruff moving him away from the food he sees that the kid is desperately clinging to food unwilling to Let It Go as he sternly tells him to leave the kid then starts crying asking Epicure to leave him alone as he's really hungry and hasn't eaten anything the whole day rice hearing this starts Feeling sorry for the kid and the

kid noticing rice asks our protagonist if he might be an outsider adding that he heard Outsiders give money so he hopes he can get some help from him sobering him up for a moment Epicure asks our protagonist if he's going to do that Quest and then the kid continues saying that everyone in the slums where he lives doesn't have any money so they've been starving for days on end and then the kid gets even more desperate asking Rice if he could cook for them as they are so hungry and then a new notific ation window

shows up explaining this Quest where he needs to make food for the kid named Laro and his family and as a reward he can get an intermediate magic item rice thinks for a moment and then tells the kid that he'll cook something for them the kid stops sobbing right there being a bit doubtful of Rice's promise our protagonist then asks Epicure if he'll help him with this Because when he makes the food he too can take as much of the food as he wants Epicure tells him that he already completed this Quest but that he

doesn't mind helping him with it and sometimes later we see a long table with so much delicious food spread on it not leaving much free space it looks really good and there's a huge variety of food for everyone we also see cute electron helping around rice tells them that his Buffet is ready and then invites Everyone to have at it people are flabbergasted seeing this much tasty looking food and the kid Laro can't even believe that he's able to eat all of this rice assures them that they can eat all they want as his goal

is for them not to leave anything behind Epicure now with his stoic expression is just thinking that our protagonist is needlessly kind to these people many people are surrounding the table and shyly taking the food of their choice Saying that it's been a while since they could eat something is good and not just that but there's also a lot of food to choose from Laro is really enjoying himself as he seems to know how to enjoy the food he first poures sauce on half of the tug suyuk another madeup Korean name for me so that

it's sweet and crispy which is the right texture you need this to be then take some flatfish sushi that gives off a clean taste from that white fleshed fish and then on top Of that there's some flavorful buoi made with mushrooms grilled over charcoal fire and finally he gets a thin Seafood pay with flow and he's about to explode as soon as he tastes it and look how much of that there is it's like a little Hill of Pon but then he notices Epicure sitting right across him looking at him with his dead expression it

scares him so he feels creeped out Epicure now sees the kid looking at him and asks him why is he starting and calls him little Thief Laro really nervous responds that he's not our protagonist is really happy with everyone showing excitement and pleasure on their faces he's really proud of it and now is interested in trying it himself and then someone draws attention to Epicure and the way he's eating the scen is of a machine eating non-stop everything that he finds in front of himself people really admire this site but we know why as we

see Epicure getting a stream of Notifications telling him that his different stats are going up nothing really matchs Rice's cooking in terms of the stats it gives you we also see meow an electron in a fight for food as they are stretching out a piece of meat arguing who will take it rice looking at all this thinks to himself that this was his dream all along a place where everyone can eat to their heart's content and then that coupled with the fun of picking your own menu this is What a real Buffet is all about

this is the image he wants to see in real life as well because it feels like a dream to him and then as he was thinking about it it he gets a notification window telling him that he unlocked an achievement and he gets a benevolent heart as a reward then he gets another achievement unlocked called a warm hand which he got from increasing his likability for everyone in the slums and the reward he gets is the title the light of the Hungry and as our protagonist was munching on something he says that it's thanks to

Epicure that he was able to finish the quest but just before he could finish that thought a loud announcement comes through from the sky saying that Goblin Legion is breaking in and it's here this draws everyone's attention as they are figuring out where the voice is exactly coming from it says that it's the management team and that currently the goblin Legion has Surrounded the beatric estate The Voice adds that the number of the Goblins exceeds 1,000 and as they look up to the sky there's light shining on them which is the source of the voice

and now we see that the voice Latias and then she continues saying that in 1 hour they'll be starting their big event named protecting labberton and she says that users that want to help stop the legion can make a party of six players and gather at the gate letia adds that the Group that deals the most damage to the enemies will get basic rewards and rare items related to their occupation we see Epicure having a smug look saying that it's finally the time for a real fight somewhere else we see Melina and she's also listening

to this announcement with Wonder the announcement continues saying that since there's not a lot of time remaining they ask all participating users in the event to quickly gather and the announcement ends with the wish of Good luck to all the users and then as the view of the sky gets even more incredible with now clouds swirling around the light that is showing a newly setup timer counting down to the beginning of the event and we see a truly magnificent sight of everyone looking up to the sky waiting for this Goblin Invasion now with the timer

counting down with only one hour left until the start of the event we see people frantically looking to form Parties Epicure then asks rice if he join his party to which our protagonist happily agrees they bump fists and it becomes official with a notification telling them that they formed a party and now they need to find four more members but epicure doesn't have anyone else in his friends list besides rice so he asks our protagonist to find someone rice excitedly goes through his list of friends where he first invites ather then Melina seekin and finally

Macho King and they all happily accept Rice's invitation a few moments after everyone shows up teleporting to where the rice is with only Macho King teleporting on his back we now see The Epicure is the leader of the party and they then introduce themselves to Epicure and Macho King as the rest of them didn't meet them before seeing everyone running around acquiring points and other items they might need for the event one of them suggests that they might need some Equips as well rice says that they don't need it as he has prepared something better

for them and then just a moment after he pulls out his unbelievable Curry that provides a buff for about 30 minutes they are all amazed with how good the food looks but then rice tells them that that's not all and then he uses his now upgraded Discerning Chef's eye to see what best would go with curry to top up their stats and following the chef's Discerning Eye and combining the Food according to its recipe our protagonist produces the most beautiful combination so far called best curry rice bowl the stats it gives itself are amazing but

the taste of the food is even better as each of them tries it and absolutely enjoys it to their fullest and thanks to this incredible meal their combat power goes up to 200% and they all look really ready for the event and a bit later we see people really excited about this VR battle some of them Discuss who they think might actually come out as a winner of this with one of them suggesting who noobs which is a famous magician in the game and then an announcement from the management interrupts their conversations saying that the

event protect LaBaron will start soon and that all participating parties should finish their preparation the last second start counting down with Rice's party fully ready for it and then on the other side we see goblins Shouting that they'll burn bees down and they shout Praises for sir idrian Macho King is pretty tensed up but ather says that it's just a game and then as their air clears out on the other side they see not just goblins but big wooden Golems behind them and this whole Army looks pretty menacing the countdown is over and we can

hear the Goblins advancing already and attacking the Gate of the beatric estate ather asks Macho King to make the rock trees grow and he Uses those trees to quickly make some powerful catapults right there and then they fire off the catapults to see how it works and to goblin shock it deals a lot of damage as the huge bowler falls on them and blasts a bunch of them away and everyone seems pretty happy with these results we see meow taking a charge and knocking a bunch of goblins like bowling pins with its upgraded attack people

are really shocked seeing this cute little cat doing that much Damage Epicure gets attacked by some goblins but he defends himself with ease his battle perception is really high so there's no way anyone can ever sneak up on him which is what one of the Goblins tries to do and gets absolutely destroyed there are two players getting distracted with how realis itic and good the game looks in this event and as they are about to get attacked by goblins Molina comes and saves them at the last moment in her server style meanwhile we Have seeking

enhancing Macho King's power with his special ability called War song and Macho King becomes really really strong overflowing with energy he starts blasting goblins everywhere which attracts molena attention she's distracted now and one of the Goblins uses this opportunity to attack her and the some damage and as he was about to get another one she manages to defend herself this time with a skill called complain shot she gets attacked again And this time she's unprepared to protect herself but in the last moment ather shows up and uses some of his practical gadgets to trap the

goblin attacking Melina and to send him fly into the sky like he's a member of Team Rocket ather then approaches Melina helps her get up and says that their goal is not winning but staying alive until the end and Molina is really appreciative and respectful to him the announcement then says that the number Of goblins started reducing and our party is pretty happy about it but they are still away from their goal so Epicure asks our protagonist if he's got any team Buffs and rice remembers one and then activates it everyone gets an additional 10%

on their Bas stat with Rice's cheer of saty and everyone is now even more motivated as they flow through hordes of goblins we see that Epicure is an absolute unit with how he deals with the enemies they don't stand a chance Against him and even the cute electron is doing significant damage frying goblins with his lightning Bol powers and then we see the wood Golems slowly advancing towards them with an announcement saying that since half the time passed they now have to deal with the new enemies as the second phase approaches we see people panicking

saying that tanks should go to the front and heavy dealers to the back seeing these wooden Golems coming forward Ry Starts thinking of his conversation with Simon and what they talked about which is collecting the small golem statue Parts where Simon told him that something interesting would happen once he collects all of the parts our protagonist really hopes that something worthwhile will come out of that and in the meantime we see a redheaded lady with a chef uniform enjoying some food she made for herself and throwing a casual comment about an important battle Happening she

says that she doesn't really care about it and is just watching it is there's nothing better than eating food and watching something interesting and then right at that moment a giant golem statue appears that makes her spit out her food in shock recognizing what it is it's a doar bang the enlarged version of the little statue rice was collecting and we see all the members of Rice's party surprised by this as they try to figure Out on whose side is this this giant thing all of a sudden our protagonist notices something really interesting that his

Vantage Point became really high and then he realizes that it's because he became the giant Stone Golem rice is now trying to work out what he's supposed to do with his Golem and right then he receives the notification telling him that he's in control of this Golem as an exclusive skill he got and he also gets an attack with it seeing This our protagonist immediately understands why he needs to do so he then takes the wooden Golem that was standing next to him and slams it to the ground with an enormous Force noticing an opening

that R left for them his party attacks and the battle rages on at the game management quarters we see letia just observing all that is happening and some of the employees there making a comment that this is better than any fantasy movie out there And then they start talking about popcorn which annoys latia that she tells them to stay focused on the task her assistant tells her that she should rest a bit but letia insists on staying there as she has to make sure that everything runs smoothly without any bugs we then learn that the

group with the most damage dealt is the magician party with Epicure party following them pretty closely still Leticia wonders why they don't have more damage dealt and Her assistant says that it's probably because the rest of the members in the party are not Fighters meanwhile we see the red-haired magician summoning some pretty powerful spells with fire and burning goblins to a crisp he then notices Epicure next to him and tells him that he's aware of him being the best in the game and as long as he doesn't lose against him he'll be the first place

rice thinking that he just has to accept what happened shouldn't Waste any time and use the stone Golem to the best of his abilities and knock as many wood Golems as he can which is exactly what he does but soon after gets a notification that his Golem iation skill has expired and then the huge Golem disappears and our protagonist starts falling from the sky from where the Golem's head was and then as he was dropping from the sky he thinks of a way he can have a comeback and then uses his Snow White sword shield

and armor Combination together with his new horse Gale now there's only one Golem left and the redhaired magician says that she can pass up on that last damage but our protagonist was already charging at the Golem and does his special new move with his dual swords and slashes the last wood Golem into pieces and as the enemy falls down to the ground the announcement notification appears saying that the last wooden Golem got defeated and that the protect labberton Quest has Been completed successfully it also adds that the remaining goblins are fleeing labberton announcement also says

that the management team will share the damage rankings and begin calculating the reward everyone is relieved that the event is over and some of the players were at the end of their HP and couldn't fight for longer if the fight continued epicur team is really happy with how they performed and are even hoping for good rankings thanks to rice using his Golem iation to deal massive amounts of damage just by himself the announcements of the rankings finally comes and the team Epicure gets the first place with thee magician being two points behind them in second

place which makes the red haired magician really frustrated the announcement then says that all of the members from The Epicure team will get a special job item as letio was monitoring the players she thinks to herself how interesting it is for rice to leave Another significant Mark in the game and that the players with the weakest of occupations took the first place her desire to meet him in person grew even more now my girl is getting thirsty like every other girl that meets our protagonist so far as the event ended we see letisia logging off

from the game though she doesn't show it on her face she's glad that their first event went well without any bugs or lowd downs and there were 3,000 users that participated In the event which is a pretty big achievement she thinks she still can't stop thinking about our protagonist and even gets an idea to play with him with her second character but then wonders if he'd accept her friend's request but her stomach growling reminds her that she didn't eat anything she's got some options but but she wants to eat something soft so she orders tofu

with kimchi that arrives soon after and it looks pretty tasty hayun which is Leticia's real name then thinks to herself that she has to focus on eating food one bite at a time until she eats a bit but as she starts chewing and forcing herself to think about the texture the sad memories of her parents start pouring in which makes her mood deteriorate very quickly she's desperate to get better she doesn't want to feel bad eating food anymore and just wants to be able to enjoy her meal but she can't because the food is associated

With her parents and it just makes her sick with her throat now burning and then on her TV that shows the game the voice of someone praising Rice's food attracts her attention on the TV rice is telling his team members that since everyone worked so hard that he felt like making something great to celebrate it as they continue their conversation about the food Miss hayon approaches her TV closer and thinks to herself how can our protagonist enjoy food that much she Gets inspired watching rice eating his food so she tries eating her own food while

watching him but the memories are persistent she doesn't want to give up so she keeps struggling and as soon as the memories start flowing in she looks at rice in his Blissful State and keeps fighting hayung is not willing to quit and can't afford the condition and the trauma that she has to stop her from feeling happiness in the in the meantime as our protagonist is eating his food With meow visibly full lying on his head we see that red-haired magician approach him introducing himself to rice rice tells him that he saw him fight and

is really impressed with his fighting skills and as two of them were talking Epicure says that he needs to go and that if he comes across any new ingredients he'll be sure to bring it to Rice seekin also says that he needs to go and then logs off the game as he gets up he checks his phone and finds that Jiu's new song sang by an artist called GK has come out and he listens to see how it sounds he's not really happy with it and says the GK skills are still not at the high

level to be able to perform that song adding that the song was actually stolen from him and then we see jiu waking up and he wants to check the charts to see how his song is failing only to learn that a different person is singing his song we learn that he actually gave the song to be performed By Sam rookie which turns out to be dong wuk but instead of him GK is performing it and it's not to his liking since he thinks that GK doesn't have the skills as our protagonist is cooking something delicious

we see jiu and hayam come to yangang restaurant asking for Mac noodles again as jiu says that he can't stop thinking about them Mei tells them that they do have it but that right now for lunch Aram is making a special dish which is just for the restaurant stuff As jiu and his brother are entertaining themselves by bothering jayun Miri goes to Aram and asks him if he's going to be eating with them he says that he's making something pretty ambitious and that there's no way that he's missing the lunch and after a bit he

presents the food and it's soybeans space sauce with snails and it looks pretty delicious with everything arranged perfectly on the table even though I'm not a big fan of snails I never tried Them Bros and I never want to try them okay so they gather around and start complimenting our protagonist's food apparently they say that his food goes really well with white rice and a bit of soy sauce being the mukbang expert hag yam takes all of the different dishes from the different plates and places it all in his hand and then stuff his mouth

with it and as the portion he ate was too big his mouth starts burning with him saying that it's really spicy and as The YouTuber was getting told off for being too weak to eat proper spicy food the song starts playing and jiu asks Miri to change it if possible mir's curious so she asks him if it's because he doesn't like GK jiu then says that it's not about the hate but that it's more of a complicated matter where he wrote the song just for fun and the song actually came out pretty well and so

he decided to give it as a gift to a guy trying to catch a break in the industry But the song ended up being taken by gk's agency somehow and he can't apply for a copyright infringement as it was a gift listening to this Aram remembers the conversation he overheard with with Don wuk where he mentioned that he was tricked and lost his song that was supposed to be his debut our protagonist then asks JW if he can remember the Newcomer's name as he heard a similar story from a guy that goes by the name

of dong wuk jiu says that he can't Really remember but that he'd be able to recognize his voice and then sometimes later we see jiu thinking over all this situation and remembering how he really loved that Newcomer's voice he was surprised that he's not a professional singer which is why he decided to give him that song as he thought he deserved it but now jiu is pretty frustrated with people using him like that just because he was too occupied and distracted with the game he's not going to let that Slide like that and now back

with hayung see somehow managed to eat a whole plate of food for the first time in a long time without feeling any pain and then she recollects the last time she ate a full meal without throwing up it's the memory from when her parents died and she used to go to this restaurant where the owner of it would give her regular meals she'd tell him her depressing episodes and her suicidal thoughts and there's something that the owner said That stayed with her to this very day and it's let's have a meal later because the food

tastes better in company this is really meaningful to hayung that it might be her Source of Life something that keeps her moving forward or at least trying to he also told her that she's not alone and they both need to do their best to keep living their life to the fullest and now we learn that that owner is actually jamy Young's Restaurant owner Mr Lynn himself now we Go to the studio set and we see GK relaxing with a drink and his assistant comes to him with an article published on the entertainment tab where jiu

issued a statement saying that until then all of the songs he wrote were just practice this really makes this arrogant singer GK frustrated saying that he won't allow ji Wu to look down on him like that as he smashes the drink he held in his hand my man's just a little bit over the top huh I mean if all the Celebrities are like this I tried doing it but it's not working for me I'm a good guy what can I say meanwhile we see our protagonist meeting up with Don wuk Aram offers to treat him

with some food first over which they can discuss something that came up we see that Don wuk was very close to not even coming as he didn't have any money but he decided to accept aram's invit anyway they order chicken feet which Don wuk hasn't had in a long time and as They are munching on it our protagonist asks him to tell him more about the story he heard the last time where his song was stolen from him and donw goes into this self-deprecating ramble saying that he's been working on it for a long time

that he couldn't even do a part-time job and at the end he couldn't even get it and it's probably because he's just not worth it and it's not his Destiny and then after after a few drinks Don wuk explains the situation in Detail saying that he was in the label that then took his song and gave it to GK and what he's really frustrated about is that the song they stole from him wasn't even performed well and as he was already too drunk he then started singing the song attracting the other customers attention to him

they think he actually sang it really well even better than GK and some of them record him singing saying that they'll put it on some page now we see would just Finishing his new masterpiece he says that it's much better than anything he produced for GK but his biggest question now is who should he give it to because he can't just randomly give this masterpiece to anybody he goes through some singers on his basker page and after not being happy with his options he runs into a video saying that a drunk guy killed GK song

juu notices Aram in the video and quickly plays it to see what's happening he then gives it a Listen and recognizes the voice right away and remembers what Aaron was telling him just the other day so he finally found him and G W is pretty excited a day later we see our protagonist texting dong wuk telling him that he wants him to meet someone and as dong wuk was heading to the restaurant where he was supposed to meet that person negative thoughts started overcoming him where he thinks he won't be able to pay the food

in the Restaurant but he still needs to do it as he ate a bunch of times on aram's expense so it would only be right and then as he was about to enter the restaurant someone calls his name and as he turns to his shock he sees jiu who introduces himself to him and says that he's happy to finally meet him dong wuk and jiu are now sitting at the restaurant and getting served a lot of goodlooking seafood D wo can't believe he's on lunch with the composer ji Wu Just across from him ji Wu

tells him that this is his first time at this restaurant but that he heard some good things about it so he can't wait to try their food they get all kinds of seafood that dong wuk never tried but he's up for tasting all of it so he then first goes with fermented octopus and it's amazing as he chews on it a bit all of the incredible taste combinations start dancing around his taste buds it's a perfect balance between spicy and salty And as he keeps eating the food he closes his eyes and he immediately gets

transported to the ocean as that's how it feels sharing the same feeling about the octopus they are starting their meal with jiu adds that PO Roy adds another layer of flavor tasting this incredible and not knowing which to eat first they both exclaim that the best way to go about it is if they tried both at the same time which is exactly what they do and it's absolutely amazing on top of Fresh lettuce they put a spoonful of rice and top it off with the fermented food and then eat all that in water one go

can it be any better they can experience the very ocean through this food then interrupting this heavenly sensation jiu asks Don wook if he's friends with Aram as he was the reason they were able to meet on this day he then continues saying that he's aware of the situation of Don wook's song being stolen right about when he was in the Middle of recording it Don wuk is surprised that jiu knows about this but jiu tells him that it's only natural for him to know this since he's the one that made the song in the

first place he also says that he already verified his skills which is why he gave him the song Because if he didn't have the skills he wouldn't get the song and as dong wuk was just looking at him ji would then says that he wants to make a new song For him and asks if that's okay with him this makes Don W speechless as he puts down the chopsticks on the table and gets up from the chair seeing him like this jiu says that it's fine if he takes more time to decide but Don wuk

swiftly bows down and tells jiu that he's grateful for the opportunity and that he'll definitely take this offer even before he could finish his sentence properly jiu stops him and tells him not to thank him just yet as the journey They have ahead of them will be very tough as even Pros have issues working with him he tells him that he'll probably take back his gratitude after hundred different takes we see that none of the enthusiasm left Don W's face though as he then said says that he doesn't mind singing 100 or even thousand times

to make this work loving the motivation dong wuk displays jbu tells him that he's happy with that and that they should leave for the studio Right away meanwhile in the game we see Eliza The Alchemist preparing food or well she's trying to do it and it didn't come out right the woman made poison that even meow feels uncomfortable around Eliza seeing how her food came out is greatly disappointed and is losing her confidence in even being able to make anything resembling edible food rice too is surprised that she was following the recipe and it still

came out that bad being nice as he is our Protagonist decides to keep his shock to himself and gives her some encouragement by saying that he was also bad at the beginning and that since she's an alchemist and if she keeps trying she'll become better over time at cooking as well seeing how awful her food looks She's Not really convinced by it but rice reassures her that she can do it and how she was able to successfully make plastic using Alchemy she'll be able to do this as well and then at that Moment our protagonist

gets a call from Macho King that invites him to come to where he is as he found an amazing spot rise then asks Eliza if she's willing to go with him but we see her looking very disappointed with herself where she says that once she's done with today's cooking practice she she log off as she's had enough for today our protagonist wishes her good luck with the practice and then takes his leave rise then teleports himself to where Macho King is and Macho King welcomes him and says that this is a quest point where most

players end up giving up Macho King then shows rice a pretty tall mountain and tells him that he figured out how to get on top and our protagonist is really flabbergasted by how high it is macho King then tells him that the ACT actually wanted to do it himself but that something came up and so he decided to have rice instead climb the mountain our protagonist is quite Happy doing this Quest and asks Macho King how does he do it Macho King then pulls a bean that he says is called Giant's bean rice is pretty

curious about it and innocently asks if that's something giants eat Macho King just laughs at it and tells him that it's not edible and then he puts the bean in the ground telling him that you just need to planted and then a giant Sprout all of a sudden bursts out of the ground into the air it keeps going up and up and up and Up and up and up and up and up and up and up as rice is still trying to realize what's going on Macho King tells him to quickly grab hold of one

of its Vines which he does without even completely understanding what it'll do the viney grab pulls him up with such a speed that both him and meow that was chilling on his shoulders fight for their lives to stay with the vine and we see inre increasingly smaller and smaller machok King saying his buys from The ground rice is just holding on to it as it keeps pulling him really high and high he panics together with meow as the speed is unbearable and neither of them knows what's going on and now we see that the vine

is going straight for the top of the mountain with machok King at the bottom wishing them a safe trip as our protagonist gets to the top he sees that there is a place there so he concludes that this has to be that sacred dungeon as soon as he could he Let go of the vine he was holding and starts falling to the ground of this place seeing how scared meow is of the Fall rice tells electron to take care of him where electron swiftly comes swooping underneath meow picking him up he makes a cheeky comment

that meow is too heavy which pisses the cat off they safely land and rice notices that the place is pretty quiet he then sees the ancient looking doors with some carvings on them and decides that that's where They are supposed to go then a voice from behind tells him that nobody gave him permission to go inside by himself like that the person continues with a smug smile on his face saying that this place is the final resting place of their master and that if our protagonist goes around without a guide he'll probably get lost and

die right seeing this blue-haired little creature tells him that he understands but that he's curious as to who he is the little troll Looking creature then introduces himself as Tom the guardian of this grave as our protagonist finished with what he wanted to do for the day he says bye to meow and then logs out of the game meow is now left alone in the game as her owner just left and as soon as he leaves a blue magical looking butterfly lands on meow's SSE and then flies off this makes our cat really curious so

meow starts following it it chases it through the streets and through the green fields and Through the forest and it finally lands on a rock now in his cat Hunter mode with its eyes all big gets ready for the attack and then launches itself forward at the butterfly sending one of its attacks called yyang punch the butterfly manages to escape but the rock on which it landed gets blown to Pieces as meow was now looking at the butterfly flying Beyond his reach someone from the back of the cat asks if meow might be that cat

that travels with a chef is the Stuffed animals that meow encountered in Marina's cave bear and rabbit the rabbit says that he thinks that meow has grown since they last saw him our protagonist ESET then starts recollecting the memories from Arena's cave and thinking how they used to be much bigger than now they tell meow that they've gotten quite smaller now that they've lost the witch's power the bear picks up a flower and says that since they used to be enemies before it wants to give the Flower as a token of apology the bear extends

its arm to give the flower to meow but meow just bites on it to their shock now seeing the cat disgusted with the taste they ask meow why would it eat a random flow and then conclude that it's probably because it's hungry the thoughtful rabbit says that since he thinks that meow came from far away that it probably didn't eat for an entire day he also wonders where our protagonist went and why didn't he leave any food to Meow he then says that since they know each other they'll get some food for the cat but

they first need to figure out what our cat really likes they come across some apples and the bear wants to try to pick the Apple for meow but it can't reach it so the rabbit comes in and jumps really high knocking a bunch of the apples down with one direct hitting our protagonist's pet as it wasn't intended both the bear and the rabbit feel sorry seeing this and ask Meow if it's all right as it has an apple-sized bump on its head and as meow gets up it sees Korean melons on the ground and then

happily starts playing with it they ask meow if it wants to eat it and then go on to cut them in halves the rabbit notes that if meow didn't see it they wouldn't have found it so they are pretty pleased with how things turned out the rabbit then was about to say that if he knew that the only way they could fight the melons is by Hitting the cat he wouldn't mind it but then stops himself as meow already noticed what he was saying rabbit then says that the melons look really really yummy and then

goes on to try one of them the rabbit gets really mesmerized with the taste as it's unexpectedly juicy and crunchy at the same time he thinks to himself that he only had one taste and it already tastes so good stopping his enjoyment meow angrily bites on the rabbit's head the rabbit Starts apologizing for eating the melon by himself and says that they can eat them together sometimes later we see that they've become a pretty good team for picking different types of fruit meow uses the bear's stomach as a spring to jump even higher to get

the grapes from difficult reaching spots and after some time we see meow screw already packed with bags full of fruits in their picking Adventures they run into all kinds of troubles including a buffed up Mole that they barely Escape but then they come across a tree hanging off of a cliff and decide to pick some fruits off of it even if they think it's dangerous meow is pretty confident that he can do it so he goes on that tree and as he approaches the fruit on it he sees two guys at the bottom of the

cliff talking about trying out their new powers they say that they can try it since there's nobody there so the other guy charges up some power and punches the cliff so hard That it shakes the entire cliff and the tree on which meow is then the two two guys just walk away from the spot with one of them saying that the attack was nothing special as he thought it could break mountains meow barely managed to stay on the tree and the staff toys say that it should quickly come back to safety and as meowo starts

walking slowly towards them something strange starts happening and Meo starts feeling that the environment around it is Changing a bit and then a red notification pops up saying that the terrain Collision bug has occurred and that the character SC in the map are being adjusted and meow is really scared as the poor fella has no clue what's going on with him so he screams in desperation oh no cute little meow and now somewhere deep in the forest we see a pink fairy talking to electron but the electron here is not in the same form as

he is when he is with our protagonist The pink fairy is curious as to why electron comes back to the forest so frequently these days laidback electron is not sure what's wrong with him coming back to his own home the pink fairy tells him that she thought he had to be in the moral world since he made a contact with a human Electra now yawning tells her that his master is currently not there which is why he returned briefly she then reprimanding tells him that at least the other fairies that Formed a contract like his

are at least clean and do other things until their masters come back unlike him that is just laying around doing nothing uh is she talking to me I he's now annoyed and tells her that he worked hard when he was with his master and that he should be able to take some rest while he's here and then all of a sudden someone says electricity the pink fairy notices someone calling from the bottom of the tree and then tells Electron that they are probably calling for him and at the bottom of the tree there are stuff

toys rabbit and bear and they ask if electron is a guy that goes around with the chef they both look terribly worried as they continue saying that there's some trouble and that Chef's cat is in grave danger right now electron looks down from the tree now even more irritated and asks them how did they even manage to find this place they say that they are made out of magic So that they can naturally come to the spirit world and they need him to help them before it's too late the pink fairy making fun of electron

tells him that there's no time for rest and that he better go help his friends electron looks like he doesn't want to be bothered but then just after a short contemplation he says that there indeed is no time to rest and then by lifting his hands up he turns into that adorable bowl of electricity and being cute like That he angrily says for the stuff toys to bring them to the cat as electron was following them to their destination they explained to him that they used to be villains but that they are not anymore since

they are free from the witch spell however electron is still suspicious of them and tells him that he'll keep an eye on them so they better not engage in any Shady business and then in the distance he sees meow and to his utter shock meow looks so old that he looks Like he lived a thousand years it turns out that because of severe hardship meow has faced he suddenly grew old electron tries to approach meow but he can't because there's a barrier that doesn't let him he asks the staff toys what this barrier is and

why can't he go through but bear and rabbit are also clueless about it electron then shares his observation with them saying that he doesn't feel any presence of magic or that this even is a wall he gives it a Bit of contemplation and then proclaims in Joy how there's nothing he can do about it meow is angry with this and is ferociously hitting the wall in protestation the rabbit says that in that case they didn't even have to bring him here as he's useless but Carefree electron tells them there's a point in bringing him there

as he knows someone who can help them with this issue and then sometimes later we see that electron went to fertile that was Hanging out with Spider Queen to ask him for he and fertile after hearing electron's case is pretty happy with helping them save Rice's pet as rice is his Savior and the one who found his pickaxe Spider Queen then adds but in a very scary tone that terrifies the tough toys as they think it's a monster the tce is the guardian who protected them from the lizard which is why they can't refuse helping

a friend of their Guardian as they bring him there and Explain to him what happened fertile quickly picks up on it and then comes up with a possible reason why that happened as the light going through his hand gives him a clue he says that it's complicated so that they should pay close attention to what he's saying he says that there's a set limit to the objects and living things this world recognizes based on topography and because the heavy damage was inflicted below the debris range and Cat's range Collided everyone is confused as they don't

understand what this means and the spider queen continues saying that it basically means that the cat became part of the branch electron is annoyed with this and asks if that means that meow has to live as a branch from now on fertile says that that's not necessarily the case and that there's a way if they could damage the surroundings again causing the branch and rocks to fall they might solve the issue but but he Adds that there's another problem with this as the cat also might fall the Queen Spider says that she'll take care of

that part fertile thans the queen spider and then says that in that case he can start with the damage he then goes to the poor meow and tells him that he'll save him and that he has nothing to worry about electron seems really worried that this might go wrong as he really doesn't want meow to get hurt or even worse die ferti pickaxe then starts Glowing and he swings it with all his might and then slams it down to the ground causing a huge Rapture in the ground flinging both the tree and meow back and

as meow is falling down with rocks flying all around it the Spider Queen uses her special ability Soul web to safely catch the cat and protect it from falling to its death but Meow in that moment sees the vision of our protagonist thanking it for bringing him something and then bounces off of the Web again risking falling down to the ground and then as it sees the bag of fruits it was picking together with the stuff toys it goes for it to at least soften its fall and to the poor meow surprise that was certain

it would die it gets saved by electron who swooped in right in time to prevent meow from falling any further with its fluffy body the others observing are really happy and congratulate the electron for saving the cat meow is especially happy and Grateful as the poor fella is crying out of Happiness electron actually cares and he says that it's a relief that meow is safe he then adds that they should go back as it's almost time for their Master to come back and a bit later we see that our protagonist is back in the game

completely unaware of what happened he Embraces meow and thanks him for bringing him hard-earned fruits me is just happy to see its owner as he snuggles close to Rice's face our Protagonist is also happy seeing meow and then says that he'll make him something delicious as a reward for bringing him fruits we're back at the top of the place the conversation between the troll looking creature and rice continues our protagonist first introduces himself saying that his name is rice and that his occupation is a chef troll is a bit confused with the word rice so

he asks our protagonist to explain it in more detail but rise just Tells him that that's his name troll also wonders how did the chef managed to climb all the way up to the Giants Plains and then he says something that sounds pretty random to Rice he says that if rice is looking for a master's grave that he should just give up he continues getting all serious about it say that among all these mazike paths there's only one true path that leads to the real grave and if he goes down the wrong one then he's

sure to die as all Of the other paths are filled with dangers troll now looking old smug tells our protagonist that if he wants to know the right path he should just butter him up rice is thinking that all of the little ones in the game he encountered just keep crossing the line they always ask him to do something like making food for them so that they can return his favor and he finds it hella annoying and then meow sounds himself in his usual cat way and as rice turns around to see What it's doing

he sees meow munching on some random plant on the ground and he seems to be enjoying whatever he's eating there rice gets a bit upset with meow telling him that he can't just eat anything he randomly finds as it could be be dangerous and even before he could finish his sentence his ability of perception turns on and it tells him that the thing the meowo is eating is actually ramen noodles our protagonist is really excited to see some ramen Noodles so he quickly picks it up and tries it to see how it tastes raw like

that as he couldn't taste noodles like this in a long time and it just tastes like uncooked ramen noodles as expected so he wonders if he'll be able to make some ramen noodles and he also wonders if meow can maybe next find Ramen soup because then he wouldn't have to make anything after observing our protagonist for a bit the troll guy comes in and tells rice that he should be winning him Over as he's the one that can take him to the place they want to be at Rice all excited for finding Ramen on such

a random place like this tells him that he didn't forget about winning him over and that he'll be making something that he's sure to love maybe he'll cook meow up I heard meow is delicious so then rice starts working on the meal by first putting in the crown Daisy leaves and then adding red pepper and after that diagonally chopped onions Already looks amazingly refreshing but then he puts in sausages and then rice cakes and now the mix already looks like he's getting a consistent shape so now all he needs to do is when all this

comes to boil he puts in the ramen noodles leave it to cook for a bit and then that's it we get delicious looking spicy and warm bu jig I don't know how to pronounce another name of course of course they're coming up with these crazy Korean food dish names anyways the Troll is not excited about it he says the r is supposed to make him happy but all he does is make a stew and he really hates choose our protagonist feeling a bit uncomfortable with the troll telling him this then tells the troll that even

though he dislikes Cho he should try his as he worked hard making it troll responds by saying that he already hat hates how it looks so why should he try it at all and then when he sees ramen noodles inside the stew he detests it Even more we see that meow isn't too amused by his comments on his master's food our protagonist tells him that the ramen noodles cooked in Bud J actually tastes a lot better than what he's imagining in his head rice then Scoops up a bit of the stew noodle to try changing

his mind about it by showing how rich it looks he then offers him and tells him to quick eat it before it cools but the troll is still not convinced and doesn't want to try it we Then see that meow isn't too picky with what he eats as he already ate it all in a blink of an eye rice seeing how happy meow is with the noodles asks it if it wants another bowl of it our protagonist then picks a bowl for himself as he thinks it's time for him to try it himself and as

soon as he brings the bowl close to himself he gets hit by a wonderful spicy arom coming from the steam of the soup he really missed this smell so he first gets a spoonful of bie G and then takes some rice in the same spoon so that the rice soaks up those juices so he then takes that spoon and gives it a try the texture of the meat inside is incredible and the chewy grains of rice soaked in the stew are just amazing and then he thinks to himself that even with everything tasting so nice

in this stew the one thing that can't be missed are the ramen noodles that are cooked with it the ramen engulfed in B soup is extremely Tasty troll seeing him enjoyed the food like that also decides to give it a try but as soon as he tries it he starts wondering why the noodles are so long our protagonist still absent from this world due to the sheer enjoyment of the meal he's eating tells him in a dreamy way that he should just cut them if they are too long and then eat them the troll thinks

it's bothersome to cut it and then starts complaining about the soup being too hot rice in a disarming way Tells him that he should just blow on it and then it should be fine for eating and just as rice was about to finish up his food and have his last few bites of heavenly Bliss he gets interrupted with a troll yelling really hard saying that he burned his tongue drinking the soup and then he says really dramatically that he's afraid for his tongue and if he even will be able to talk after our protagonist tells

him that if he just waits for for a bit it'll get better and Besides he's already talking so he should be okay but the guy just continues whining sounding like my friends when we played fortnite together I mean when we used to play fortnite oh my God he killed it because he got so lucky you get the point is really not amused by this piy crybaby it's annoying as hell and then sometimes later we see an empty bowl and surprisingly the troll managed to eat all of it and he's really happy with how it came

out he compliment Our Chef by telling him that he is pretty skilled rice is just happy that it went well as it didn't seem like that with all the whining and complaining troll then tells him that as he promised for making him happy he will show rice the way do you know the way do you remember this me not be here for you to revive all the Dead memes Bros anyways he then heads towards the doors and the doors open the troll then tells him now again looking all smug that they should Come in and

that he'll show them the way to the master meanwhile in the recording studio we see Don wuk passionately singing and working on the song together with jiu he's really giving it his best to make this work jiu gives him some instructions as to how to make it sound even better and he tells him to make the end part a bit longer and also to adjust the ad lied parts and as the recording session goes on we see that it's intense as the instructions jiu gives to dong Wuk become more detailed and delivered in a more

strict way jiu doesn't seem to be very happy with the takes they get so he keeps asking Don wuk to do it again and again and again and again and again and again but dong wuk despite it being so difficult is able to keep up and come closer and closer to jun's perfectionist taste and a bit later we see that they're having a break over lunch and jiu recognizes the hard work dong Wong has put in he asks him how his first Recording felt and Dong W all excited just to have this amazing opportunity tells

him that it was hard but also fun at the same time this comes as a surprise to jiu so he then asks if it wasn't too difficult working with him as that's what people always mention Don wuk munching on his food joyfully says that it wasn't and that it's a dream for him to be able to work with jiu dongwuk looking at the food he's eating starts thinking to himself if he was ever this Happy he thinks that Bujo Pang the Jiu Bo is really yummy and with this type of food he could record a

hundred times more without any problem s and J is fondly thinking to himself that it's been a while since he came across someone that really enjoys music this much back in the studio we see the two of our musicians working on it again and what Don W thought was just an exaggeration turned out to be the real deal he really will have to record a 100 Takes is that's the minimum for a perfectionist such as ji Wu and he recognizes that it's really exhausting but as much as he's tired he's also just happy for this

long awaited opportunity and sometimes later after the first day of recording session was finished we see Don wuk taking a nap in the waiting room as he was too tired jiu wakes him up and tells him that he really did a great job for the day as he was able to follow his instructions without getting too tired And it's actually better than he imagined Don wuk says reassuringly that he can't get tired just yet as he has to work hard to completely finish the recording jibu then sneaks in news that Don wook is his new

exclusive partner and that his partner's mentality has to be strong donuk is really taken aback by this and questions jiu on it so jiu asks if he maybe doesn't want to be his exclusive partner to what dong wuk excitedly says that it would be his Honor to work with him as his partner donuk thinks to himself that he wouldn't be able to even dream about being a singer anymore but thanks to the game a chance was given to him and he better not waste it and now we go back to our protagonist climbing the stairs

that go in a circular motion following the troll looking guy as they go up rice is looking around as the palace looks rather interesting like some old medieval castle seeing him this curious Troll tells him to be careful and not to touch the walls and just to follow right behind him our protagonist thinks to himself that this looks like a maze and that if he came there by himself he definitely get lost but then seeing meow beside him he thinks that he actually might have been okay as he's got meow to show him the way

and after some time walking around they finally arrive in front of the big doors decorated with red colors and with two Stone gargoyles Holding up fire that's lighting up the space it looks pretty menacing the troll then says that that's the Master's resting place and the big doors start opening slowly with a giant Knight showing up in front of the doors blocking the way rice asked the troll if they can enter the place and the troll in oversized clo now pretty solemn with his choice of words tells him that he can as long as he

shows respect to the dead inside so our protagonist starts Walking up to the night until he arrives right in front of him and then all of a sudden there's a voice seemingly coming from the unmoving night and the voice sounds cold and harsh it says that finally someone came to his place of rest the knight's armor shakes up a bit as the voice comes through and then his bluish light starts flashing from the depths of the knight's helmet it says that as the one who found him rise should face the whe of his flesh and

Then a blast comes from the knight's Direction so that our protagonist had to cover his face to protect himself from the intense blast The Voice then says in the same harsh and cold voice that it's unfortunate that he doesn't even remember who he was when he was alive and he continues saying that all that he vaguely remembers is the fact that he doesn't belong there finally as the blast settles down and rice is able to to Peak through his hands he sees A Well-dressed skeleton guy levitating above the ground with cold air all around him

it's definitely a scene to Behold our protagonist now fully absorbing this sight then asks the fancy skeleton if he does not belong there what is he doing there in the first place the levitating skeleton tells him that it's because of those who murdered him they broke his spirit and sealed him away in several places rise then asks him if he knows who actually sealed him And the skeleton tells him that he doesn't know which is why he had waited for someone to find him he continues saying that meeting our protagonist causes some of the chains

that bound him to break which means that pieces of his sealed Spirit could then be found troll is listening to all of this and he hangs his head down as if he shares the troubles with the skeleton and then bringing up his harsh cold ghostly voice the skeleton thanks rise for finding him And as soon as he says that a huge blast of light comes from the direction of the skeleton with him gradually blurring into the background and then as the light disappears The Skeleton just falls down to the ground and the window notification comes

up saying that the hidden rare Quest will of an unidentified soul is complete and he gets a skill as a reward our protagonist sees this and says that he hopes the skeleton guy is able to find his other Parts troll looking all thoughtful about the situation tells rise that the portion of the Master's Soul has found peace he then continues now even more lost in his thoughts saying that after losing his memories he came there after wandering all around and it was his master who told him to wait there for fate is not just any

person will do this Quest it has to be someone with their own will and then the troll starts glowing as he says that his memories are Also returning to him both our protagonist and his pet meow are flabbergasted seeing Troll's transformation now looking like a well-dressed boy with different colored eyes he tells him that his real name is Pepes and that if it's okay with our protagonist he'd like to travel with him the notification pops out saying that if rice helps him grow into an adult he'll get Pepes loyalty but if he fails his penalty

will be a decrease of random Stats for minus 100 rice thinks with himself that the penalty is a bit too high but that he can't leave a child by itself here in this rather scary Cemetery so our protagonist then agrees for Pepes to come with him as long as he doesn't complain about the food when he's with him Pepes reluctantly agrees with this condition and thanks our protagonist now it makes sense why he was such a crybaby eating rice is cooking he was just an actual baby Coming to an agreement rise then asks him if

he knows the way out of this creepy place and Pepes tells him just to follow him and sometimes later we see them outside and our protagonist immediately makes a remark about how it's so refreshing out outside standing on the edge of a cliff rice is reminded of where they are and thinks how they need to figure out a way down to the bottom rice looking down then thinks to himself how if someone just looks at it From the bottom it would look like a regular Cliff but if he uses the new skill that he acquired

by completing this Quest he's able to see much more the new skill called exploration enables him to see a hidden path to the cliff and from the cliff he can now see some little floating islands and figures that they can use them to get down to the bottom Pepes then drops insane if he's supposed to call our protagonist as a master and rice uncomfortable with this Tells him that he can just address him by his name he then starts giving his ideas on how they could go down but to his surprise rice just swiftly jumps

off of a cliff and starts floating down using his cloak and meow is flying on electron our protagonist then casually turns his head towards Pepes and tells him to get down using the floating pieces of land Pepes is still in a loss for words as he looks at Rice floating like that he then says that he should Have told him that he can fly and then Pepes also jumps off of a cliff and two batlik Wings come out from each side and he starts flying and rice is absolutely shocked seeing this and thinks to himself

that he can't help but to think that it feels like he adopted a little devil in the meantime at the Jang yyang restaurant we see some youngsters drinking themselves El wild there are two guys and two girls and they are making fun of the fact that they had too Much to drink and one of them drops a glass on the floor which breaks and we learn that it wasn't the first time that they broke the glass this night they even have the nerve to ask for another glass me's friend Sun Yong is getting really irritated

at this Bunch because as she thinks to herself that it's almost close in time they shouldn't be drinking that much anyway mey tells her that she should already be off work and that she can do the rest once the last Customers leave Mary adds that it's pretty late and that she doesn't know when they'll be able to close the drunk lady overhearing this takes it as her trying to tell them to go as it's closing time and she gets angry Marie tries to comb the situation but without success as the girl gets even more riled

up telling Marie that they're pain for everything and that she shouldn't be trying to chase their customers away like that the girl then slams The Glass On the table and walks up to Mari and song song apologizes for making them feel bad but the lady will have none of the excuses as she's already made her mind up that she'll make a scene she then tells them that they are making their customers look like bad guys sangong still tries to calm the upset customers but the girl then directs her attention to quiet meie and asks her

why is she staring at her like they did something wrong she points her finger at Meie and even starts poking her this annoys mey so she slaps the girl's hand away from her so that she stops doing that telling her not to be like that the drun girl gets really angry this time and so she tells Mary that she's mannerless towards her customers and shoves her really hard the situation gets a bit more dramatic but then someone in the back slams their Feist down really hard so that it draws everyone's attention and the person that

Slammed their fist then says in a really condemning voice that they should stop and that they should be embarrassed they are making problems instead of enjoying their food the drunk lady then tells the guy that the old man should be minding his own business the guy gets offended by this and tells them that in that case if they call him an old man he'll talk to them like an old man the guy gets up and throws a menacing look at the drunk lady telling her that she should Immediately apologize to the worker she pushed if

she wants to make it back home and just seeing this guy we can tell he doesn't mean it as a joke the mysterious man repeats once again that these youngsters should apologize to Miri but they're not taking him seriously as one of them says that he's probably drunk the girl in hat then approaches the man Stoops to him and threateningly tells him to keep eating and not to get involved in other people's business the Man is unfaced by these threats an aggressive approach from the youngsters though but sang Yung and Miri look pretty scared and

uncomfortable with the situation so sang suggests they call the police the problematic customers still go on their rent saying that they were angry enough for being treated like rude customers and now on top of that they have this old man button in too the mysterious guy then calmly tells the drunk girl that they're not only Bothering the workers at the restaurant but everyone else too and that their lack of manners are more than obvious hearing this one of the drunk guys gets up from the table picks up a bottle and rushes towards the mysterious guy

to hit him with it but the guy swiftly grabs the drunkard's hand with the bottle and then does a karate chop to his neck immediately knocking him down the drunk lady seeing this is astonished and gets down to her friend to see if he's okay And her drunk friend seems to have issues breathing as the chop was really precise yet powerful that it quickly incapacitated the guy sang then tells Mei that they might not actually need cops with this guy being there with them and me greas the mysterious guy then starts menacingly walking towards the

drunk customers telling them that they should have just left it at talken and that once they use the bottle to attack him it wouldn't end well for them Without any consequences and we can see that these drunk customers are not feeling all that confident anymore the big mysterious guy then tells them if they have anything left to say to say it now but they're not uttering anything for a moment as they pick up their friend from the floor and and then one of them says that they should just leave the place and as they are

leaving they say that they won't be coming back to the restaurant ever again before they Left meie tells them that they didn't pay but she doesn't get any response back from them the mysterious guy tells meie that he'll pay for them Mei is a bit hesitant about it and tells him that he already helped enough as a drunk customer left we see suyang and Miri thanking the big guy and he apologizes for getting carried away and disturbing them the boss Lim comes in saying that he just saw some customers leaving the restaurant and how they

looked pretty Angry and so he's curious if something happened while he was away Miri excitedly tells him that those people were completely obnoxious but that this big gentleman helped them with the rude customers Mr limb is a bit worried that it must have been difficult for them as he wasn't there Mr limb then goes on to thank the big gentleman for helping his staff and as soon as he sees the mysterious guys's face some memories start rushing to his head where he Remembers this guy involved in some fights managing to beat everyone with just one

punch the famous One fist is what they used to call him before is this a reference to one punch man but Mr limb still curiously staring at the mysterious guy thinks to himself that this can't be that guy and it's probably that they just look alike the big guy then bows down and says that it's nice to meet the owner of the restaurant the guy then pulls a business card and tells Mr limb that he's got some fond memories of this neighborhood and because those customers started causing trouble he had to get involved he also

adds that he thinks this is fate and so hands in the card to the boss saying that if they ever end up needing help just to call him Mr Lim thinks that they won't need that type of help but sang tells him that since he already helped them it would be a good idea to accept his business card Mei agrees saying that you Can never know when they might need his help the big guy then starts walking out of the restaurant and he tells them that it's fed they'll meet again and in the meantime back

in the game we see our protagonist together with the Pepes kid as they are walking together to the Village Pepes asks if they're going to live there and rice tells him that they won't he also says that if there's nothing there for them in the village they'll just move on to another place And then they run into Eliza who is really excited to see our protagonist she says that the village is really bustling now she tells him that it's thanks to him but rice is not sure how he helped since he doesn't remember doing any

quests here and then that NPC that Eliza was trying to help comes out thanking rice he says that it's all thanks to our protagonist that he was able to become a chef so then rice thinks that he must have succeeded with The menu he thought him and then our protagonist gets a window notification saying that Chef only he Quest is still open where he needs to make that NPC Starling number one in sales in the region as a reward he can get an advanced cooking tools package our protagonist is really happy with this as the

reward is really great rice then starts ping Starling about how he's going to teach him a new menu and then sometimes later we see they are already Working on that menu making moli with acor jelly salad and meet pon pon I'm saying it like it's a French word I don't know the pronunciations of English names let alone Korean names I'm sorry Sumi but just don't call the Cliffhanger police on me anyways it looks really juicy and tasty and once made Starling is jeweling all over it as the smell is irresistible rice tells him that now

this should sell even better but they need to come up with a good way to sell The new menu so that it goes out faster and then he remembers that Eliza made some plastic containers with her Alchemy and that they can use those Ela is really proud of making these and so she's showing them off to Rice our protagonist then asks her if she can make these plastic containers in bulk to which she agrees saying that after all her Alchemy stats are over 300 and then we see shocked Starling overwhelmed with the orders coming in

as they use their Plastic containers for the takeouts and so he quickly becomes the bestselling seller in that region soon after our protagonist gets a new notification telling him that he completed that Quest and now he gets the cooking tool package rice is proud of his achievement thinking how it was smart to come up with the takeouts is that's the best way in terms of having a short-term sales growth Eliza notices Pepes just standing there and observing all of this so she Decides to ask to see who he is after Pepes introduces himself Eliza realizes

that it's an NPC Pepes gets slightly upset as Eliza didn't introduce herself so He suggests that she is Rice's attendant she grabs him by his cheeks as she thinks he's cute and tells him that she's not an attendant but an alchemist seeing this interaction rice remembers that he's supposed to help Pepes on his quest to grow and he better focus on that since the quest's penalty is pretty Significant our protagonist then tells Eliza and Pepes to stop bickering and tells them that they need to celebrate their safe return so they should organize a party and

naturally he starts cooking as he does but this time he's using the tools he got as a reward from the quest he just completed so he first puts some olive oil in the new pan and then spreads it out he's making some stakes and the steaks look really really good quality shiny when being cooked With the frying sound that just brings your appetite to the maximum Bros I'm getting fat just by making these Recaps I have to eat food while making them anyways as this is a bit thicker steak the sides should also be properly

fried as to seal the juices inside and we see that the steaks are really coming up nice ly and by each passing second it looks more and more delicious the sound of grilling it is just too mouthwatering and then seeing that the steaks are Grilled well rice takes the meat off of the heat with little meow staring at it as if he saw the best thing in his life our protagonist then puts some butter and rosemary in with the meat juices and then puts the meat back in the pan for a bit more of grilling

he then takes the sauce made from butter and rosemary and slowly pours it over the meat as in this way it'll absorb the meat and for the Final Touch he just needs to completely remove the meat off of the Heat and let It rest for several minutes while making garnish Pepes is really impatient so he asks if the food is already done and rice tells him to wait a little bit longer and then several moments later rice serves them the food telling them to enjoy their meal and the steaks look like the best meat delicacy

you can possibly eat in this life the shiny juicy steaks with mushrooms on top and by the way Bros when we're talking about steaks for my for my American bro for my American Bros I don't know how you can eat rare medium rare I need to eat well done meat like what the hell is up with that I'm from Europe so I don't know if if like is a cultural thing or what but stop eating raw cow for God's sake anyway with this little rant over let's go back to the story our protagonist even put

some effort into grilling the meat differently according to the different tastes his friends have for Eliza he made it well done my girl for Himself he made it me medium well and for Pepes he made it medium rare you see Pepes is eating medium rare and he's a big child so if you like medium rare meat you're like Pepes and I'm like Eliza the uh Alchemist who fails the anyways we see Pepes ungratefully suling for not getting it a bit RW and each one looks delicious in its own way Eliza is flabbergasted holding this food

in her hands as it feels like she's holding something really special worthy of Respect and Pepes in his usual complaining manner says that it looks edible rice tells them to chew it thoroughly as that will make it much tastier Eliza asks rice if she can really eat that and our protagonist tells her that she helped him with the quest so of course she can eat the food he prepared pulling out a little bowl rice tells him that he also prepared some sauce for them as well Eliza says that she doesn't need any sauce as she

Can eat it just like he made it and then she nudges Pepes teasingly saying that Pepes might need it as he's just the kid referring to him complaining about the food all the time he gets really annoyed by this and tells Eliza that he isn't picky anymore and he doesn't eat like a child so they have a back and forth bickerin and rice slightly uncomfortable with the situation comes in interrupting their argument by saying that they should calm down and eat the food while It's still warm Pepes then goes for his steak and he says

that he can definitely eat it without any sauce as the meat has a lot of lovely red colorful left and as as soon as he puts the steak in his mouth it quickly overwhelms his taste and smell senses pish really loves kind of rare meat and he can taste the rawness in his steak he wonders how the meat can still be this fresh when it's red with juiciness he then recognizes that it isn't just blood but also Myoglobin and he's really surprised by this he then repeats again saying that the juices are full of myoglobin

which makes it so Savory and delicious at that moment something starts happening with Pepes as he's oozing with some weird energy and then all of a sudden huge black wings come out of his back but different from the ones we saw him having before these ones are much bigger and full of feathers he's really happy with the meal as he says that the Rice's Food is the best the notification then comes out saying that Pepes is growing our protagonist is a bit shocked learning that Pepes needs blood for his growth Eliza is really annoyed now

as Pep's wings are bothering her eating so she starts Laing about it she thinks that Pepes really hasn't got any table manners as he keeps shoving his wings in her even though she's just trying to enjoy her food thinking of how she's irritated she finally manages to get a Bite of Rice's food and it immediately changes her mood and it sends her to a different Universe the one full of warm fragrance of Rosemary where the welld done Meats flavor is exploding like fireworks and rosecolor tornado that spreads all around she thinks to herself that it's

been less than a month since she became an alchemist but with this food she thinks she finally found the golden equation for well done meat Eliza really feels like she's on top of the World and in reality as she eats she keeps slurping and making noises and keeps talking about the food which makes Pepes tell her to eat more quietly and that she's the one that doesn't have table manners our protagonist tells them to add some rice from before as that'll make it even better and we see meow stuffing himself with a steak that barely

fits his mouth our Chef even though he made it himself can't believe that a steak can match so well with rice It's really perfectly harmonious harmonious harmonious anyways as he was enjoying the food Eliza interrupts him saying that she can't just accept the food like that without giving him anything in return and then handing him an envelope says that a few days ago she received a treasure map and she wants our protagonist to take it rice takes the envelope from her and says that it seems to be really important and if she's really sure she

wants to give it To him just like that Eliza tells him that of course she's given it to him as she couldn't find a meal as good as this one even if she had the money for it it's just that good all of a sudden a voice interrupts their conversation wanting to confirm that our protagonist is the hero of labberton and we see some Jolly looking guy with a fez on his head that excitedly tells rice that he finally found him he then tells rice that as a thanks for his efforts in Stopping the goblin

Legion the Earl has granted him an honorary citizenship title rice is really surprised by this and Eliza thinks it's amazing that he can get citizenship Eliza then asks our protagonist about his current level of Fame and rice tells her after checking his stats that he's on 151st level and that honorary citizenship is attainable at this level Eliza then tells him that that's really high and that he should be quick with getting his citizenship and Then just buy a building rice is really taking back learning this information Eliza adds that besides buying a building you can

also make a clan in this game our protagonist then gets a superb idea and asks the Jolly man if he buys a building could he do whatever he wants with it the Jolly guy confirms it saying that he can use it for whatever purpose he imagined the reason why rice was asking about this is because all this talk about buying buildings made Him remember the time he went looking around for one to open a restaurant in he didn't think much about it since the accident made him feel like it never happened so now he's thinking

that since he can't open the restaurant in the real life he'll try opening one in the game pretty motivated by this rise then asks the guy to issue him a citizenship which the jollyman immediately does and our protagonist gets a notification confirming it another notification then Asks rice if he'd like to buy a commercial building in labberton and then sometimes later we see Mount Sun standing in front of Rice's Now new restaurant wondering when a restaurant open there since he hasn't seen this one before he's thinking that it might have been too long since he

went online last time but he's sure it wasn't there before and that the place was completely empty and then as he was thinking about all this a red-haired lady approaches Him and asks him if he's the famous chef Mountain son she's really surprised to meet someone as famous as him from the discussion board in the game he greets and tells her that from the way she's dressed she also has to be a chef he then says that he was just looking at the newly opened restaurant seeing the name she gets an idea that it might

be a restaurant of that famous wandering Chef rice and then she also realizes that that would mean that users could open Their own restaurants this speaks morning son's curiosity as he too wasn't aware that the players could open their own shops and the lady Chef asks him if he'd like to go in to check it out and inside the first thing they see is meow with a ribbon on its neck welcoming them to the restaurant cuteness overload the lady Chef understands all of our pain asking if this adorable baby kitty is a weight staff in

the restaurant but now having a better look at meow she Recognizes it as the cat that goes around with rice Mountain Sun notes that the restaurant is better than he expected it to be it's more crowded than the restaurants he was consultant for he also adds that as he expected the this rice user must be a professional chef in real life and as he was looking around some of the customers inside the Rice's restaurant recognize him and they are flabbergasted that he's here they also wonder if the lady chef with him is some Famous chef

as well people are really loving seeing all of the famous chefs at once lady Chef then tells morning son that there aren't a lot of seats available and so she suggests that they should probably sit together Morning Sun still taken in the restaurant atmosphere tells her that it's fine hearing the noise outside attracts our protagonist's attention and then Pepes tells rice that there are some popular people in the restaurant he adds that people say that They are popular chefs this really picks our protagonist's attention so he decides to Peak to see who it is he

immediately recognizes Mountain Sun remembering that his real identity is super commendable but he's not sure who the lady next to him is but she also is dressed as a chef so she has to be a professional as well Ry starts worrying as it hasn't even been that long since he opened the restaurant and he already has these veteran chefs here he can't Help but to feel pressured with them being here Pepes then approaches the new customers and in his slightly Moody character asks them to order something the lady Chef is not happy to see a

moody kid as a waiter so she asks him to inform them about all the good stuff they have at the restaurant Pepes then hands them the menu and so so the chef lady tells him to wait until she finds something and without delay in much and with a smile on his face Mountain Sun Tells Pepes that he'll have whatever the chef is most comfortable with looking to test our protagonist meanwhile sometimes before we see the cooking skill of Eliza being displayed well I don't know if we can call it cooking but you know what I

mean but the woman is really talented using normal ingredients and making poison and monsters out of it the purple colored stew and then some cooked eyeballs with octopus tentacles and then some purple Stakes that came alive and This green slimy thing with human faces staring at you even rice is confused at what he's looking at pretty nasty stuff our protagonist gets the order and is thinking what dish he would be the most confident in he's slightly nervous as the expectation and pressure seem to be too high after all these are orders by Pros in the

business to judge his skill so rice looks around to try and figure out the food he can make with confidence and then after realizing something he Calls Pepes that was holding cute meow and then tells him to let the customers know to wait 10 minutes for the meals to be done he's really determined in showing them his skills in cooking as he's got an idea what he could make to impress them after 10 minutes we see electron telling the chef customers that their food is done and is coming and his morning son and the lady

Chef turned their heads to see who is saying this they see a flying yellow cloud rushing Towards them with a platter of food on top of it electron then tells them that the boss prepared a very special dish for them and when the lady Chef sees the food she's really positively surprised as all of them are the staple snack art foods like Ramen boki and assorted fried tempura it really looks amazing and there's a lot of it Morning Sun is also surprised especially after seeing the ingredients he used for the food as he never saw

them in the game like he's Sure he never saw shrimps in the game before he's also very curious as to how he got his hands on Ramen the chef son always wanted to try ramen in the game but couldn't find it and this dish looks really amazing lady Chef then happily exclaims that they should start eating as she always wanted to try Rice's famous cooking chef son picks up the noodles and quickly evaluates them just from looking and he says that they are cooked nice and firm he also notes that Seeing how uniform the green

onion is cut he can conclude that his Basics are pretty solid chefan also notes that the shapes of rice cakes are intentionally made that thin so that it could soak up the sauce as well he thinks that there are a lot of details our protagonist had to focus on to prepare such a food as he finishes with his evaluation he then says that they should start eating right away meanwhile rice is worrying that his intentions didn't come across honestly As he wanted to show the basics which is the best way to show your true cooking

skills Pepes then peeking out to the customers tells rice that his Chef customers ate his food and are now sitting still with their eyes closed Pepes being inexperienced in Social things as he didn't have much contact with normal people he concludes that they are probably sleeping and offers to chase them out of the restaurant our protagonist is shocked by this Suggestion and quickly tells him that they're not sleeping but Examining The Taste and so that he cannot chase them out my boy pep is be Wilding and now we see Chef son trying out the food

giving it proper attention with just tasting alone he's able to assess the amount of sugar and other ingredients inside he also thinks that the spiciness and sweetness are perfectly balanced and that there's a perfect amount of water in as well overall he thinks that our Protagonist perfectly boiled down the moisture and he even managed to bring forth the Cabbage sweetness very well he then sees the egg and decides to go for it but at the same time the lady Chef went for it as well as they both put their chopsticks on it this kind of

snaps them out from being lost in trying out Rice's food the lady is surprised that they both had the same idea of trying out the egg she then tells him that she'll let him have the egg Mountain Sun is happy with this offer she says that she wants to try tempura anyway so it's fine if she lets him have it lady Chef then wonders if she should try the fried seaweed roll there are so many options and it's really wonderful having all of this tasty food around her as she's almost munching on that fried seaweed

roll she thinks how the butter in it is very crispy and how it seems like rice got the perfect temperature right she's so happy eating this that She's humming some song she also notes that on top of what she mentioned the Savory and salty flavors are just delightful she simply can't believe that simple fried seaweed roll could taste this good and diverse they both conclude at the end of their degustation experi experience that there's nothing left for them but to acknowledge rice for his cooking abilities because he's able to bake tasting into art out of

Simply cooking ingredients Pepes then calls our Protagonist telling him that the customers would like to meet him because the food was absolutely delicious adding that they weren't sleeping no Pepes only you thought they were sleeping so rice hearing this comes out to meet his customers asking them if they enjoyed their meal lady Chef is really thrilled to meet rice and tells him that she really enjoyed his food chef son tells our protagonist that his cooking skills far exceeded the norm and then asks him If he owns a restaurant in real life rice being a bit

embarrassed by all this High Praise tells him that he doesn't own his restaurant but that he's a head chef at one Korean restaurant rice thinks to himself how amazing it is to hear these kinds of compliments from a veteran Chef he feels very honored by it this reminds him of something that happened happened in the past it's the same feeling he got from back then in the past there was a time he received a Similar compliment it was in miru Korean cuisine contest as the contest was being wrapped up our protagonist was congratulated by one

of the staff saying that unlike what Aaron was saying it had nothing to do with luck and all to do with his skill and the proof of that is that he broke through a distinguished lineup of chefs and won the first place the guy added that he had every right to be proud of himself for that at that time Aram couldn't believe he won the First place but looking at that golden trophy made him realize the truth of that this trophy meant that his cooking was getting recognized and he was really happy with that fact

and then he remembers this Chef that approached him and told him that the winning trophy suited him and that the trophy found its rightful owner on that day that Chef also told him that he was amazing as that Chef was impressed with him practicing cooking with pure passion It's it's not something you see every day and our protagonist felt that he was really embarrassed about a chef of such a high caliber giving him those types of Praises that Chef continued telling him that he hoped that moving forward Aon would keep his passion and that he's

looking forward to see in what kind of restaurant he'd open and that Chef was Kang sen he and this suddenly makes our protagonist sad about the situation as he was never able to live up to that and He never opened a restaurant of his own due to the accident that killed all of the passion he had for cooking 10 years have passed since that time and he still didn't open a restaurant Chef's son hearing that rice is ahead Chef somewhere is interested to see what restaurant he works in but surprisingly he adds that he won't

ask for now and that he'll wait for a bit longer he wants to eat more of Rice's original cooking not just in game but also in Real life we see our protagonist beaming with fulfillment as he's hearing these incredible moment motivating words the chef's son also asks him if he'll open up his own restaurant one day we see that meow is enjoying hearing all this stuff as it cleans itself just like every respectable cat would cuteness overload as always Bros anyways so then as they get up to leave Mountain Sun tells rice that he wants

to send him a friend request on this day and then Tells him that once he sets up his own restaurant in real life he wants to meet with him properly being all excited the chef lady also wants to be invited to that event once it happens now with more confidence and with meow on his shoulder rice tells him that when the time comes he'll definitely open up his own restaurant with his real name on the line and in that way his own reputation at stake chefan is really glad to hear this saying that he'll definitely

Remember that promise they then shake their hands is farewell for that time in the meantime we see letisia inside the games management quarter she's thinking about our protagonist and of his recent accomplishments in the game where he not only went to the Giants Plains but also opened up a restaurant in Lumberton which is not something everyone can do she's really impressed with rice after looking through some data she concludes that he's been spending more time Playing and playing harder after meeting Pepes she thinks that that might mean that he started enjoying the game more after

he started leveling up more and now she sees rise through through one of the screens and as she gets a closeup she sees that he's on a horse and he's in danger okay Bros finally his horse is back we didn't eat it letia then thinks to herself that Fame comes at a price and this is the fact in real life and in the game too and now with where rice is We see our protagonist being chased after some crazy demon followers telling him that he's been running away from them for quite some time and that

he should stop my dog is going crazy over here I don't know what's going on he's literally walking in the circles is he summoning a demon or something anyways let's go back to the story we'll deal with the demons later but rice is not being distracted by the demons that are chasing him and is's just focused on Escaping this Bunch as the moon shines in the back the window notification pops up saying that our protagonist now entered a territory called Pyon so deep in the beautiful night our protagonist was doing his best to escape the

dark followers chasing after him but no matter how hard he tried forcing his Mount to his utmost limits he couldn't lose them because they were always right behind him one of the dark followers named Cho was mockingly telling him to Stop running and that they won't fight if he stops she says that they just want to have a chat and right at that moment as the dark follower got annoyed with our protagonist running away from them for quite some time some Sinister looking whips filled with dark energy grab each of Rice's horse's legs and then

violently pulls it back so that the horse trips falling and sending rice flying forward our protagonist realizes that in a second he lost his Mount Beneath him and is now in the middle of the air falling down to the ground at a really high speed he quickly prepares for the impact and then crashes to the ground spinning and tumbling down the path for a significant distance without even being able to recover from the fall those dark whips come after him again grabbing him by his hands and his waist and then quickly lifting him up so

that Rice stealing pain from the devastating fall could face his evil enemies the Dark follower Cho tells him that he just didn't listen to them and that he is the one that made them do this to him rice is still moaning in agony of the pain and then after coming back to his senses he asks them why they keep chasing after him the dark follower Cho mockingly pretends not to be able to hear him as he's too far away and the other dark follower called muscle muscle next to her says that they should just kill

him quickly instead of leaving him that way And then egis shows up but this time as a dark follower changed in appearance I mean we could have guessed that this would happen the dude was on a killing Rampage and griefing Rampage the whole time so he then comes closer to our protagonist and tells him that he's surprised that Rice would go around Pyon without any fear adding that means that Rice thinks he's strong enough not to fear them the dark father followers of the demon our protagonist sees who it is And he's really surprised especially

by the change of his looks as now egis looks like a proper dark follower he encountered before with the darken skin reddish eyes and Devil's horns egis seen Rice's shocked face starts maniacally laughing and then he says that it was definitely a great thing that he became a dark follower since he gets to see his face like that he continues saying that the only occupation that can become a murder by profession is dark follower And this means that he can kill players as he wishes which is why he thinks this is a perfect occupation for

him and E just says this with real conviction I'm not going to lie Bros if I was playing a video game I would also probably choose to become a dark follower so I would be justified to kill and grief other players it was always so fun to grief other players in MMO RPGs do you bros do it like when you play the mm RPGs or am I just a toxic guy when playing video Games anyways back to the story as he was talking rice was thinking of how egis definitely looks like he got a lot

stronger than before and wonders if there's any chance for him to win and knowing that he has to start somewhere he uses his ability the weak point to see if egis is still at the level our protagonist can handle and to his great relief as he uses the ability he immediately finds EG's weak point but even though he's pretty confident that He could face egis and probably defeat him there's now three of them and that changes the situation as he won't be able to handle all three of them understanding this situation better now he loses

a bit of Hope and starts wishing that there would be someone that could help him with this predicament but quickly to his mind rushes an idea of who could help him and so he immediately calls Pepes and asks him if he could help him Pepes confidently smiling says That he can EG just seen Pepes there gets a bit worried and starts shouting asking our protagonist what kind of trick is he trying to pull on him and then Pepes starts flying towards our protagonist summoning up a spell called blood sacrifice Rampage where his hands glow pinkish

and as soon as he touches the back of rice our protagonist's main stats go up by 50% and the notification lets him know that this boost will last for about 10 seconds rice can feel the New charge of energy running through his entire body he then quickly pulls pulls the dark whips in the opposite direction breaking their spell and getting free from it Joe is astonished by this and she tells egis now slightly panicking that our protagonist broke it with sheer strength which is crazy since egis told him that those things were basically indestructible egis

now seems to take the situation more seriously saying that Rice learned how to use his allies Skills rice is now charging at them in his full combat mode with his snow white armor on and his powerful blades in each hand he looks like he's determined to come out of this battle as a winner and there's a huge clash between rice and egis and their swords meet each other sending a big blast wave from the impact of the blades clashing egis is all fired up for a fight and our protagonist upon trying out egis realizes that

his power is definitely higher than the last time He saw him because he is much stronger than before as he was fighting egis rice send Electric and meow to fight the other two dark followers and boy do electron and meow look Fierce the other dark followers don't seem troubled with these cute little balls of fluff coming at them each is now charging up more of the dark energy in a manical tone tells rise that he's really thrilled that he gets to face a strong opponent finally as for the game to be fun the opponent Needs

to be strong he wants our protagonist to come at him with a full force and I couldn't disagree more with this because there is no better feeling than when you outgear and outlevel someone and just insta kill them like I don't want a fair fights in video games I want to own everybody in seconds okay okay no more random mumbling back to the story rice knows that the longer he drags this out the more bothersome it will be so he needs to finish this Quickly first he'll find his weak point and each time he attacks

he gets rebuffed but e just defends it he realizes that he's getting pushed back rice doesn't understand why this is as he's got his stats increased significantly so they should at least be on par with each other egis is really confident as he keeps attacking our protagonist pushing further and further back saying that this time he'll definitely kill him seeing rise Bewildered egis feeling extremely confident that he'll win this battle decides to reveal his secret to him telling him that the reason his attacks are that stronger is because he draws power from the darkness the

attacks are getting overwhelming and Rise doesn't know how much longer he'll be able to take them meow and electron are not doing much better either as they are sent flying back by the dark follower Duo telling them that they expected them To be a bit stronger as they acted like some big shots only to come out as proper weaklings and now we see poor electron and meow on the ground utterly exhausted from the battle they were having our protagonist is hurt seeing this site but he has to continue fighting for their survival he just charging

up that dark whip in his hand smugly tells rice that he's got no other small fries to help him anymore and then he fires those whips made of dark energy That he calls dark Spears at an astonishing speed in fact the speed is so overwhelming that R in a split second realizes that it's too late for him to avoid it and as he was thinking he's done for he closes his eyes but a golden tray slashes through the dark Spears cut them in half and preventing the attack on Rice e just sees the tray flying

and is really puzzled by what is happening and at that moment there is a huge blast of light and we hear the words Illustration of light Thorn flower and then there's a beautiful array of Lights forming a powerful energy right above ather that was the one that summoned this attack with his hammer and then he sends his attack right at the dark followers eliminating both of them as soon as as they come into contact with the light they both immediately signed out I was thinking the entire time these were NPCs but I guess not rice

not sure what's going on turns and then sees Molina with her golden tray in her hand and ater both pleasantly smiling at him Molina says that she was hunting nearby with ather and ather adds that they saw him getting attacked so they came to help egis is really frustrated seeing this and then something happens to his body so he falls down on his knees saying that his time is up and he's not too happy about it it seems as the dark energy in the form of dark smoke starts leaving his body rice looks at him

with Curiosity our protagonist then tells him that if he keeps going overboard with this he won't stay still and he'll be forced to do something about it rise then tells him that he can get permanently banned if he keeps getting reported he just tells him that it's all a quest anyway and that once a person becomes a dark follower the devil gives them a quest EG just is a bit surprised that our protagonist didn't know this as he starts building up his last sneak Attack as he is kneeling down he keeps saying that he gets

the quest directly from the devil which is special and he also adds that it's not his fault that the target of his quest is rice ather says that it sounds reasonable but that Rice shouldn't forgive everything because after all he'll keep appearing and become hindrance as a dark follower of the devil meow notices that something is wrong and as soon as it lets out a sound warning them of the attack he just Already releases his final dark spear at our protagonist saying that he'd still kill rice even if it wasn't his quest and just before

the attack hits our protagonist meow leaps forward to protect rice from the attack with the powerful dark spear piercing its little body right through our protagonist is complet completely shocked seeing this as he screams meow's name out loud and with desperation we see poor meow slowly disappearing as he sacrificed himself to Protect his owner rice the notification comes soon after saying that our protagonist won't be able to summon his pet for the next 24 hours rice is in shock seeing his favorite little kitty going out like that he calls his name but meow is not

there anymore e just seeing this happened gets really annoyed with the cat sacrificing itself to save our protagonist his plan failed but he's already preparing another attack but he knows his chances are slim as they are Aware of him right now Molina now boiling with Fury tell egis that he's really pathetic she questions him having fun by harassing others and the reason he became the dark follower just so that he could do all this as she prepares an attack of her own she tells him that it's enough as they lost all of their patience for

him and that they won't put up anymore EG just just ridicules her for saying these things provoking them to do something instead of just Threatening him and as he was saying this with his usual smug smile something quickly passes by him in a Flash and before he could even realize he was already attacked by rice that was now standing coldly behind him waiting for the strike to take effect 's body releases some dark electricity discharge and he just gets a moment of time just to notice what happened and that Rice was the one that finished

him right before his body gets engulfed in flames And starts burning with each just screaming in agony he was quickly disintegrating from the sheer intensity of the blaze that was getting stronger and brighter soon after a notification window shows up saying that our protagonist has eliminated the dark follower we see rice super focused with the dark blade in his hand he really put everything in this attack as he just wanted Revenge Melina looking all worried seeing him standing there like That without moving asks him if he's all right and ater adds that rice is probably

too tired from the attack he suffered earlier and that he's got some potions for him that ather got while he was hunting and these potions will help him recover quickly but our protagonist is still standing there silently fa fa in the other direction so ather and Molina offer him some other things like energy potion and Mana potion just looking for any type of response from Him and now we finally see Rice's face and the guy is mourning his pet as he's crying like a little child calling his pet's name and then he starts sobbing crying

his eyes out apologizing to meow that had to take the attack in his head and how he could have saved him Melina and ather hearing him like this are slightly taken back and then they try consoling him telling him that everything will be all right as me we come back just after a day but rice is Just feeling sad and he's not listening to reason he just wants to mourn little meow for his Brave sacrifice sometimes later as our protagonist finished with his mourning he together with Molina and ather now enter deeper into the town

of Pyon rice wonders if this was originally an empty town as it has houses on the street and everything a town where people would normally live but now this looks completely abandoned and the vibe is just too dreary it's like a ghost Town they even see a grim reaper looking thing walking around Melina wonders if this really is the place that our protagonist is looking for he tells them that according to the treasure map he's got this is the exact place he needs to be at Melina is curious about what type of treasure he's looking

for but rice tells them that the map says nothing about the type of treasure or any other information on it having a closer look at it rice tells them that the map says That they should look for the biggest tree in the piron town ather and Molina are not really convinced in the authenticity of the map and think it might be a false one it could be leading them to a trap or something worse rice seeing ather and Molina getting along really well asks them if they're now closer than before this question kind of triggers

them so then as they start leaving our our protagonist they say all kinds of excuses like that they just met Sometimes to hunt together and then they say their goodbyes to rice and leave him in a rush what's going on here Bros anyways after they were gone rice says that he can now feel the emptiness of meow's absence even more that cute little kitty never left his shoulder and now there's nothing on his shoulders but as he's here already he might as well distract himself by looking for this treasure then and not too long after

he comes to A tree that looks like the one that's described on the map he wonders if that's the actual tree from the map because it's really big and it kind of twists around giving it this creepy air and so he looks at the map again to confirm it and it clearly shows this big tree in the middle of the town and this is the only tree that fits that description but he wonders about the x mark on the map then all of a sudden Pepes just shows up on top of one of the Branches

of the tree noting that Rice safely arrived at Pyon and asking him about his purpose here our protagonist tells him that he's looking for a tree that's on the treasure map that Eliza gave him Pepes is not too excited hearing Eliza's name and rice continues saying he found a tree but that he's not sure what to do next as the map doesn't say anything about what he needs to do with the tree Pepes remembering something tells him that there used to Be a thing there that's been saying something for a while rice is confused by

this and right when he asks who he is talking about and what they are saying a cloaked guy shows up from behind the tree our protagonist points to him and asks if he might be that person Pepes tells him that he's not that person but a monster rice is really surprised to hear that it's a monster as it looks like a regular person and Pepes confirms that it's a monster and not any type of A monster but an undead one the bearded guy then starts speaking in some weird language that our protagonist can't understand Pepes

translates it for him telling him that the monster guy says that he can't leave this place as he has to take away the Thousand Day fruit tree Spirit hidden in the basement the reason why Pepes can understand the bearded monster is because he to is a monster rice is trying to understand what these words mean as it might be some That he needs to solve so he pers over it for some time he checks his notifications then and concludes that they first need to go find the basement there in Pyon that bearded guy was talking

about and then they can talk to an NPC called Tom he wonders who Tom is but for that he'll have to find him first and then sometime later we see a guy in a suit of armor yelling his lungs out and then he calmly says that everyone ran away because of the monster In the B basement and he doesn't want to stay there any longer he then says that he's hungry and pulls out a literal chocolate bar from his pocket saying that he brought his wife's homemade choco bar and right as that guy was about

to have a bite at his neck rice calls his name Tom turns around to see who it is and he sees our protagonist drooling over his chocolate bar introducing himself absentmindedly because he was too focused on the snack Which Tom doesn't take lightly as pulls away from him he thinks that Rice just wants to get his precious choco bar he comes down when rice says that he just wants to ask him a question apologizing for his initial reaction but our protagonist is still not taking his eyes off of that chocolate bar thinking that he never

thought about eating desserts in the game getting to the point rice then asks Tom how to get to the Pirates basement Tom is a bit suspicious of rice And wants to confirm that our prot Agonist is really interested in the basement as he keeps staring at his snack giving off the vibe that he only cares about the chocolate bar wherever he moves his chocolate bar Rice's eyes follow rice can't stop thinking about the snack and thinks to himself how he can smell the rich scent of almond and peanuts he just wants to have a bite

of it Tom tells him that he can show him the way to the basement and also offers In the chocolate bar seeing that he won't give up staring at it our our protagonist is really happy with this offer but then Tom tells him not to eat it right away and that if he brings this chocolate bar to his wife she'll give him even more of it rice is absolutely shocked hearing this and immediately asks where he can find his wife and as soon as Tom tells him that she's at Margaret's Bakery we see our protagonist

launching off with a lightning speed and Thanking him as he's going away to find this lady rice is now running and thinking to himself that he only needs to find this lady and be patient enough not to eat the choco bar that he already has in his hands because then he'd get 10 more my bro is running for his life to find the snacks thoughts of sweets come to his mind thinking that he'll eat all the desserts he can eat after so long a time and after some time running he finally finds the house that

says Margaret's Bakery and he quickly runs into it without wasting any time rice passionately says that he heard about the place from Tom and then he starts ordering saying that he wants choco bar bread cookies cake but the person behind the counter interrupts him telling him that they are not selling this strike R straight through the heart as his excitement drops down into Oblivion and we see a huge angry looking woman telling our protagonist that she's not Selling anything to Outsiders rice is curious as to why she won't sell it to him and she tell

tells him that there aren't many ingredients and that with what they have it's not even enough to feed the Village People and so she doesn't want to sell it to someone who's not from the village he then pulls out a chocolate bar and tells her that he received it from her husband who told him to just show it to her once he sees her the big lady then tells him that she Still doesn't want to give food out for free but she might rethink if he gives her a recipe that suits the store and right

as she says it the window notification opens up saying that the quest Margaret's test is now open for him and as he's thinking about a dessert recipe he can use for this Quest he notices a cat approaching him at the corner of his eye so he thinks it's meow but he soon realizes that it's just some other random sweet cat and it's not meow We see that our protagonist is really missing his pet and thinks to himself how long these 24 hours seem in the game for him as he waits for meow to spawn Again

Margaret asks him again if he'll accept the quest to which he agrees telling her that he'll come up with a recipe for her feeling the sadness rice decides that he'll distract himself with cooking until meow comes back so that he can make even more delicious food just for him meanwhile we see Mary Remembering the time ater saved her and being really embarrassed by the Romantic thoughts she gets about him she's thinking if she could call ather the next day again for them to go go hunting now we go back to our protagonist who is now

thinking of making a simple but delicious recipe that would also make a popular menu he then gets an idea of what he could make by seeing the bread he then asks Margaret if he could use the white bread for his recipe and she's A bit surprised by him wanting to make something using the bread but she gives it to him rice then asks if she's got some milk for him as well Margaret gives him milk as well and tells him that if the food he's making is not delicious she'll make him pay as he gets

the milk our protagonist is thinking to keep the leftover milk from cooking as meow would really like it and so rice starts with cooking yet another delicacy but this time it's sweet he first pours the milk In a wide plate and then he cracks open two eggs after that one spoon of sugar and a little bit of salt the process of cooking itself is a pleasure to look at and seeing him work Margaret says that he needs to tell her what he's cooking rice happily asks her if she's ever heard of French toast and then

continues with the Artful cooking he places the white bread into the mixture that he just made and then leaves it to soak it while that is going on he adds a dab of Butter and some cooking oil into the pan and let it heat up it already has that wonderful buttery smell when our protagonist notices that it's hot enough he puts the egg soaked bread into the pan and then simmers it until both sides are golden even serious Margaret cracks a smile saying that it started smelling really nice rice says that he used butter and

that she should be careful since it could burn easily he then getting closer to his final step says That he just needs to move it to another dish Margaret is a bit impatient so she asks if he's already finished he happily says that he's almost done and adds that she can use any syrup she wants but that he recommends maple syrup he then sprinkles on some sugar and a few moments later the French toast rice style are done and they look absolutely stunning as she could not wait any longer Margaret digs right in and gives

Rice's toast a bite and as soon as she Tries it the beautiful taste makes her realize that Rice can be just any person she tells him that this indeed is an excellent recipe showing him her approval with a thumbs up and right then our protagonist gets a notification telling him that he completed the quest and as he's enjoying his own toast he gets a stream of notifications telling him that he got a bunch of different rewards because of completing the quest successfully like getting a high quality Cho bar and then a new accomplishment has been

recorded in history book and that michelin's interest grew by about 5% and finally he got a pretty special achievement that allows him to now be able to buy items from the bakery a bit later we see our protagonist walking towards Tom and telling him that he just came back from his wife's Bakery Tom recognizing rice asks him if she gave him any chocolate bars our protagonist tells him that she did and that he also Passed her recipe test Tom is really surprised by this saying that his wife must have really liked it as she's not

an easy woman to please Tom then hits his spear to the ground as a way to draw Rice's attention to him and with a confident smile tells him that he'll answer his questions about the basement that he had for him earlier he then tells rise that he can go in this way showing him some underground passage as our protagonist looks down the endless Staircases descending down Tom warns him telling him that there are dangerous monsters down there and that he should be careful but rice is determined and ready to go in as he really wants

to find that Spirit of the Thousand Day fruit tree a bit later we see rice inside the nasty looking underground tunnels as the noises keep coming from every side rise then says that it took a while because of the zombies that he had to f face earlier but that they made a Pretty realistic basement down there he thinks it's pretty cool but he also wishes there wouldn't be such a pungent smell after a few turns he ends up running into a passageway and decides to go that way he peeks in and then hears some sounds

coming from the inside as he gets a better look he sees a hogl looking creature and he draws its attention by stepping onto something that makes a loud sound the hog guy turns towards our protagonist now that He saw it rice thinks thinks that this might be a mob boss and then asks him if he woke him up hog starts slowly turning its entire body towards rice and our protagonist in an attempt to diffuse a situation asks him if they should maybe first talk hog definitely shows his lack of interest in any conversations as he

charges at rice rice starts panicking seeing this huge creature rushing that fast towards him and our protagonist is thinking if it already came to this and He can't prevent them fighting he might as well try and smoothly catch it he then goes into a full battle mode he has to take him down quickly as its meat will get spoiled if it moves around too much and rice can have none of that the sole motivator for him right there is if he catches it properly he'll be able to make Sam gup and a bit later we

see that that big hog stood no chance against our protagonist he's already getting turned into food as rice is roasting its meat Since he's got no rice this time he uses lettuce which he first shakes off to get the water off of it and then he puts two pieces of meat on top next he puts some delicious marinated ties and pieces of slightly GL GL GL garlic grilled garlic and now to finish it off he put some samjang and VOA it's time to eat he tries to take a bite of it but he couldn't resist

putting the whole thing in his mouth and as soon as he closed his mouth he felt the overwhelming Delicious texture it's too dramatic as it feels like nothing else besides this food exists in in the world he's all alone with it everything else compared to it is insignificant and this is what a perfect Sam rap can make you feel Sam I don't know how to pronounce it I'm sorry sorry he even gets a notification telling him that his basic stats go up as our protagonist was thinking of wrapping some of it for later we see

that a little shiny bowl of light comes Out of the hog's body and then goes to Rice the light lingers there for for a moment as rice is thinking about how Sam samal will always be a good choice and comes down to our protagonist's hand rice notices a weird sensation going through his body and then looks at his hand to see what's going on there in his hand is sitting that ball of light now even pulsating with energy and the notification pops up saying that he acquired the spirit of a thousand Day Fruit tree this

makes rice really happy about the situation as he can now relax and eat more of the food without worrying about looking for that Spirit as eating is his priority and there are no two ways about it he can't just believe that the spirit was inside that Hog's body sometimes later we see our protagonist coming out of that basement and calling the sleeping Tom now Tom asks if he found it and rice tells him that he just came from capturing the Monster in the basement Tom is really happy hearing that Rice completed the quest and our

protagonist tells him that he can be relieved now as there's no monsters in the basement anymore Tom then says that their Town burden rice in various ways but rice in his typical humble way tells him that he doesn't need to mention it and thanks him for his help and then he gets a notification telling him that he completed the Basement Quest and gets some magic Stones as a reward and now we see our protagonist in front of that big old tree he approaches it thinking to himself that this must be that thousand Day fruit tree

and wonders if this dead tree can really be revived with just this ball of light he then takes out the bowl of light and starts thinking of how he could do it and if he needs to just bring it close to the tree and right then that bearded guy comes out from behind the tree again rice comes even Closer to the tree and presses it against it producing a huge wave of light now pulsing through the tree with light becoming even brighter than before as soon as he presses the little orb of light into the

tree the tree start slowly absorbing it and the notification comes out saying that the Thousand Day fruit tree is re acting then all of a sudden the entire tree gets overtaken by the light and starts glowing as if completely made of light the shine is so Bright that it makes rice look away so as not to get blinded by it then the tree slowly and gradually stops emitting the light which makes our protagonist look at it again and to his shock the Thousand Day fruit tree now looks completely different from before it looks full of

life with bright green leaves sparkling trunk and some interesting looking fruits that the tree is full of the tree is back to its original form after he used that light Orb on it rice pleasantly curious about the tree searches it with his eyes until he sees the fruits he's surprised that it already is able to Bear fruits and think that the fruit looks really peculiar with his greeny part engulfing the sea-through Main Plum and juicy looking inner part which pequs his interest in how it might taste then all of a sudden a shocked voice comes

from behind rice saying no what's happening when our protagonist turns he sees Tom Staring at the tree in utter astonishment Tom can't believe that the Thousand Day fruit tree is revived and he tells rice that he could see the bright light even from the cemetery which is why he came in a rush our protagonist then enthusiastically explains to him that he found the spirit in the basement and he told him to bring it to the tree which he did and then it started glowing for some time and then finally revived but he's curious where The

promised treasure is as he can't see it anywhere and as Tom starts praising him saying that rice is really amazing our protagonist steps on something and Tom tells him that there's something below his feet rice looks down and indeed he finds something there it looks like a wooden chest which could potentially be the treasure box he's eagerly looking for as he uncovers it he says that the tree had to be alive for him to be able to find the treasure rice Then grabs the treasure box in his hands and then slowly opens it up wondering

what's inside he really can't wait to see what's inside and he finds a wooden Dole and a letter underneath it the notification tells him that he found marn's wooden doll which was Handmade by Marin for his son this is a really curious find but he's not sure what to do with it maybe the letter will explain further what he can do with the doll and how he can use it so then as soon as he Picked up the letter from the box another notification pops out saying that he received a linked Quest where he needs

to return this treasure to Marin ah who would have thought Bros so he's quite interested in this and another follow-up notification window tells him that he gets some magic stones and some money as a reward for completing this Quest as our protagonist is thinking of who this Marin guy could be the bearded man from behind the tree starts intently Speaking at him the bearded man then reaches for the letter and thanks our protagonist for finding his treasure in his own language the rice is now able to fully understand and as soon as rice looks to

see him the letter seems to naturally respond to the guy and comes closer emitting beautiful light and energy we are now able to see the bearded man's memory of his son his son was the one who wrote the letter and he started the letter by greeting his Beloved Dad saying that if he found the letter it would mean that he came back safely but we see that his dad ended up getting stuck badly hurt unable to come back to see his son as he was dying from a fierce battle that he had the letter continues

saying that the kid put his most cherished thing into the treasure box and that he hopes that his dad comes back quickly so that they can find the treasure box together but that was just wishful thinking of this poor boy as his Dad was unable to come to him ever again he died from the Fatal wounds he got in the battle and so Marin Spirit never abandoned the place where his son buried the treasure as now the tree became imbued with his emotions and his passionate desire reflecting his spiritual State the tree died as his

feelings died and the tree could come back to life as his hopes never abandoned him he knew that his son had an immense love for him rice Thoughtfully pondering over these memories concludes that Maron couldn't meet his son again because he died before he could reach home home and even after he died he wanted to find his son's memories which is why he couldn't leave this place and this is why it's called Marin's treasure the spirit of Marin then enters the letter and disappears with a flicker of light rice is standing with his eyes closed

in front of the letter and telling Marin to Have a good rest and Tom is absolutely flabbergasted seeing this he asks in a panicky way if that person that was just there was Undead maybe and now we see that some of the Town's people are coming out and noticing that the tree is alive again they are praising our protagonist for his achievement saying that he's amazing just like they heard one of the guys says that R got the first place in lerton last time which is what you can expect from popular users As they are

quite different in everything they do and we can see that he drew attention from another cloaked person giving him a side glance as if critically evaluating him one of the guys picking up the fruit says that the tree already bore fruits and that it's been a long time since it last had any fruits he then offers that unique looking fruit to Rice saying that he deserves to eat the first one since he is the one that revived the tree in the First place he hands him the fruit telling him that he should have a bite

as a celebration for Reviving the tree and our protagonist in his usually humble manner accepts it the people around him see the special fruit being passed to rice and they in goes up is they recognize it as the Thousand Day fruit trees fruit one of them suggests that they should try it after rice leaves our protagonist then has a try of the fruit and just when he thought Nothing could surprise him anymore in terms of taste this fruit achieves that the taste is difficult to describe but this might be the ultimate Taste of a fruit

the sweetness is similar to that of a mango and this forms the base of the taste The Taste is perfectly blended with different different kinds of fruits Each of which contributes to This Magnificent Pinnacle of fruitness the scents are also present as a mix where he can feel the distinctive fruits put Together each time he smells he smells a different fruit that immediately Blends into another fruit the yellow notification comes up saying that this is the yellow fruit and it increases saity by crazy 200 points just when he catches the taste of banana the other

tastes overtake and then he feels he ate a strawberry and then a peach etc etc rice concludes that this kind of taste is impossible to achieve in the real world then he gets another red Notification saying that he just consumed the red fruit where the first one increased his Earth attribute and this one increases his fire attribute our protagonist is lost in the freshness the fruit offers satisfying his deepest cravings for something refreshing then the blue fruit notification pops up saying that his water attribute incre this time and then interrupting his degustation ritual with a

sound of puff meow shows up and lands on Rice's Shoulder our protagonist seeing his little kitty back is overwhelmed with happiness his meow is finally back meow too looks at him with an expression of love and rice as he couldn't hold back anymore grabs meow and starts aggressively hugging him displaying just how much he missed him saying that meow finally came back to him we can see the pain of the poor little fellow being squeezed with hugs way too much and as our protagonist was telling meow how he Missed him a lot some masked guys

approach him with one of them pointing at rice and saying that he is the person they are looking for they come close to our protagonist and one of them asks rice if he was the one that revived the tree our protagonist seeing these dangerous looking people asks them to identify themselves the mass guy that imposes himself as the group's leader tells rice in a rather threatening tone that the tree is owned by them night Gentlemen and since our protagonist has medal with it he'll have to be coming with them meow feeling this guy's threatening presence

changes his expression to that of Suspicion and anger as rice was trying to figure out who these people are and if he finds their name any familiar the mass guy reaches for rice to attack him but meow with his quick pause stops him by slapping his hand away from our protagonist our protagonist then starts Realizing what is going on and then a notification window shows up saying that an epic hidden Quest opened for him and that he has a chance of winning Lord's treasure if he completes the quest and in case he fails he lose

minus 50 of all his stats the mass guy pulling a knife then stoically tells rice that it would be for the best if he just comes with them without making any fuss because if he decides to resist then he'll give them no other choice rice immediately Accepts the quest where he needs to survive against night gentlemen for 3 minutes our protagonist is pretty confident he can do it as he immediately goes into his full battle mode meow to looks really ready for the battle as well the night gentlemen are already leaping forward attacking our protagonist

but he's doing pretty well defending himself against them as he even manages to blast one of them with his powerful sword attack meow is also Doing a great job distracting one of them by barraging him with his vicious little POS but the mask guys are Relentless their leader orders them to First Take Care of meow as it presents them a bit of an issue rice hearing this gets even more fired up as he says that he won't allow losing meow again one of the mass guys reaches for meow being seconds away from grabbing him and

then our protagonist come rushing in shouting to meow to stay back and then setting Himself up to perform his double slash attack but then suddenly he gets interrupted by a different attack that creates Cyclone out of nothing seeing this rice is bewildered and is trying to figure out what just happened and we see that redhaired wizard from before with his hands up charged up from the spell he just performed he then in a smug and arrogant fashion says that it's disgraceful for a person that came in the first place by defeating him to Struggle here

with this Quest the redhaired magician also known as romantic magician is now summoning up a new powerful magic attack and tells rise that they should wrap this up fast our protagonist is really glad to see him and then thanks him for helping him we can see that it's because of a romantic magician's help that little meow was able to escape and return back to Rice our protagonist then tells the magician that there's a problem and it's the fact That he's too busy today which means he won't be able to cook for him romantic magician gets

a bit upset hearing this and tells rice that he didn't even expect him to get something in return one of the knights gentlemen notices that they now have to deal with a magician as well so they decide to take both of them out romantic magician is not intimidated by them in the slightest and tells them that they're just trash mobs but that he'll still have a go at Them and then he summons up his fire master attack but it doesn't stop there as he develops another attack from it called fire curtain sending the blazing fire

all around himself engulfing all of their enemies that were approaching them in an attempt to attack him we can see the night gentlemen burning but they are managing to endure it meanwhile we already see our protagonist in action using his double slash to take one of the enemies down he seemed to have used The distraction of the Romantic magician to send his own Swift strike the Romantic magician then shouts from the other side to Rice telling him to use the long range attack once his flame damage starts properly kicking in rice hears him loud and

clear and immediately comes up with a long range attack that he had hasn't used in a bit which is his magical bow continuous shot and as soon as rice notices changes in the fire and how their opponents react he sends his Shower of arrows shots at them covering the whole Battlefield in bright purple soon after he gets a notification telling him that he managed to survive 3 minutes and that the quest is now finally over rice asks the magician if it's over and the Romantic magician confirms saying that it ended too quickly he also asks

if any other quests appeared for him and our protagonist tells him that the notification didn't say anything about other quests we see That adorable meow is still ready for any fights coming his way magician tells rice that there might be more waves to come and rice is not sure what that means so he asks about it the Romantic magician disappointed with Rice's lack of gaming knowledge tells him that that means that more attackers might be incoming our protagonist is surprised by this and then tells meow if it's still dangerous that he should stay away and

then suddenly a dark commanding Voice Ask Of Who Dar to revive the Thousand Day fruit tree as he pleased they both turn in the direction where the voice was coming from and the magician remarks that it's as he expected the quest hasn't ended yet and now we see a guy with a huge blade on his shoulder coming out of the smoke he tells him that the Thousand fruit tree is theirs a notification window then appears saying that this is the top night gentleman and another notification tells rice to Defeat him as a quest the top

night gentleman tells them in a commanding way that they are going against them without any fear and as he says that he'll present them to the despair of Eternal Night the red flames burst out of his blade and second after he's already attacking them with his attack Cresent Moon romantic magician quickly draws his power out to defend against this quick and mighty attack but he knows he late as the was so fast that he couldn't even React in time but the magician is not giving up and is's holding on to his magical Shield even though

it's slowly breaking under the pressure of the red blade just when the shield was about to give away Epicure shows up smashing the shield back into the top knight and in that way stopping the attacks momentum the magician is really shocked seeing Epicure as he asks him why he is there Epicure tells him that he's there because he saw in his friend's list that R was in a battle and so he thought he could help him with it he then gets a better look of romantic magician and questions who he is the magician is salty

and reminds him that he was the second place in the labberton defense match and our protagonist joyfully thanks Epicure for helping them as they start arguing whether there was a second place in the competition the top night gentleman gets really enraged seeing them not even paying attention to him The top knight gentleman then launches another powerful strike telling them that he'll take them all down in just one blow and then we hear a huge blast as the things go dark in the meantime in jiu's apartment we see hgam bringing him some food telling his brother

that the food they ordered arrived however jiu is stillo focused on something he's working on and isn't saying anything back to his brother his brother repeats it again asking if he's busy with work jiu tells Him to be quiet as he's currently working and shouldn't be bothered he adds that he'll eat later and that haam can feel free to eat the food now hagum has nothing against that proposition and unpacks all of the food he brought and he got some jock ball lunch boxes and they really look amazing and still fresh like it's just taken

out of the kitchen he first has a bite of dipped bones which feel really nice and chewy the chewy skin and juicy lean meat is Terrific and then there's also the salty juice which adds extra flavor he thinks that if you are Korean it's impossible to resist such a taste he also thinks that jock B should go with magu but this time he wants to eat it with warm rice okay let me try again maguku dobal are these pronunciations good Bros let me know down in the comments now back to the story and as soon

as he taste it the perfectly made Rice hits his taste buds the tender grains of rice are dancing Alongside salty meat the taste of the food makes this YouTuber cry with passion he's moved by how heavenly The Taste is and just like that he eats all of the food from his lunchbox the guy literally inhaled that lunchbox like it was nothing coming back to this world from that Exquisite experience he then turns towards his brother and tells him that he already ate so he wonders when ji Wu would eat seeing his brother so concentrated he

then asks him what kind Of work is he so busy with and we see jiu watching one of the new interviews with GK where GK is asked about his thoughts on jiu's statement that all his previous work was just for practice the interviewer says that she thought he'd be upset with that since he worked with him previously GK just confidently laughs it off saying that he doesn't feel much about it and that the song is Art made both by the composer and singer and the song jiu couldn't complete on His own he needed him as

the key piece to be able to complete the song GK continues saying that he thinks that it's because of him that the song's charms were maximized the interviewer admires gk's confidence and says that he proved it by dominating the charts jiu is watching this interview but in his eyes we see that he's preparing something big he thinks GK is absolutely Shameless for saying that he completed the song that jiu couldn't complete jiu Then gets up from his chair thinking to himself that he actually agrees with his statement that a song is Art made by both

composer and singer and we see that he has dong W on his mind as he's thinking about this he says that it's the same just like the song he's making with dong W jiu then turns towards his brother saying that rather than wasting time thinking about all this he should eat The Lunchbox his brother brought for him but we see that hgam is already Having at his brother's meal jiu is extremely ped off seeing this and starts shouting at his brother asking him why is he stealing his food and telling him to give it back

throwing all kinds of insults at him haug him tells him that he won't give it back as jiu wasn't coming so he thought he wasn't even going to eat the food and it's a shame if the food this Exquisite goes cold we now see Mir on the phone talking to the boss to learn about Jay Young's parents She's asking him if he connected them yet and she hopes they can hear from his parents soon and finally solve the issue with jayun the boss says that it's a relief that they received the business card with jayun

dad's name on it and at the time they got that card nobody would have known that it would come in so handy in dealing with jayun situation Mei really likes the kid and she hopes they can find his parents as jum always gets sad when he's asked about his Parents Mary as she was thoughtfully thinking about this situation and looking at the fish in her fish tank says that she hopes to hear good news and then she says bye to the boss adding that they'll see each other tomorrow as soon as she hangs up we

see that she's pretty worried about the kid and that she doesn't want him to go through any more of these uncomfortable issues that will make make him feel uneasy she's really curious where his parents are It's such a strange occurrence she thinks and right then the game chat beeps and Mei immediately looks to see what's going on and it's a message from jiu asking her if she'd like to play the game with him we can see that this makes her happy as she changes her facial expression thinking how much juu likes the game and now

back in the game rice magician and Epicure are fighting the battle with the top knight they're doing pretty great with how synch I they seem To be with Epicure at the Forefront charging up his powerful punch rice in the middle launching his sword attack and the Romantic magician in the back following it up with some powerful magic then Epicure turns towards the magician calling him a second place magician which insults the Romantic magician and tells him to use his ultimate attack immediately rice defending the top Knights overwhelming vicious attacks with his shield slightly panicking tells

The magician that their defense is already pretty high but that he needs to perform his attack as soon as possible the top knight as he's attacking them tells them that if they keep up with this that they'll die romantic magician understanding the seriousness of the situation already charges up his attack hurricane and sends it off towards the top Knight's Direction the wind he produces is really fast and intense that it blows all of their enemies in an Instant defeating them all at once seeing this Epicure gives props to him by telling him that he's pretty

strong for a second Placer romantic magician is still not over this name and gets triggered being called second Placer he tells Epicure that his name is romantic magician and that's how he should call him but Epicure just ignores him what a Savage our protagonist analyzing the situation on the ground concludes that the quest seems to have ended Epicure However is not interested in this and asks rice if he can cook for him saying that a new menu would be great for him rice apologizes to him telling that he doesn't have any ingredients which means that

he can't make anything now now a really annoyed looking magician tells our protagonist that it seems that they dealt with the situation and that R doesn't need his help anymore our protagonist thanks him for his help and right when he was about to mention his Way of repaying him the Romantic magician stops him and tells him that he doesn't need anything as he managed to level up during this Quest and how that's sufficient for him he then adds that instead he'll get first place for the next event when it happens and they better stay on

their toes for that Tom then approaches them being old dramatic and in panic and calls them to get their attention and then bowing down says that right then they have a big emergency Rice seeing him flustered then asks what the problem is and how they can help Tom tells them that those night gentlemen captured his friend Jerry and as soon as our protagonist starts thinking if this is the part of the linked Quest the notification comes up telling rice to rescue Jerry which answers his question then all of a sudden meow starts glowing with the

light passing through his whole little body and then a notification window comes up saying that meow has Grown and that he got a new skill called catloaf meow looks really happy about this now getting a new shine seeing him all cute like that Rice couldn't resist picking him up and then snuggl into him really hard saying proudly how his cat has now all grown up Epicure seeing this and feeling slightly weirded out tells rise that he'll be taking his leave then our protagonist tells Epicure that he'll be doing that Quest right away and asks him

if he wants to join he says that he Can share the quest with him if he accompanies him and seeing The Epicure is not too convinced rice tells him that he'll gather ingredients along the way and cook something delicious for him this quickly persuades Epicure that he immediately accepts Rice's request then sometimes later we see Jerry friend of Tom all tied up and blindfolded he notices someone approaching him so he asks who's there and if they are from the Sun Group it's our protagonist and He tells him not to worry as his friend Tom asks

him to help him rise then introduces himself with Epicure in the background keeping a lookout rice however is curious about the Sun Group Jerry mentioned so he asks him about that and as Jerry was about to explain it a voice questions who is making a fuss in his front front yard as they look on the side there's a guy in Long ropes holding a wooden staff and summoning up some green orbs obviously Charging up an attack rice recognizes this and immediately grabs Jerry and throws him back away from the attack telling Epicure to take care

of him however he threw Jerry so hard that he smashed right in Epic Cure's head making him get a nose bleed confused Jerry asks Epicure if he's okay and Epicure tells him that it hurts a little bit then some creatures starts coming up from the ground and the guy with the staff tells them that he'll give them the most Horrible deaths possible he then orders the creatures to devour all the trespassers and getting a better look at the creatures our protagonist is absolutely creeped out by them and she realizes that these are zombies and there's

a lot of these scary mindless people eating creatures rice seeing that meow is running off for an attack tells it to be careful as these zombies might be more tricky than they look meow however is not phased by any of this as It fearlessly rushes towards one of these creepy zombies meow then leaps up really high saying some angry stuff in his cat language and right when he achieved the top height and when he was exactly over the zombies he increases in his size and then drops down with a huge speed flattening everything underneath his

body this was his new attack cat loaf our protagonist seeing this falls in love with a huge fluffy meow actually when he's big we got to call him meow It's so cute and meow is just a big ball of fur their enemy now covered in smoke that was created by meow's attack condescendingly tells them that it's not going to be as easy as they imagined they won't be able to get rid of his zombies in one go but as he was saying this epicur was already launched at him with his punch completely charged up Epicure

with a fierce look on his face flying towards the shocked man with a staff tells him that the attack is not Over yet and as the guy didn't have enough time to react to avoid the attacks because Epicure was way too fast he gets an uppercut right on the chin the man with the staff gets hit so hard that he sent flying in the sky Team Rocket style from Pokemon Jerry seeing the man with the staff getting punched so hard is really surprised how strong Epicure is against one of the night gentlemen Epicure looking down

on his enemy with his fist clenched tells him That he's nothing while our pretend his fan girl in heart for Epicure saying that he's SOG the night gentleman was definitely hurt badly but is still in the game and ready for some retribution he then releases some kind of purple smoke gradually covering the entire Terrain in it rice notices what's happening and tells Epicure that it's still not over and that they should be careful the things are getting tricky is they now Hear the nasty zombie sounds without actually seeing the zombies themselves Epicure then tells rice

that he's blinded and asks him if he's in the same situation and our protagonist tells him that he thinks that this is the result of the enemy's magic he also adds that they can't fight like this as they can't see what they are fighting against and we can now see that rice and Epicure are slowly being surrounded by these creepy zombies from all sides and rice is doing His best to figure out a way out of this terrible situation and just as things start getting really hopeless a pair of green glowing eyes show up from

the deep Darkness with a voice behind them calling our protagonist and epicur his name and we see that it's Eliza The Alchemist and she's holding some kind of green lit goggles and she confidently walks through the crowd of these zombies she asks him what are they doing there and rice recognizes her voice asks if That's actually her our protagonist still can't see anything but he kind of recognizes Eliza's voice so he asks what she's doing here and Rise being uncomfortably blinded by the night's gentle magic figures out that there's a more important question now which

is where is Eliza now Eliza kind of shows up right next to him cheerfully telling him that she's right there she then asks our protagonist if he has the explorability as that skill will reduce The effect of blind which is the magic that the night gentleman used on them and we see that rice is pretty shocked about learning this since he too has this skill and he just didn't know how or when to use it and as soon as he turns it on he can immediately see a bit now and then thanks Eliza for telling

him about it even though it's still quite foggy and unclear he finally starts seeing zombies and other things Eliza is surprised that our protagonist Also has the explore skill since she thought that that's a skill specific to certain types of professions she then excitedly shows him her goggles and tells him that these are night vision goggles made by her Alchemy profession she seems really proud about it and continued saying that she completed making these goggles and then came there to test their performance but she thinks that he might be in some danger and now asks

him if he needs some help I guess She apparently can't see the zombies Bros and as they were having a calm chat we see Epicure busying himself with zombies punching them the hardest He's Able while being blind rice tells Eliza that they do have a problem and actually lots of them thinking about all the zombies surrounding them hearing this Eliza goes into a full badass mode first metal shield starts constructing itself on the spot with this different bits coming together like she's Tony Stark And then she constructs this four cannon gun that looks a bit

too large for her and as soon as it's completely formed she already charges up an attack she also constructs a sight to have a better aim with her gun and then she fires her gun sending a huge Blast from her four cannon gun blazing everything in its wake Eliza is pretty confident in her weapon as she says that with this powerful of an attack all of these monsters should be quickly eliminated But to her utter shock even though Heavenly burnt the zombies are left standing still relentlessly advancing towards them they are still alive she exclaims

and the creepy zombies are even creepier with their burn marks now our protagonist then tells Eliza that he thinks that zombies can resurrect which would make it pointless to keep attacking them they need to attack the night gentleman wizard that keeps them up with his spells Eliza is still Bewildered by them surviving the attack and realizing what T told her she tells his that she just used her special attack and that it'll take an hour for its cool down time to recharge hearing their chatter Epicure is still blind as he doesn't have the Explorer ability

and he's asking them what's going on our protagonist is now worried about the situation and he asking Eliza to borrow her night vision goggles and in return he'll cook her a delicious meal Eliza is Really happy with this Arrangement and she happily hands her goggles over to Rice our protagonist then takes those goggles and gives it to Epicure thinking that he can do most with them now without delaying anything Epicure puts the night vision goggles on and immediately spots the wizard he tells rise that he sees him and then launches at him easily breaking through

a solid row of zombies blocking his path the wizard sees him coming and this time He's more aware of the level of threat Epicure brings so he summons up his other spell as his stuff gets engulfed with flames he then points it at Epicure telling him that he'll burn him to a crisp and then he fires off a huge blast of fire Cyclone Spurling around towards Epicure the fire streams are too unpredictable so one of them reaches Epicure hitting him in the back Epicure wraps himself with his cloak to reduce the damage and right seeing

this screams Out epic's name as he's afraid for him this gives the wizard some confidence back as he says that they are just some bucks and that they never had any chance against him to begin with but as the smoke was settling down we see a silhouette of Epicure Still Standing firm as the members of the leftover fire are still flying around him not even waiting for the smoke to clear out he launches yet another attack this one looking even more powerful than the last With his sole focus on his opponent and this time the

wizard definitely had no chance of defending himself as Epicure hits the wizard knocking his staff out of his hand the wizard is terrified of this as he looks back for his staff screaming in agony as the blood splashes everywhere and not soon after we see some Dark Energy gathering around him Epicure gives him a fierce look and we see that he's ready to have another go at him as the wizard was saying that he Worked so hard to have this much power and that he can't afford losing it he starts absorbing that dark energy that

now Reveals His true nature as the horns start growing from his head but Epicure had enough of him and tells him to shut up as he reaches for him grabbing the dark Wizard's entire head in his fist the wizard is absolutely pet petrified and Epicure then tells him that he is too noisy and then lifts him up holding him like that in his one hand and then Quickly pierces his body with his other fist immediately killing him off he then throws him on the side with Epicure cooling down his anger as his stoically stands there

the notification window comes up saying that they completed the quest of saving Jerry and then all of a sudden the dark Veil starts getting lifted and disappearing our protagonist says that he can finally clearly see everything and then as he looks at the body of the defeated enemy the Notification comes up saying that they've defeated the dark follower hatun rice is really surprised by this because he didn't know that the Wizard's real identity was that of a dark follower Jerry Peaks out from the bush checking out if the air is clear and if he can

come out from hiding Jerry then sees something and is left speechless just standing there with his mouth wide open as if he just saw a ghost He suddenly breaks his silence and says that it's Impossible rice seeing him looking terrified like this asks him what's going on and what's impossible and Jerry then points at the zombie L on the floor or what used to be zombies and tells him about the tattoos they have on their bodies the tattoos of little son he then says that these zombies were his comrades Jerry continues saying that he wasn't

aware that his comrades that were captured were actually turned into zombies by the night gentlemen learning This fact makes our protagonists really angry thinking of dark followers capturing innocent people and using them as experiments he can forgive them for what they did to them then rise's rage gets interrupted by Jerry falling down to his knees from exhaustion as he went through a lot while being captured and seeing his friends in that miserable State definitely didn't help him either ryen tells him that he must be hungry having been captured for so long Jerry With the's nonstop

coming down his face tells him even though his comrades were turned into zombies his stomach still keeps rumbling for food and he doesn't feel too great about this but it is what it is our protagonist approaches him and puts a hand on his shoulder telling him that it's fine and that it's a relief that he's alive and well at least to comfort him even further he tells him that he'll make him something delicious for him to satiate his hunger first our Protagonist then goes into his inventory window to check what kind of things he's got

but it looks pretty desolate there it seems he used most of it already but we see Epicure calling rice showing him some stuff that he's got Epicure tells him that he has some consumables with him and rice turns his head and is pleasantly surprised to see epic's ingredients that immediately give him an idea of what he should make and in the meantime we see jiu having a stroll with D w d w all excited tells jiu that he was so focused during the recording that he didn't even realize it was dinner time already jiu says

that he too was focused on work and lost track of the time himself jiu tells him that he worked really hard the whole day and now as a reward he wants to treat him to dinner donuk laughs hearing this and says that actually the song he wrote was just great so it didn't even feel like work for him he didn't get much tired Working on it and this seems to have gotten to jiu's head too much so that he then says that he was the one who made the song so of course it would be

great and Don wuk is just innocently watching him being full of himself he just hopes that the company presents the song well and its promotion is is a big part of a song's success jiu then stopping himself says that they should think about that later and that now they should just focus on getting a dinner for themselves Jiu asks Don wuk if he had checked the games Community lately and jiu tells him that he didn't log in quite for some time as he wanted to only focus on recording this song right now jiu tells him

that he knows that R clear that Baker request in Pyon and he also heard that he managed to revive the Thousand Day fruit tree Don w tells him that that's something they could expect of rice but still he wonders how is rice so good at the game they finally arrive at Some restaurant with jiu saying that he heard that this place is pretty good with delicious food they both get excited thinking about food as jiu asks him if he'd like chicken and just thinking about it Don wook's mouth starts watering and as they were entering

the restaurant jiu says that he wants to enjoy Rice's chicken specially made by rice in the game he continues by saying that he already asked him about it but at Rice told him that he didn't Have an important ingredient which he needs to make it really well and that ingredient is and before he could finish it we see a transition back to our protagonist in the game finally finding that ingredient which is chicken powder and rice looks like he found real gold as he looks at it with absolute awe our protagonist is ecstatic about holding

this cooking treasure in his hands and as rice starts suggesting the food he can make with it for Jerry and others Jerry still despondent tells him that he's not interested as his comrades have been reduced to such a state he says that even if he's hungry he doesn't have the appetite to eat any food and so rice doesn't have to waste his energy for him Bros this just reminded me of the worst feeling ever this is like when you feel so depressed or so sad that you don't even have appetite to eat but you're hungry

H I don't know if you ever felt like this before but I hope you didn't Anyways our protagonist looks at him with compassion eyes and then optimistically tells him that he still needs to eat to lift up his spirits Jerry just needs to wait for a bit meow too is smiling in his support for the sad Jerry the notification window pops up saying that rumors about rice are spreading amongst the people of Pyon the next notification says that our protagonist has contributed to pyron's development for what he's getting 20 Points of Fame that it says

that his achievement has been recorded in the history book and now we have have rice in his Pawn kitchen thinking to himself how it seems that when he clears the night gentleman quests that the Pyon Town develops he wonders if this means that once Pyon develops further the town will become livelier that would be really nice and he can check on the town's progress more as he clears the quests as they come but for now rice Thinks that he should be focusing on making some chicken as he finally got this powder so he starts with

his cooking first removing the entrails of the chicken and then chops the chicken into nice big chunks he then adds some form form fresh milk right farm fresh milk and after that he adds an egg and then 1.5 spoons of salt and pepper gently massages the marinade onto the chicken and it already looks like it's ready our Chef first wants to let the Chicken marinate for some time is that will increase the absorption of ingredients by chicken next he takes the Thousand-Year pot but before putting it in he first needs to sift the seasoning with

the butter onto the marinade as this way the Coen is thinner and yet crunchier now it's the time for the Thousand-Year pot where he needs to let the chicken rest in the marinade again for 30 minutes he then sets up a timer on the pot and gets a notification that The timer is complete rice now with his kitchen thongs up in the air says that frying prep is done and that it's time for the second part which is cooking the actual food Meow is excited as well for this one and our protagonist first puts the

coated chicken piece in the oil and then starts frying it lightly after that he removes the excess oil and then cuts a slit in the chicken and this way the meat inside will get cooked evenly without too much oil making the flavor Thicker and then after that he needs to put it back and fry it once more this is what will give it even more juiciness we see that the wonderful smell of chicken being fried reached both Epicure and Eliza and that they are both salivating for food since they can't wait to eat this new

meal that rice is cooking as the smell is irresistible epicer in his usual stoic fashion asks rice if the food is done already as he can't wait for it any longer and rice busy with the Cooking tells him that it's almost finished the chicken is prepared now and all he's left to do is to mix some of the sauce he made earlier onto half of the chicken pieces to add variety to it this will make it much more interesting to eat and voila Rice's special fried chicken is complete and he serves it with a homemade

drink made by Ferguson's father as this is a special occasion the chicken looks really amazing with the normal one bean of yellowish sparkly Color and the other one with the sauce being of slightly dark brownish variety Eliza is astonished seeing this saying that being able to eat this type of coated chicken in the game is truly amazing and then she starts praising rice for it she loves this y Yum Chicken a lot Epicure is really excited about it in his own emotionless way our protagonist then walk looks up to Jerry who is still struggling with

his emotions with all the things that he Witnessed and then offers him a plate of cod chicken our protagonist tells him with a genuine concern to have some as is during these trying times is when he has to have strength and eat well Eliza being a smartass continues off of rice in her persuation to get him to eat something saying that living through hard times means that he needs strength which she can get from food and she also adds that Jerry should take Rice's sincerity into account Jerry's convinced By this and then tells our protagonist

that he'll accept this sincerity by having just one piece of it Jerry then almost with reluctance reaches for the chicken and then tries it and then all of a sudden he can feel the warmth from it it brings the memories or rather a vision of his friends in front of him and each one of them seems happy they ask him about his mom's health and tell him that there's no reason to feel so gloomy and that he should cheer up Jerry Seeing them in this happy state gets really emot emotional and starts shedding tears once

again but this time he feels he's surrounded with the presence of his friends he then says in a longing way that it would have been nice to share this meal with everyone but he continues eating the food telling rice that it's really really delicious our protagonist is just looking at him proudly thinking to himself that he's glad that Jerry's appetite is coming Back he then goes for a piece of chicken himself as it's been a long time since he had any he wonders if it's cooked nicely as he he's about to get his first bite

in and as soon as he tries it the rich taste explode in his mouth the crunchy Coen with a juicy tender meat he gets a bit emotional himself as he's finally able to eat fried chicken in the game it's an experience he never thought he'd have even though he was one to make it he still can't believe how delicious It is rice then decides to try the other variety of chicken that he made the one with Y Yen sauce and he adds Ferguson's father's drink in the mix he slowly peels the crunchy surface of the

chicken with his mouth and then eats it and then even nibbles on the bones as The Taste was still left in them our protagonist thinks to himself that it's really great having Savory young Yum Chicken followed by a sip of a refreshing drink it's really the perfect combination as they All finished and got full with Rice's cooking especially meow I mean look at the little Kitty's stomach Jerry then starts talking about who the sun group is he says that it's a group that was made to oppose the night gentlemen who control Pyon rice asks if

Tom is part of the group as well which Jerry confirms and he continues saying that the issue escalated as the night gentleman's Authority has grown much stronger where there's no area in Pyon town that is not Controlled by them and the members from the secretly formed Sun Group opposing the night gentlemen are getting abducted he also says that his comrades who were abducted became zombies at the hands of the night gentlemen and this makes him emotional again as he starts thinking of his Fallen friends before sadness completely overtakes him again rice asks him about how

he knew that the zombies were his comrades for sure Jerry showing rice his own s tattoo tells him that It's because of the S tat that he recognize them he adds that this tattoo is usually hidden by the Captain's Magic and that it only appears when the members are proving themselves our protagonist then curiously asks who is the captain of the Sun Group Jerry frantically shakes his head in negation apologizing to rice for not being able to tell him that as an outsider Jerry can't reveal any more details on it our protagonist then thinks to

himself that He'll have to look into this matter on his own he's just surprised that this link Quest continues for so long and wonders until when will it continue because the scale of the quest seems to be much bigger than he initially expected rise then tells Epicure and Eliza that it's pretty late now and that he'll escort Jerry back to the town and then log off he wonders what two of them will do Eliza tells him that she's going to do some more farming in the forest And cabin and Epicure from the back odly says

that he'll do the same our protagonist then waving at them tells him he'll then leave first and says his bu to them Eliza all positive and enthusiastic lets rice know that he did well as Epicure tells her that they should go together and then we see chatter in the city interrupted by Tom loudly Shout shouting Jerry's name as soon as he sees him approaching the town they Embrace each other with Tom telling Him that he's so relieved to see that he is alive and safe Jerry tells him that he's alive thanks to him a notification

window then comes up saying that another linked Quest is completed by our protagonist and rice is now thinking to himself how he didn't expect these two meeting would be a quest as well Tom expresses his gratitude to our protagonist and tells him that he owes him a big favor rice joyfully tells him that he's just happy that Jerry's safe And then takes his leave and as he was leaving rise hears Tom and Jerry Bros bros I'm so stupid I just realized now they are Tom and Jerry oh my God anyways he hears him discussing the

fact that Tom got one of his forgotten Memories Back Jerry asks him if that means that he's free from the devil King's Oblivion and then asks him to tell him exactly what kind of memory he forgot but Tom says that he's too embarrassed to mention it and that they should discuss It later our protagonist thinks to himself that there's so much more to this linked Quest and that he's really curious about it but since he already spent quite some time in the game he'll log off for now and then our protagonist logs off now opening

his eyes in real life he sits up in his bed and then thoughtfully starts thinking about the game arum thinks that the game is really well written from the night gentleman and dark followers to the Sun Group 2 This link Quest is surprisingly pretty long Aram then pulls out out his phone thinking that he should check the games Cafe which is the game forum for some information is there might be some information available that is related to Pyon and as he Scrolls Down The Forum to his absolute shock the first news he comes across is

that the old man LEL is in his critical condition he can't believe that lel's health is so bad now a little bit of time passes and on a Fine Sunday morning we see Mr limb coming to his restaurant only to see Aram busy in himself with cleaning the place Mr Lim asks him why did he come so early today and our protagonist tells him that it's because he woke up earlier than usual today so he thought to drop by the restaurant and do something useful Mr limb is really happy hearing this saying that it's very

reassuring having such a diligent Chef around he also adds that there's some time before They open the restaurant so Aram can take it easy Mr limb then sits down and takes some newspapers to read and he comes across the ex zct news Aram saw before that a chairman from a big entertainment company is in a critical condition Mr Lim think this is unfortunate and getting reminded of this our protagonist changes his expression and gets all serious all of a sudden he then gets Mr Lim's attention by first apologizing and then asking him if he Can

get a day off today Mr Li is caught off guard hearing this and Aram continues apologizing again for asking for this so suddenly Mr Lim gets a bit curious about about it and asks Aram if something happened our protagonist then says that he actually is a bit acquainted with the chairman that in this critical condition and then he continues by saying that he promised they'd meet but that he got too preoccupied with stuff that he wasn't Able to deliver on that promise Aram as he's squeezing his broom even tighter says that the chairman is in

such a bad condition and that he feels like he should really go to meet him as soon as he can his boss as he was looking at our protagonist intently while Aon was speaking closes his eyes with sigh and tells him that he can go our protagonist is actually surprised by this as he didn't expect Mr limb would let him go so easily as Aram is the chef here the Only Chef Aram questions the boss's decision but Mr Lim tells him that it's not like closing the restaurant for a day so it's not a big

deal and then he says that they can just list this day as a special day off for Jung young restaurant Mr Lim then gets up from his chair and walks up to Aram placing his hand on his shoulder he then tells him to go quickly and meet with the chairman while he can still do it he also adds that he'll close up the restaurant and Go somewhere with jayun where they make delicious food Aram is speechless seeing how considerate his boss is Aram tells him that he'll come back as soon as he can and now

we see our protagonist at the sky University Hospital as he gets in he asks if this is the right Hospital where chairman LEL was admitted to Aram is thinking to himself that he called the company and asked them where the chairman was and they told him that it's this hospital but he's still not sure Who should he look for we see that the reason they gave him the location is because he introduced himself as rice first and then as arum and now lady approaches our protagonist and thanks our protagonist for coming she says that the

Chairman's Health has worsened so that he can't personally meet him and because of that they have no other choice but to meet there she continues saying that she's the chairman secretary Yola and then she points him in Direction and tells him to go that way as Aram was following her he asks her if the Chairman's condition is really that bad and secretary IUN stops for a moment and then with a worried expression on her face tells him that it actually is Aram is feeling pretty bad thinking that if he knew that his condition was this

bad he would have gone to visit him sooner he's kind of regretting it now and Miss Yun then tells him that the chairman said that he wanted to repay Him for the great cooking he did for him our protagonist is flabbergasted hearing this and says that he doesn't understand what the chairman meant by that she then looks back at him and tells him that he can choose between 50 million one in cash or an Intel of that value it takes arm several moments to process the sum of money that big he then all of a

sudden shouts repeating the amount of money to her she confirms it and says that in the future if he requests for Their help they'll help him with no questions asked and they'll do that up to three times Aram is utterly shocked not understanding what he did to deserve such a payback as it was just one plate of Sashimi in the game and nothing more Miss IUN thoughtfully tells him that that one plate of Sashimi was the Chairman's final wish in life Bros I can't do this this is story is getting too sad for me she

continues saying that to the chairman that one meal of aram's Meal was worth 50 million one because that was his own value for it our protagonist is left speechless now understanding where the chairman might have come from with this decision even though to think that a plate of in-game Sashimi would give him this much money is still difficult to comprehend but he also thinks to himself now more proud of himself that rather than money he's really happy that his cooking could make someone's final wish come true Miss I Then knocks on the door and then

hands in her business card to our protagonist she tells him that whenever he's in some need he should contact her through the number on the card he awkwardly takes the card and thanks her but says that he doesn't think he can accept this offer from them she then tells him that she insists and this is what the chairman wants she then all intense tells him that she'll have to reject his rejection so that he better accept it not knowing How to respond to this Checkmate move Aram just accepts it just a few moments after they

finally arrive on the floor where the chairman is and then they enter the room with the chairman leel in the bed with the doctor next to him checking his condition and we also see another person standing there looking at who came in the man recognizes the secretary and greets her Miss Eun and then asks the doctor about the Chairman's condition he tells her with Disappointment on his face that the situation is not looking too bright for him and he continues by saying that they better get ready for the worst case scenario and now we see

both the secretary and the man that was in the hospital room prior looking upon chairman leel with an expression of grief and worry since they really cared about him the man then notices our protagonist in the back and asks Miss Eun of who he is she tells him that the Chairman met our protagonist in the game called real and she tells him that his name is Aram Aram a bit uncomfortable introduces himself and the guy tells him that he's heard of him before and that he is the Chairman's son Park bogil he then approaches our

protagonist closer and extends his hand to shake his hand saying that as a situation didn't allow him he wasn't able to greet him properly Aram tells him that he understands and that it really isn't the best time bogul Then points at the chairman and tells him that that's his father the chairman Neal and as our protagonist looks at him he sees A Very Old Man barely hanging on to his life it's a scene that makes him pity The Old Man and Miss ion calls the Chairman's name in hopes that he'd wake up and see Aram

there but there is no response the only sound comes from the machine checking liel's Vital Signs and nothing more Aram is thinking to himself now realizing that this is why Mr liel Couldn't eat Sashimi in real life it's a really sad sight to behold as all of them stand around his bed waiting for his last breath to come our protagonist thinks that even though it would be impossible for him to eat it he was able to eat his Sashimi in the game he then remembers Liu telling him in the game that in real life he

actually is 90 years old and that it's thanks to him that he was able to fulfill his wish before he died Aram thinks how he made Food for fun but that then led him to meet people in real life too and he considers that to be blessing for him he was able to meet some great people that he's happy to hang around with people that he can call friends now even though he wasn't able to meet some people the game also allowed him to send someone off during their final moments like Mr leel and that's

also special the Chairman's son then remembering something asks Miss Eun about the child They contact she tells him that they already got in touch with her but that she's really busy person and that she's not sure if she's able to come Chairman's son tells her that he understands but that he still hopes that it won't be too late before she arrives is that child is especially loved by Mr leel and he would love to see her one last time Miss ion then says that other than the doctor and the two of them she told to

let only Aram and the child in As they were talking about this our protagonist is getting really curious about who they mean by that child as they keep referring to that person and then right at that moment the noise starts coming from the corridor in front of the hospital room and it gets louder until finally a woman comes barging in to everyone's shock and especially to my shock because this woman is letisia from the game and this is how letia AKA heung found out about old man liel's critical Health situation on a fine sunny day

at the company illusion where the game Real is developed we see a guy abruptly showing up looking a bit panicky and then he calls Hyun and tells her that he's got some bad news for her Hyun being busy tells him that she's working on the systems at the moment and that he can tell her about the news a bit later he still looks stressed out and tells her that her work is not important right now and that she should really hear the News he brought her and be calm while listening to it as she might

not like what she hears she then turns to hear the news and the guy tells her that chairman park leitel is in a critical condition hyon hearing this is in utter shock as she just repeats what the guy just said he then tells her that he just got the news from atente and he continued saying that the Chairman's condition worsened two days ago and that they said the doctors told them that his Condition is very critical letia doesn't react to the news that well as she grabs onto her dress as the realization of what's going

on Dons on her the guy now seeing her invisible distress calms himself a bit and then tells eler that since her leave is starting from the day after she should take one day earlier and start her official leave today he also adds that he'll finish the rest of the work for her letia is looking to the ground still pondering over the news as He said this she then almost apologetically thanks her co- worker coworker for doing her a favor and now we see the memories of hung when she was still a student as she was

walking down a street she was approached by some company representative and asked if she was into idols and if she'd like to audition for their company obviously something about her attracted this job proposal but she was still pretty surprised she never thought she'd Go to such an audition but now she had a great opportunity and so she took it on the day of the audition we see hayen all excited and ready for her dream audition and we also see that she worked really hard learning all of the dance moves for the choreography as she was

not ready to waste this chance and now we learn that the chairman leel was the one in charge of this company Yang heong just joined for an audition and on one of the streaming sessions days he came to the Company and the trainer noticing the chairman observing the training tells him that he was too focused on the lesson and didn't notice his arrival and as he was about to continue Mr leel tells him that it's all right and that he's just stopping by and then he tells him that he noticed that one of the traine

skills is pretty great and asks him who she is as it was the first time he sees her there the trainer proudly says that he probably means heung that Just joined the casting recently and he then continues saying that she follows the lessons well and has a nice personality and because of that they two are observing her closely chairman LEL seems to be really happy hearing this saying that the skillful trainee has finally come after a long time and that he's looking forward to her future as it's sure it'll be great hyung ticks off all

the boxes for the industry after all at least this was all given until that One unfortunate day the day when hyong lost her parents she changed and was not the same ever again her smile disappeared along with her will to chase after her newly found Ambitions Mr leel and others from the company did their best to help her cope with the tragedy but it seems that nothing could reach the poor girl's heart seeing her heartbroken like that after the burial services were over chairman leel puts his hand on her shoulder her and tells Her that

even though she's going through really hard times she needs to make sure to eat properly to regain her strength pack as he believes that she's someone who will always do amazing no matter where she finds herself she needs to stay strong and then he added that if she ever had a hard time she can always come and find him as he'll be there for her heyun broken as she was through her tears was only able to thank the chairman for his concern and his help And after that Hyun experienced many hardships but after all she

went through she was able to put her emotions to the side and succeed as a game planner she couldn't become a singer but she was praised a ton by the chairman while she was a trainee and thus she has always been thankful to him for those fond memories she had and now as she's running through the corridor towards the hospital room where the chairman is she's thinking that he's in an actual Critical condition and she doesn't want him to just leave like this he was her only Beacon of light and hyung all in tears gets

in the room and calls upon the dying chairman she draws our protagonist's attention so that he turns towards her and as she runs past Aram her hair leaves a pleasant scent oh he's captured by this nice smell and tries to identify the smell thinking to himself that it feels like a refreshing fruit like scent but then our protagonist Realizes that his sense of smell hasn't completely returned so he couldn't have smelled that it's probably his imagination right hayung desperately drops to her knees in front of the Chairman's bed and call his name one more time

in an attempt to make him aware of her and then she starts crying even more with her tears dropping all over the Chairman's bed sheets she asks him what is going on and why is he just lying down like that this triggers the Doctor a bit and he tells hyung that she can't be like that because the patient needs absolute rest for his condition and the Chairman's son understanding her feelings just St is silent hay ignoring the doctor continues telling chairman LEL that he was always smiling and how he shouldn't show a face like this

as she needs his smile but we still see no response from the chairman then hyen reaching her highest levels of desperation digs her head in the Chairman's blanket intensely apologizing for not keeping in touch with him she also adds that she should have found him sooner before he ended up like this she then starts blaming herself and then all of a sudden The Old Man liel's Hands moved and just a moment after his hand was on hung's head with him now calling her name she's in shock as she lifts her head up our protagonist too

is surprised seeing this as the chances for him getting enough strength to wake up and Talk to them was incredibly low the chairman then looks at Hyun and gives her a slight smile difficult to discern through his wrinkled face but heung sees it and so without wasting any time as asks him if he regained his Consciousness and then tells him that the doctor is right there with them and he needs to wait just a bit longer Mr leel is just looking at her without saying anything and holding her hand on her cheek and then he

coughs a little And asks her in a very endearing way if she's been eating well Bros it's so hard to record this without crying she's shocked by this question and she just keeps looking at him Mr leel then slowly closes his eyes hayen is still looking at him and then she breaks into crying again apologizing to him and saying that from there on she'll eat food properly she keeps repeating that she'll eat well and stay strong for him and that she needs him to get up again hyong is Holding Chairman's hand which was now LAX

and out of any signs of Life seeing this dramatic scene made everyone around sad with secretary Ian starting to cry and the Chairman's son silently professing his grief and then all of a sudden a loud sound Jo's everyone's attention and then the other sounds come from the machine monitoring the Chairman's vitals and there comes a long beep sound that indicates that chairman liel's heart stopped beating hyong is Sobbing as she thinks of all the pleasant memories of him as when he was healthy and smiley and of his words when he told her that even though

she's going through difficult times she needs to make sure to eat properly he was a kind man and these words carve themselves into her mind sometime later we see hyong in the hospital waiting room not recovered yet from what she just experienced with the chairman leel passing away right in front of her and She gets approached by the Chairman's secretary who offers her a cup of tea with a pleasant smile she asks her if she's been doing well and how it's been quite some time since they last saw each other and hyung says that indeed

it has been quite some time Miss ion adds that she noticed hyung to have gotten quite thin and then asks her with concern if it's because of her being busy with her work at the game company given a bit of contemplation hayung then answers saying That work was of great help to her because whenever she's busy with work she is able to forget her pain Miss IUN drinking her cup of tea tells her that she can understand how she feels but still that she should know that she has to take care of her own Health

First and eat her meals properly just like the chairman advised her to do so two this reminds heung of Mr leel and she stays silent for a bit she then breaks the Silence by calling Miss eun's name but Just when Eun answered hun seems to have changed her mind saying that it's nothing and that she doesn't have anything to say this left ion a bit confused and hayon is now thinking to herself that just because Miss ion is older doesn't mean that it isn't hard for her too as Miss IUN was with the chairman for

much longer than her she's been there the whole time with Mr leel Miss IUN then gets a message and then tells hayun that she needs to go to help With preparing the funeral she then also apologizes for leaving so soon as this was their first meeting in a very long time hyung tells her that it's absolutely fine and then asks her if there's anything she can help with leel secretary gets up and says that there's no need because all of the Chairman's family members will be helping out she also adds that hyung should go back

and rest she hopes the two of them can meet again sometime later hey thanks her and They say goodbye to each other as our protagonist was in the waiting room he notices hyung sitting there and wonders if she's the same lady that he saw earlier and his Chairman's son was thanking Aram for him coming and then explaining that only the family members can attend the funeral our protagonist was completely distracted with Miss hyung thinking about his encounter with her earlier he's really curious about the pleasant scent he felt from her as He thinks that his

senses shouldn't have completely returned yet so it has to be his imagination right and then aram's attention gets pulled back when the Chairman's son mentions how they already mentioned money will be transferred to him later today after Aram confirmed this the Chairman's son also mentioned that if he's in any need of help that he can contact either him or the secretary Ian at any time and this seems to have concluded their meeting as they bow down To each other and then as our protagonist was pondering over something that same scent he smelled before came to

him again and then footsteps approached him with a woman starting up a conversation by telling him that they saw each other earlier in the ward he then turns to see who it is and to his shock it's Miss Hyun pleasantly looking at him and smiling she tells him that he had to have a deep connection with chairman Park as he was in that room With the most important people to him hyong then extends her hand and says that she's finally giv him her greetings properly and then she introduces herself she says that she became acquainted

with the chairman when she was a TR in his company our protagonist then tells her his name and that he's not sure if it can be called a deep connection as he only met the chairman through the game she's a bit taken back by this as he continues by asking her if she knows the Game called real she's in a shock now but quickly changes her expression to that of fulfillment as she realizes that chairman played her game she then tells Aram that perhaps them meeting each other like this is fate too and that they

should meet again if they never find a chance to do so and sometimes later we see our protagonist on the train as he thoughtfully gazes through the window thinking of how he actually witnessed someone's final moments Bros They were so close of realizing who they are oh my God that's not something you see often he thinks seeing other people pass away and then memories from the time he met Mr LEL in the game comes to his mind thinking how they only were able to meet for a short while in the game and they didn't know

each other for too long our protagonist is now remembering the atmosphere in the hospital room where the chairman passed away thinks to himself that he wasn't as Sad as the others were there but that somehow despite the fact his feelings were stirred and there's no denying that his emotions were real and now we are back in the game together with our protagonist as he gets welcomed back to the game World by cute meow and pish little meow seeing rice get so excited that he immediately jumps in Rice's hands rice then gets a notification window telling

him that he got a message and it's from Eliza saying that since She logged out of the game she's sending him a message to tell him that she went farming in Hun's cabin and that there she only found some useless items she continues telling him that she's not convinced that a quest of that significance would have no item rewards and so she asks our protagonist to check his own inventory for anything rice then Scrolls through his options and finds his inventory that he opens up to see if he can find anything there Eliza was Telling

him about and to his pleasant surprise he finds a pretty special item it's a master Craftsman chill bandana the description of the item says that there's no way to find out who made this item It also says that other items like this one are scattered all around the place and if all the items in the set are all worn they increase the user abilities seeing this our protagonist says that as a set item there has to be other items like this one Bros my Neighbor just started mouring his loing his Mo mourning his LA and

the sound is killing me I I know you can't hear it but it's so annoying why does he have such a loud low mower Mo lower L it's this word is always confusing to me in English Mo the laan lawn MO or okay okay I'm sorry for the distraction let's go back to the story so instead of thinking about other stuff that he can find in the future items like this one he wants to try this one right away he then Equips it or basically puts it on his head and the notification window pops up

saying that all his abilities go up by quite a lot and on top of that it's a permanent increase which is amazing it makes rice extremely happy he might even like the looks of it he then turns towards meow and Pepes to ask them of their opinion on how it looks on him meow seems really happy with it and Pepes is just being his usual self giv an underwhelming response as he always Does our protagonist thinks to himself how this awesome bandana gives him a permanent increase and maybe even more importantly when he's cooking his

hair won't bother him and in his opinion this is what makes a perfect item for him he now feels ready to go and pick the fruits of the Thousand Day fruit tree the place definitely changed as the tree is surrounded by so many people now they are all enjoying the sight of the tree and also fruits they get from it as rice Walks around for a bit he sees Tom who's also happy to see him rice says that he noticed that there are so many people now and Tom tells him that everyone has gathered to

eat the Thousand Day fruit trees fruit our protagonist understands why is the fruits are really delicious and on top of that the fruits are getting produced without stopping the more the people eat them the more they grow it's an amazing tree but rice notices something odd about this Situation and then asks Tom if he's not interested in these fruits Tom tells him that he actually isn't without immediately explaining the reason why he then takes a few moments and then thoughtfully continue saying that a long time ago when the pirate was called the city of Beggars

due to the ability of the tree to produce delicious fruits without stopping the Thousand Day fruit tree was called The Blessing by the people of pyin however since it was Never scarce and no one had to actually work for any of the fruit it attracted attention from certain type of people as the streets started getting filled with Beggars until Pyon was overrun by them and so this is the reason why Pyon had become a town full of lazy loafers and Beggars Tom then continues now looking slightly concerned saying that he's afraid that Pyon would become

a city of Beggars again which is why he's not entirely happy about the Thousand Day Fruit tree getting revived this quote our protagonist of guard as he was thinking that Reviving this tree was something something absolutely good that could never be bad for anyone but apparently it's not because Tom is not satisfied Marin then calmly tells him in his strange language that Pepes translates for him that our protagonist is strong enough to be able to fight against the night gentlemen and right as rice was thinking that this might be yet Another Quest a notification window

shows up saying that a rare hidden Quest opened for our protagonist and it's called revealing the truth he needs to find a guy named Don jeli ji it's spelled g j not g j o n e l l y of course it's pronounced Johnny Le and rice needs to find him and tell him the truth Maron then extends his hand towards rice offering him something that is glowing with brightness and then tells him again something in the monster Language that Pepes translates where his request is for rice to defeat the night gentleman and save the

town Pyon our protagonist gets a better peek at what Marin is holding in his hand and then recognizes it he knows what this is so that's it for this special video if you want me to recap new chapters when they release even though they release slowly let me know down the comments below and I will recap them thank you for all the amazing support one more time Bros I Know it's getting Cordy I know it's getting boring with this but I'm really really grateful so thank you thank you thank you so much stay awesome Bros

and peace